Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
(Mark one)
     
þ   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 001-15185
CIK number 0000036966
FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Tennessee   62-0803242
     
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
165 Madison Avenue, Memphis, Tennessee   38103
     
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
(901) 523-4444
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year,
if changed since last report)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes o  No o  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o  
Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act)
Yes o  No þ  
APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS:
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
     
Class   Outstanding on June 30, 2009
Common Stock, $.625 par value   215,207,891
 
 

 


 

FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
INDEX
         
    3  
 
       
    99  
 
       
    102  
 
       
    103  
  EX-10.1(D)
  EX-10.1(E)
  EX-10.1(F)
  EX-10.1(G)
  EX-10.1(H)
  EX-10.2(B)
  EX-10.2(C)
  EX-10.2(D)
  EX-10.2(E)
  EX-10.2(F)
  EX-10.6(A)
  EX-31.(A)
  EX-31.(B)
  EX-32.(A)
  EX-32.(B)

2


Table of Contents

PART I.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     
Item 1.
  Financial Statements
 
   
 
  The Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition
 
   
 
  The Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income
 
   
 
  The Consolidated Condensed Statements of Equity
 
   
 
  The Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
   
 
  The Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
This financial information reflects all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the interim periods presented.

3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
                         
    First Horizon National Corporation  
    June 30     December 31  
(Dollars in thousands)(Unaudited)   2009     2008     2008  
Assets:
                       
Cash and due from banks
  $ 419,696     $ 838,376     $ 552,423  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    531,638       1,166,982       772,357  
       
Total cash and cash equivalents
    951,334       2,005,358       1,324,780  
       
Interest-bearing cash
    672,553       39,829       207,792  
Trading securities
    1,117,212       1,473,815       945,766  
Trading securities — divestiture
          89,239        
Loans held for sale
    481,284       2,554,030       566,654  
Securities available for sale (Note 3)
    2,821,079       2,896,688       3,125,153  
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $- on June 30, 2009; $240 on June 30, 2008) (Note 3)
          240        
Loans, net of unearned income (Note 4)
    19,585,827       22,225,232       21,278,190  
Less: Allowance for loan losses
    961,482       575,149       849,210  
       
Total net loans
    18,624,345       21,650,083       20,428,980  
       
Mortgage servicing rights (Note 5)
    337,096       903,634       376,844  
Mortgage servicing rights — divestiture
          235,761        
Goodwill (Note 6)
    192,408       192,408       192,408  
Other intangible assets, net (Note 6)
    41,937       48,615       45,082  
Capital markets receivables
    959,514       994,571       1,178,932  
Premises and equipment, net
    325,666       344,410       333,931  
Real estate acquired by foreclosure
    116,584       141,857       125,538  
Other assets
    2,117,931       1,908,795       2,170,120  
Other assets-divestiture
          70,628        
       
Total assets
  $ 28,758,943     $ 35,549,961     $ 31,021,980  
       
Liabilities and equity:
                       
Deposits:
                       
Savings
  $ 4,593,215     $ 4,041,352     $ 4,824,939  
Time deposits
    2,149,812       2,468,521       2,294,644  
Other interest-bearing deposits
    2,110,787       1,880,678       1,783,362  
Certificates of deposit $100,000 and more
    1,434,008       1,953,432       1,382,236  
       
Interest-bearing
    10,287,822       10,343,983       10,285,181  
Noninterest-bearing
    4,689,639       4,453,332       3,956,633  
Deposits-divestiture
          296,632        
       
Total deposits
    14,977,461       15,093,947       14,241,814  
       
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    2,404,985       2,620,014       1,751,079  
Trading liabilities
    286,282       464,225       359,502  
Other short-term borrowings and commercial paper
    2,555,704       5,998,810       4,279,689  
Term borrowings
    2,511,674       5,783,407       4,022,297  
Other collateralized borrowings
    723,677       767,010       745,363  
       
Total long-term debt
    3,235,351       6,550,417       4,767,660  
       
Capital markets payables
    965,442       868,883       1,115,428  
Other liabilities
    939,736       959,476       932,176  
Other liabilities-divestiture
          1,466        
       
Total liabilities
    25,364,961       32,557,238       27,447,348  
       
Equity:
                       
First Horizon National Corporation Shareholders’ Equity:
                       
Preferred stock — no par value (shares authorized — 5,000,000; shares issued — series CPP 866,540 on June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008) (Note 12)
    790,596             782,680  
Common stock — $.625 par value (shares authorized - 400,000,000; shares issued - 215,207,891 on June 30, 2009; 214,259,176 on June 30, 2008; and 214,084,507 on December 31, 2008) *
    134,505       122,345       128,302  
Capital surplus
    1,128,286       980,428       1,048,602  
Capital surplus common stock warrant — CPP (Note 12)
    83,860             83,860  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net
    (138,892 )     (51,599 )     (151,831 )
Undivided profits
    1,100,462       1,646,272       1,387,854  
       
Total First Horizon National Corporation Shareholders’ Equity
    3,098,817       2,697,446       3,279,467  
       
Noncontrolling interest (Note 12)
    295,165       295,277       295,165  
       
Total equity
    3,393,982       2,992,723       3,574,632  
       
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 28,758,943     $ 35,549,961     $ 31,021,980  
       
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.
 
*   Outstanding shares have been restated to reflect stock dividends distributed through July 1, 2009.

4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 
        First Horizon National Corporation    
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30   June 30
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)(Unaudited)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Interest income:
                               
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 197,688     $ 285,419     $ 403,427     $ 617,095  
Interest on investment securities
    36,460       39,212       76,562       79,947  
Interest on loans held for sale
    6,577       54,217       14,309       112,655  
Interest on trading securities
    14,067       30,182       29,722       66,078  
Interest on other earning assets
    703       6,455       1,568       16,153  
 
Total interest income
    255,495       415,485       525,588       891,928  
 
Interest expense:
                               
Interest on deposits:
                               
Savings
    8,865       18,362       24,269       44,250  
Time deposits
    16,268       25,540       34,512       57,042  
Other interest-bearing deposits
    896       3,556       1,964       9,462  
Certificates of deposit $100,000 and more
    7,968       17,361       17,427       48,429  
Interest on trading liabilities
    5,265       9,400       10,733       19,015  
Interest on short-term borrowings
    3,535       49,425       7,798       119,474  
Interest on long-term debt
    13,612       52,946       33,212       127,269  
 
Total interest expense
    56,409       176,590       129,915       424,941  
 
Net interest income
    199,086       238,895       395,673       466,987  
Provision for loan losses
    260,000       220,000       560,000       460,000  
 
Net interest income/(expense) after provision for loan losses
    (60,914 )     18,895       (164,327 )     6,987  
 
Noninterest income:
                               
Capital markets
    187,478       122,338       401,702       253,795  
Deposit transactions and cash management
    41,815       46,797       80,847       89,350  
Mortgage banking
    15,483       172,418       131,232       331,130  
Trust services and investment management
    7,651       8,883       14,471       17,992  
Insurance commissions
    6,555       6,822       13,473       14,966  
Gains/(losses) from loan sales and securitizations
    552       (6,984 )     1,521       (11,081 )
Debt securities gains/(losses), net
                      931  
Losses on divestitures
          (429 )           (1,424 )
Equity securities gains/(losses), net
    (330 )     (972 )     (332 )     64,043  
All other income and commissions
    33,074       50,173       57,233       88,420  
 
Total noninterest income
    292,278       399,046       700,147       848,122  
 
Adjusted gross income after provision for loan losses
    231,364       417,941       535,820       855,109  
 
Noninterest expense:
                               
Employee compensation, incentives and benefits
    199,650       277,078       448,161       564,548  
Operations services
    17,930       19,124       34,469       38,088  
Occupancy
    15,863       30,018       31,913       58,609  
Legal and professional fees
    14,919       14,030       29,027       29,052  
Equipment rentals, depreciation and maintenance
    8,338       18,268       17,036       33,279  
Communications and courier
    7,171       11,477       14,375       22,481  
Amortization of intangible assets
    1,509       2,182       3,145       4,622  
All other expense
    146,552       90,822       251,134       146,536  
 
Total noninterest expense
    411,932       462,999       829,260       897,215  
 
Loss before income taxes
    (180,568 )     (45,058 )     (293,440 )     (42,106 )
Benefit for income taxes
    (74,538 )     (28,821 )     (122,315 )     (36,967 )
 
Loss from continuing operations
    (106,030 )     (16,237 )     (171,125 )     (5,139 )
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
    548             548       883  
 
Net loss
  $ (105,482 )   $ (16,237 )   $ (170,577 )   $ (4,256 )
 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
    2,844       2,844       5,594       6,905  
 
Net loss attributable to controlling interest
  $ (108,326 )   $ (19,081 )   $ (176,171 )   $ (11,161 )
 
Preferred stock dividends
    14,856             29,811        
 
Net loss available to common shareholders
  $ (123,182 )   $ (19,081 )   $ (205,982 )   $ (11,161 )
 
Loss per share from continuing operations (Note 8)
  $ (0.58 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.96 )   $ (0.07 )
 
Diluted loss per share from continuing operations (Note 8)
  $ (0.58 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.96 )   $ (0.07 )
 
Loss per share available to common shareholders (Note 8)
  $ (0.58 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.96 )   $ (0.07 )
 
Diluted loss per share available to common shareholders (Note 8)
  $ (0.58 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.96 )   $ (0.07 )
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic (Note 8)
    213,735       187,911       213,733       162,976  
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted (Note 8)
    213,735       187,911       213,733       162,976  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.

5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
                                                 
    First Horizon National Corporation
    2009   2008
            Noncontrolling                   Noncontrolling    
(Dollars in thousands)(Unaudited)   Controlling Interest   Interest   Total   Controlling Interest   Interest   Total
 
Balance, January 1
  $ 3,279,467     $ 295,165     $ 3,574,632     $ 2,135,596     $ 295,277     $ 2,430,873  
Adjustment to reflect adoption of measurement date provisions for SFAS No. 157
                      (12,502 )           (12,502 )
Adjustment to reflect change in accounting for split dollar life insurance arrangements (EITF Issue No. 06-4)
                      (8,530 )           (8,530 )
Net income/(loss)
    (176,171 )     5,594       (170,577 )     (11,161 )     6,905       (4,256 )
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
                                               
Unrealized fair value adjustments, net of tax:
                                               
Cash flow hedges
                      (6 )           (6 )
Securities available for sale
    16,854             16,854       (4,999 )           (4,999 )
Recognized pension and other employee benefit plans net periodic benefit costs
    (3,915 )           (3,915 )     1,506             1,506  
 
 
                                               
Comprehensive income/(loss)
    (163,232 )     5,594       (157,638 )     (14,660 )     6,905       (7,755 )
 
Preferred stock — (CPP) accretion
    7,916             7,916                    
Preferred stock — (CPP) dividends
    (29,791 )           (29,791 )                  
Cash dividends declared
                      (64,426 )           (64,426 )
Common stock issuance (69 million shares issued at $10 per share, net of offering costs)
                      659,762             659,762  
Common stock repurchased
    (365 )           (365 )     (214 )           (214 )
Common stock issued for
                                               
Stock options and restricted stock
    1,263             1,263       572             572  
Excess tax benefit (shortfall) from stock-based compensation arrangements
                      (1,531 )           (1,531 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    3,339             3,339       3,379             3,379  
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest of subsidiary preferred stock
          (5,594 )     (5,594 )           (6,905 )     (6,905 )
Other changes in equity
    220             220                    
 
Balance, June 30
  $ 3,098,817     $ 295,165     $ 3,393,982     $ 2,697,446     $ 295,277     $ 2,992,723  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.

6


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 
    First Horizon National Corporation
    Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)   2009   2008
 
Operating Activities
               
Net loss
  $ (170,577 )   $ (4,256 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided/(used) by operating activities:
               
Provision for loan losses
    560,000       460,000  
Benefit for deferred income tax
    (120,293 )     (36,967 )
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment
    16,901       23,075  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,145       4,622  
Net other amortization and accretion
    23,549       23,901  
Decrease/(increase) in derivatives, net
    199,383       (34,458 )
Market value adjustment on mortgage servicing rights
    (79,330 )     2,992  
Provision for foreclosure reserve
    41,365       8,386  
Loss on divestitures
          1,424  
Stock-based compensation expense
    3,339       3,379  
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements
          1,531  
Equity securities (gains)/losses, net
    332       (64,043 )
Debt securities gains, net
          (931 )
Gains on repurchases of debt
    (60 )     (12,596 )
Net losses on disposal of fixed assets
    5,139       4,723  
Net (increase)/decrease in:
               
Trading securities
    (117,663 )     171,252  
Loans held for sale
    85,370       939,182  
Capital markets receivables
    219,418       (470,152 )
Interest receivable
    12,262       28,900  
Other assets
    (138,854 )     (48,515 )
Net increase/(decrease) in:
               
Capital markets payables
    (149,986 )     282,525  
Interest payable
    (21,338 )     (39,776 )
Other liabilities
    127,670       (297,053 )
Trading liabilities
    (73,220 )     (91,919 )
 
Total adjustments
    597,129       859,482  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    426,552       855,226  
 
Investing Activities
               
Available for sale securities:
               
Sales
    19,606       89,839  
Maturities
    376,361       421,799  
Purchases
    (60,865 )     (313,613 )
Premises and equipment:
               
Sales
          11,738  
Purchases
    (13,775 )      
Net (increase)/decrease in:
               
Securitization retained interests classified as trading securities
    (53,783 )     35,276  
Loans
    1,237,067       (176,354 )
Interest-bearing cash
    (464,761 )     (407 )
Cash payments related to divestitures
          (113,300 )
 
Net cash provided/(used) by investing activities
    1,039,850       (45,022 )
 
Financing Activities
               
Common stock:
               
Exercise of stock options
    3       511  
Cash dividends paid
          (25,220 )
Repurchase of shares
    (365 )     (214 )
Issuance of common shares
          659,762  
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements
          (1,531 )
Cash dividends paid — preferred stock — CPP
    (21,784 )      
Cash dividends paid — preferred stock — noncontrolling interest
    (6,959 )     (8,740 )
Long-term debt:
               
Issuance
          25,002  
Payments/Maturities
    (1,471,617 )     (180,762 )
Cash paid for repurchase of debt
    (4,710 )     (139,454 )
Net increase/(decrease) in:
               
Deposits
    735,663       (1,739,180 )
Short-term borrowings
    (1,070,079 )     345,265  
 
Net cash used by financing activities
    (1,839,848 )     (1,064,561 )
 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (373,446 )     (254,357 )
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    1,324,780       2,259,715  
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 951,334     $ 2,005,358  
 
Cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations at end of period, included above
  $ 548     $  
Total interest paid
    150,878       463,052  
Total income taxes paid
  $ 106,734     $ 185,964  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.

7


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
Note 1 — Financial Information
The unaudited interim consolidated condensed financial statements of First Horizon National Corporation (FHN), including its subsidiaries, have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and follow general practices within the industries in which it operates. This preparation requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates and assumptions are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements and could differ from actual results. In the opinion of management, all necessary adjustments have been made for a fair presentation of financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. The operating results for the interim 2009 periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected going forward. For further information, refer to the audited consolidated financial statements in the 2008 Annual Report to shareholders.
Subsequent Events. Events occurring after the date of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition but before the issuance of the financial statements included in this filing have been evaluated through the time of this filing.
Investment Securities. Securities that FHN has the ability and positive intent to hold to maturity are classified as securities held to maturity and are carried at amortized cost. The amortized cost of all securities is adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount to maturity, or earlier call date if appropriate, using the level yield method. Such amortization and accretion is included in interest income from securities. Investment securities are reviewed quarterly for possible other-than-temporary impairment. The review includes an analysis of the facts and circumstances of each individual investment such as the degree of loss, the length of time the fair value has been below cost, the expectation for that security’s performance, the creditworthiness of the issuer and FHN’s intent and ability to hold the security. Securities that may be sold prior to maturity and equity securities are classified as securities available for sale and are carried at fair value. The unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, including debt securities for which no credit impairment exists, are excluded from earnings and are reported, net of tax, as a component of other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.
Upon adoption of FASB Staff Position No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments” (FSP FAS 115-2) for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the “intent and ability to hold to recovery” indicator was replaced for debt securities with a requirement that an entity’s management assess whether it intends to sell a security or if it is more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the security prior to recovery for the debt security when determining other-than-temporary impairment. Realized gains and losses for investment securities are determined by the specific identification method and reported in noninterest income. Declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary based on FHN’s analysis of the facts and circumstances related to an individual investment, including securities that FHN has the intent to sell, are also determined by the specific identification method, and reported in noninterest income. After adoption of FSP FAS 115-2, for impaired debt securities that FHN does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery but for which credit losses exist, the other-than-temporary impairment recognized has been separated between the total impairment related to credit losses which is reported in noninterest income, and the impairment related to all other factors which is excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a component of other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.
Loans Held for Sale and Securitization. In conjunction with the adoption of FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-4, “Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly”(FSP FAS 157-4), FHN revised its methodology for determining the fair value of certain loans within its mortgage warehouse. FHN now determines the fair value of the applicable loans using a discounted cash flow model using observable inputs, including current mortgage rates for similar products, with adjustments for differences in loan characteristics reflected in the model’s discount rates. This change in methodology had a minimal effect on the valuation of the applicable loans. Previously, fair values of these loans were determined through reference to recent security trade prices for similar products, published third party bids or observable whole loan sale prices with adjustments for differences in loan characteristics.
Accounting Changes. Effective June 30, 2009, FHN adopted FASB Staff Position No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (FSP FAS 107-1). FSP FAS 107-1 amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (SFAS No. 107) to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim financial statements. FSP FAS 107-1 requires that disclosures of the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments be included in both interim and annual financial statements. Comparative disclosures are required only for periods ending subsequent to initial adoption. Upon adoption of FSP FAS 107-1, FHN revised its disclosures accordingly.

8


Table of Contents

Note 1 — Financial Information (continued)
Effective June 30, 2009, FHN adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165, “Subsequent Events” (SFAS No. 165). SFAS No. 165 provides general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. SFAS No. 165 requires disclosure of the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated and whether that date is the date the financial statements were issued or the date the financial statements were available to be issued. An assessment of subsequent events must be performed for both interim and annual reporting periods. FHN applied the guidance of SFAS No. 165 when assessing subsequent events through the time of this filing and the effects of adoption were not material.
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 115-2 which replaces the “intent and ability to hold to recovery” indicator of other-than-temporary impairment in FASB Staff Position No. FAS 115-1 and 124-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” (FSP FAS 115-1) for debt securities. FSP FAS 115-2 specifies that a debt security is considered other-than-temporarily impaired when an entity’s management intends to sell the security or that it is more-likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its cost basis. FSP FAS 115-2 requires that for impaired held-to-maturity and available-for-sale debt securities that an entity does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery but for which credit losses exist, the other-than-temporary impairment should be separated between the total impairment related to credit losses, which should be recognized in current earnings, and the amount of impairment related to all other factors, which should be recognized in other comprehensive income. FSP FAS 115-2 discusses the proper interaction of its guidance with other authoritative guidance, including FSP FAS 115-1, which provides additional factors that must be considered in an other-than-temporary impairment analysis. FSP FAS 115-2 also provides that in periods in which other-than-temporary impairments are recognized, the total impairment must be presented in the investor’s income statement with an offset for the amount of total impairment that is recognized in other comprehensive income. FSP FAS 115-2 requires additional disclosures including a rollforward of amounts recognized in earnings for debt securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized and the noncredit portion of the other-than-temporary impairment that has been recognized in other comprehensive income. FHN initially applied the guidance of FSP FAS 115-2 when assessing debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment as of March 31, 2009 and the effects of adoption were not material.
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-4 which provides factors that an entity should consider when determining whether a market for an asset is not active. If after evaluating the relevant factors, the evidence indicates that a market is not active, FSP FAS 157-4 provides an additional list of factors that an entity must consider when determining whether events and circumstances indicate that a transaction which occurred in such inactive market is orderly. FSP FAS 157-4 requires that entities place more weight on observable transactions determined to be orderly and less weight on transactions for which there is insufficient information to determine whether the transaction is orderly when determining the fair value of an asset or liability under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS No. 157). FSP FAS 157-4 requires enhanced disclosures, including disclosure of a change in valuation technique which results from its application and disclosure of fair value measurements for debt and equity securities by major security types. FHN initially applied the guidance of FSP FAS 157-4 in its fair value measurements as of March 31, 2009 and the effects of adoption were not significant.
Effective January 1, 2009, FHN adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 for existing fair value measurement requirements related to non-financial assets and liabilities which are recognized at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The effective date for the application of SFAS No. 157’s measurement framework to such non-financial assets and liabilities was previously delayed under FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157”. SFAS No. 157 establishes a hierarchy to be used in performing measurements of fair value. Additionally, SFAS No. 157 emphasizes that fair value should be determined from the perspective of a market participant while also indicating that valuation methodologies should first reference available market data before using internally developed assumptions. SFAS No. 157 also provides expanded disclosure requirements regarding the effects of fair value measurements on the financial statements. The effect of adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities which are recognized at fair value on a non-recurring basis on January 1, 2009, was not significant to FHN. Effective January 1, 2008, FHN adopted SFAS No. 157 for existing fair value measurement requirements related to financial assets and liabilities as well as to non-financial assets and liabilities which are remeasured at least annually. Upon the adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities as well as non-financial assets and liabilities remeasured at least annually on January 1, 2008, a negative after-tax cumulative-effect adjustment of $12.5 million was made to the opening balance of undivided profits for interest rate lock commitments which FHN previously measured under the guidance of EITF 02-3, “Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities” (EITF 02-3). Second quarter 2008 earnings were positively impacted by a net of $13.7 million related to the adoption of SFAS No. 157 as (1) FHN continued to deliver loans that had been commitments upon adoption of SFAS No. 157, (2) some commitments existing at March 31, 2008 were delivered as loans during the second quarter of 2008 and (3) additional commitments that would have been deferred under EITF 02-3 were made. Substantially all commitments existing at August 31, 2008 were sold to MetLife Bank, N.A. (MetLife).

9


Table of Contents

Note 1 — Financial Information (continued)
Effective January 1, 2009, FHN adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141-R, “Business Combinations” (SFAS No. 141-R) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an Amendment of ARB No. 51” (SFAS No. 160). SFAS No. 141-R requires that an acquirer recognize the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, as well as any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, at their fair values as of the acquisition date, with limited exceptions. Additionally, SFAS No. 141-R provides that an acquirer cannot specify an effective date for a business combination that is separate from the acquisition date. SFAS No. 141-R also provides that acquisition-related costs which an acquirer incurs should be expensed in the period in which the costs are incurred and the services are received. SFAS No. 160 requires that acquired assets and liabilities be measured at full fair value without consideration to ownership percentage. Under SFAS No. 160, any noncontrolling interests in an acquiree should be presented as a separate component of equity rather than on a mezzanine level. Additionally, SFAS No. 160 provides that net income or loss should be reported in the consolidated income statement at its consolidated amount, with disclosure on the face of the consolidated income statement of the amount of consolidated net income which is attributable to the parent and noncontrolling interests, respectively. Upon adoption, the retrospective application of SFAS No. 160’s presentation and disclosure requirements resulted in an
increase to consolidated net income of $4.1 million for first quarter 2008. FHN also recognized an increase of total shareholders’ equity of $295.2 million upon adoption of SFAS No. 160 as a result of reclassifying the noncontrolling interest previously recognized on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition as “Preferred stock of subsidiary” as a separate component of equity.
Effective January 1, 2009, FHN adopted FASB Staff Position No. FAS 141(R)-1, “Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies” (FSP FAS 141(R)-1). FSP FAS 141(R)-1 amends SFAS No. 141-R to require that an acquirer recognize at fair value as of the acquisition date an asset acquired or liability assumed in a business combination that arises from a contingency if the acquisition-date fair value of the asset or liability can be determined during the measurement period. FSP FAS 141(R)-1 provides that if the acquisition-date fair value of an asset acquired or liability assumed in a business combination that arises from a contingency cannot be determined during the measurement period, the asset or liability should be recognized at the acquisition date if information available before the end of the measurement period indicates that it is probable that an asset existed or a liability had been incurred at the acquisition date and the amount of the asset or liability can be reasonably estimated. Additionally, FSP FAS 141(R)-1 requires enhanced disclosures regarding assets and liabilities arising from contingencies which are recognized at the acquisition date of a business combination, including the nature of the contingencies, the amounts recognized at the acquisition date and the measurement basis applied. The adoption of FSP FAS 141(R)-1 had no effect on FHN’s statement of condition or results of operations.
Effective January 1, 2009, FHN adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (SFAS No. 161). SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures related to derivatives accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 133 and reconsiders existing disclosure requirements for such derivatives and any related hedging items. The disclosures provided in SFAS No. 161 are required for both interim and annual reporting periods. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 161, FHN revised its disclosures accordingly.
FHN also adopted FASB Staff Position No. FAS 140-3, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions” (FSP FAS 140-3) as of January 1, 2009, for initial transfers of financial assets executed after such date. FSP FAS 140-3 permits a transferor and transferee to separately account for an initial transfer of a financial asset and a related repurchase financing that are entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, one another if certain specified conditions are met at the inception of the transaction. FSP FAS 140-3 requires that the two transactions have a valid and distinct business or economic purpose for being entered into separately and that the repurchase financing not result in the initial transferor regaining control over the previously transferred financial asset. The effect of adopting FSP FAS 140-3 was immaterial to FHN.
Effective December 31, 2008, FHN adopted FASB Staff Position No. EITF 99-20-1, “Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20” (FSP EITF 99-20-1). FSP EITF 99-20-1 amends EITF Issue No. 99-20, “Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets” (EITF 99-20) to align its impairment model with the impairment model in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (SFAS No. 115), resulting in a consistent determination of whether other-than-temporary impairments of available for sale or held to maturity debt securities have occurred. Since FHN recognizes all retained interests from securitization transactions at fair value as trading securities and as all of its beneficial interests classified as available for sale securities are outside the scope of EITF 99-20, the effect of adopting FSP EITF 99-20-1 was immaterial to FHN.
Effective December 31, 2008, FHN adopted FASB Staff Position No. FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, “Disclosures by Public Entities about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities” (FSP FAS 140-4) which requires additional disclosures related to

10


Table of Contents

Note 1 — Financial Information (continued)
transfers of financial assets as well as FHN’s involvement with variable interest entities and qualifying special purpose entities. Upon adoption of FSP FAS 140-4, FHN revised its disclosures accordingly.
Effective December 31, 2008, FHN adopted FASB Staff Position No. FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4, “Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161” (FSP FAS 133-1). FSP FAS 133-1 requires sellers of credit derivatives and similar guarantee contracts to make disclosures regarding the nature, term, fair value, potential losses and recourse provisions for those contracts. Since FHN is not a seller of credit derivatives or similar financial guarantees, the effect of adopting FSP FAS 133-1 was immaterial to FHN.
Effective January 1, 2008, FHN adopted SFAS No. 159 which allows an irrevocable election to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis, with unrealized gains and losses recognized currently in earnings. Under SFAS No. 159, the fair value option may only be elected at the time of initial recognition of a financial asset or liability or upon the occurrence of certain specified events. Additionally, SFAS No. 159 provides that application of the fair value option must be based on the fair value of an entire financial asset or liability and not selected risks inherent in those assets or liabilities. SFAS No. 159 requires that assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option be reported in the financial statements in a manner that separates those fair values from the carrying amounts of similar assets and liabilities which are measured using another measurement attribute. SFAS No. 159 also provides expanded disclosure requirements regarding the effects of electing the fair value option on the financial statements. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 159, FHN elected the fair value option on a prospective basis for almost all types of mortgage loans originated for sale purposes. Additionally, in accordance with SFAS No. 159’s amendment of SFAS No. 115, FHN began prospectively classifying cash flows associated with its retained interests in securitizations recognized as trading securities within investing activities in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows.
Effective January 1, 2008, FHN adopted SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, “Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair ValueThrough Earnings” (SAB No. 109) prospectively for derivative loan commitments issued or modified after that date. SAB No. 109 rescinds SAB No. 105’s prohibition on inclusion of expected net future cash flows related to loan servicing activities in the fair value measurement of a written loan commitment. SAB No. 109 also applies to any loan commitments for which fair value accounting is elected under SFAS No. 159. FHN did not elect fair value accounting for any other loan commitments under SFAS No. 159. The prospective application of SAB No. 109 and the prospective election to recognize substantially all new mortgage loan originations at fair value under SFAS No. 159 resulted in a positive impact of $58.1 million on first quarter 2008 pre-tax earnings. Second quarter 2008 earnings were negatively impacted by $20.9 million related to the adoption of SAB No. 109 and SFAS No. 159 as loans and commitments remaining on the balance sheet at the end of first quarter 2008 were sold.
Effective January 1, 2008, FHN adopted FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13” (FSP FAS 157-1), which amends SFAS No. 157 to exclude Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, “Accounting for Leases” (SFAS No. 13), and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS No. 13 from its scope. The adoption of FSP FAS 157-1 had no effect on FHN’s statement of condition or results of operations.
Effective January 1, 2008, FHN adopted EITF Issue No. 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements” (EITF 06-4). EITF 06-4 requires that a liability be recognized for contracts written to employees which provide future postretirement benefits that are covered by endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements because such obligations are not considered to be effectively settled upon entering into the related insurance arrangements. FHN recognized a decrease to undivided profits of $8.5 million, net of tax, upon adoption of EITF 06-4.
Effective January 1, 2008, FHN adopted FASB Staff Position No. FIN 39-1, “Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39” (FSP FIN 39-1). FSP FIN 39-1 permits the offsetting of fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral against fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement. Upon adoption of FSP FIN 39-1, entities were permitted to change their previous accounting policy election to offset or

11


Table of Contents

Note 1 — Financial Information (continued)
not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments under master netting arrangements. FSP FIN 39-1 requires additional disclosures for derivatives and collateral associated with master netting arrangements, including the separate disclosure of amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral under master netting arrangements as of the end of each reporting period for entities that made an accounting policy decision to not offset fair value amounts. FHN retained its previous accounting policy election to not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments under master netting arrangements upon adoption of FSP FIN 39-1, and has revised its disclosures accordingly.
FHN also adopted FASB Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. E23, “Issues Involving the Application of the Shortcut Method under Paragraph 68” (DIG E23) as of January 1, 2008, for hedging relationships designated on or after such date. DIG E23 amends SFAS No. 133 to explicitly permit use of the shortcut method for hedging relationships in which an interest rate swap has a nonzero fair value at inception of the hedging relationship which is attributable solely to the existence of a bid-ask spread in the entity’s principal market under SFAS No. 157. Additionally, DIG E23 allows an entity to apply the shortcut method to a qualifying fair value hedge when the hedged item has a trade date that differs from its settlement date because of generally established conventions in the marketplace in which the transaction to acquire or issue the hedged item is executed. Preexisting shortcut hedging relationships were analyzed as of DIG E23’s adoption date to determine whether they complied with the revised shortcut criteria at their inception or should be dedesignated prospectively. The adoption of DIG E23 had no effect on FHN’s financial position or results of operations as all of FHN’s preexisting hedging relationships met the requirements of DIG E23 at their inception.
Accounting Changes Issued but Not Currently Effective . In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 166, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” (SFAS No. 166). SFAS No. 166 provides for the removal of the qualifying special purpose entity (QSPE) concept from GAAP, resulting in the evaluation of all former QSPEs for consolidation on and after January 1, 2010 in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)” (SFAS No. 167). SFAS No. 166 modifies the criteria for achieving sale accounting for transfers of financial assets and defines the term participating interest to establish specific conditions for reporting a transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale. SFAS No. 166 also provides that a transferor should recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained (including a transferor’s beneficial interest) and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale. SFAS No. 166 requires enhanced disclosures which are generally consistent with, and supersede, the disclosures previously required by FSP FAS 140-4. SFAS No. 166 is effective prospectively for new transfers of financial assets occurring in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009, and in interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 166’s disclosure requirements should be applied to transfers that occurred both before and after its effective date, with comparative disclosures required only for periods subsequent to initial adoption for those disclosures not previously required under FSP FAS 140-4. FHN is currently assessing the effects of adopting SFAS No. 166.
In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167 which revises the criteria for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (VIE) by replacing the prior quantitative-based risks and rewards test required under FASB Interpretation No. 46-R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — revised December 2003” (FIN 46-R) with a qualitative analysis. While SFAS No. 167 retains the guidance in FIN 46-R which requires a reassessment of whether an entity is a VIE only when certain triggering events occur, it adds an additional criterion which triggers a reassessment of an entity’s status when an event occurs such that the holders of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power from voting rights or similar rights of those investments to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. Additionally, SFAS No. 167 requires continual reconsideration of conclusions regarding which interest holder is the VIE’s primary beneficiary. SFAS No. 167 requires separate presentation on the face of the balance sheet of the assets of a consolidated VIE that can only be used to settle the VIE’s obligations and the liabilities of a consolidated VIE for which creditors or beneficial interest holders have no recourse to the general credit of the primary beneficiary. SFAS No. 167 also requires enhanced disclosures which are generally consistent with, and supersede, the disclosures previously required by FSP FAS 140-4. SFAS No. 167 is effective for periods beginning after November 15, 2009, and requires reevaluation under its amended consolidation requirements of all QSPEs and entities currently subject to FIN 46-R as of the beginning of the first annual period that begins after November 15, 2009. If consolidation of a VIE is required upon initial adoption, the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of the VIE should be measured at their carrying amounts as if SFAS No. 167 had been applied from inception of the VIE, with any difference between the net amounts recognized and the amount of any previously recognized interests reflected as a cumulative effect adjustment to undivided profits. However, if determining the carrying amounts is not practicable, the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of the VIE may be measured at fair value. Further, if determining the carrying amounts is not practicable, and if the activities of the VIE are primarily related to securitizations or other forms of

12


Table of Contents

Note 1 — Financial Information (continued)
asset-backed financings and the assets of the VIE can be used only to settle obligations of the entity, then the assets and liabilities of the VIE may be measured at their unpaid principal balances. The fair value option provided under SFAS No. 159 may also be elected for financial assets and financial liabilities requiring consolidation as a result of initial adoption, provided that the election is made for all eligible financial assets and financial liabilities of the VIE. If initial application of SFAS No. 167 results in deconsolidation of a VIE, any retained interest in the VIE should be measured at its carrying value as if SFAS No. 167 had been applied from inception of the VIE. Comparative disclosures are required only for periods subsequent to initial adoption for those disclosures not previously required under FSP FAS 140-4. FHN is currently assessing the effects of adopting SFAS No. 167.
In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162” (SFAS No. 168). SFAS No. 168 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the single source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP, other than guidance issued by the SEC. Under SFAS No. 168, all guidance contained in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification carries an equal level of authority, with SFAS No. 168 superseding all then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards as of its effective date. SFAS No. 168 is effective for periods ending after September 15, 2009. The effect of adopting SFAS No. 168 will not be material to FHN.
In December 2008, FASB Staff Position No. FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets” (FSP FAS 132(R)-1), was issued. FSP FAS 132(R)-1 provides detailed disclosure requirements to enhance the disclosures about an employer’s plan assets currently required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132(R), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits” (SFAS No. 132(R)). FSP FAS 132(R)-1 is effective prospectively for annual periods ending after December 15, 2009. FHN is currently assessing the effects of adopting FSP FAS 132(R)-1.

13


Table of Contents

Note 2 — Acquisitions/Divestitures
Effective August 31, 2008, FHN sold more than 230 retail and wholesale mortgage origination offices nationwide, the loan origination and servicing platform, substantially all of FHN’s mortgage origination pipeline and related hedges, certain fixed assets and other associated assets to MetLife. MetLife did not acquire any portion of FHN’s mortgage loan warehouse. FHN retained its mortgage operations in and around Tennessee, continuing to originate home loans for customers in its regional banking market footprint. FHN also sold servicing assets, and related hedges, on $19.1 billion of first lien mortgage loans and associated custodial deposits. Additionally, FHN entered into a subservicing agreement with MetLife for the remainder of FHN’s servicing portfolio. MetLife generally paid book value for the assets and liabilities it acquired, less a purchase price reduction. The assets and liabilities related to the mortgage operations divested were included in the Mortgage Banking segment and were reflected as “divestiture” on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition for the reporting period ended June 30, 2008. FHN recognized a loss on divestiture of $17.5 million in the third quarter 2008 and a gain on divestiture of $0.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. Gains and losses related to this transaction were included in the noninterest income section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income as gains/losses on divestitures.
Due to efforts initiated by FHN in 2007 to improve profitability, FHN sold 34 branches in Atlanta, Baltimore, Dallas, and Northern Virginia which were outside the Regional Bank’s footprint. The First Horizon Bank branch sales were completed in 2008 resulting in losses of $1.0 million, $0.4 million, and $1.0 million in the first, second, and fourth quarters of 2008, respectively. Aggregate gains of $15.7 million were recognized in fourth quarter 2007 from the disposition of 15 of the branches. These transactions resulted in the transfer of certain loans, certain fixed assets (including branch locations), and assumption of all the deposit relationships of the First Horizon Bank branches that were divested. The assets and liabilities related to the First Horizon Bank branches were included in the Regional Banking segment and were reflected as “divestiture” on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition for reporting periods ended prior to June 30, 2008. The gains and losses realized on the disposition of First Horizon Bank branches were included in the noninterest income section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income as gains and losses on divestitures.
In addition to the divestitures mentioned above, FHN acquires or divests assets from time to time in transactions that are considered business combinations or divestitures but are not material to FHN individually or in the aggregate.

14


Table of Contents

Note 3 — Investment Securities
     The following tables summarize FHN’s securities held to maturity and available for sale on June 30, 2009 and 2008:
                                 
    On June 30, 2009
            Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair
(Dollars in thousands)   Cost   Gains   Losses   Value
 
Securities available for sale:
                               
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 47,945     $ 466     $ (5 )   $ 48,406  
Government agency issued MBS (a)
    1,068,909       48,638             1,117,547  
Government agency issued CMO (a)
    1,125,714       43,717             1,169,431  
Other U.S. government agencies (a)
    121,416       3,802             125,218  
States and municipalities
    46,200       45             46,245  
Other
    2,212       11       (35 )     2,188  
Equity (b)
    311,852       303       (111 )     312,044  
 
Total securities available for sale (c)
  $ 2,724,248     $ 96,982     $ (151 )   $ 2,821,079  
 
(a)   Includes securities issued by government sponsored entities.
 
(b)   Includes FHLB and FRB stock, venture capital, money market, and cost method investments.
 
(c)   Includes $2.4 billion of securities pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and for other purposes. As of June 30, 2009, FHN had pledged $1.4 billion of available for sale securities as collateral for securities sold under repurchase agreements. Additionally, $59.2 million is restricted pursuant to a reinsurance contract agreement.
                                 
    On June 30, 2008
            Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair
(Dollars in thousands)   Cost   Gains   Losses   Value
 
Securities held to maturity:
                               
States and municipalities
  $ 240     $     $     $ 240  
 
Total securities held to maturity
  $ 240     $     $     $ 240  
 
 
                               
Securities available for sale:
                               
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 47,950     $     $ (178 )   $ 47,772  
Government agency issued MBS (a)
    1,281,553       11,978       (945 )     1,292,586  
Government agency issued CMO (a)
    1,120,686       17,394       (823 )     1,137,257  
Other U.S. government agencies (a)
    136,439             (2,043 )     134,396  
States and municipalities
    31,630             (19 )     31,611  
Other
    3,127       3       (54 )     3,076  
Equity (b)
    250,000       35       (45 )     249,990  
 
Total securities available for sale (c)
  $ 2,871,385     $ 29,410     $ (4,107 )   $ 2,896,688  
 
(a)   Includes securities issued by government sponsored entities.
 
(b)   Includes FHLB and FRB stock, venture capital, money market, and cost method investments.
 
(c)   Includes $2.6 billion of securities pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and for other purposes. As of June 30, 2008, FHN had pledged $1.3 billion of available for sale securities as collateral for securities sold under repurchase agreements. Additionally, $47.2 million is restricted pursuant to a reinsurance contract agreement.

15


Table of Contents

Note 3 — Investment Securities (continued)
The following tables provide information on investments within the available for sale portfolio that have unrealized losses on June 30, 2009 and 2008:
                                                 
    On June 30, 2009
    Less than 12 months   12 Months or Longer   Total
    Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized
(Dollars in thousands)   Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses
 
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 7,989     $ (5 )   $     $     $ 7,989     $ (5 )
Other
                284       (35 )     284       (35 )
 
Total debt securities
    7,989       (5 )     284       (35 )     8,273       (40 )
Equity
                120       (111 )     120       (111 )
 
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 7,989     $ (5 )   $ 404     $ (146 )   $ 8,393     $ (151 )
 
FHN has reviewed investment securities that are in unrealized loss positions in accordance with its accounting policy for other-than-temporary impairment and does not consider them other-than-temporarily impaired. FHN does not intend to sell the debt securities and it is more-likely-than-not that FHN will not be required to sell the securities prior to recovery. Additionally, the decline in value is not attributable to credit losses. For equity securities, FHN has both the ability and intent to hold these securities for the time necessary to recover the amortized cost.
                                                 
    On June 30, 2008
    Less than 12 months   12 Months or Longer   Total
    Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized
(Dollars in thousands)   Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses
 
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 47,671     $ (178 )   $     $     $ 47,671     $ (178 )
Government agency issued MBS
    399,880       (945 )                 399,880       (945 )
Government agency issued CMO
    115,658       (823 )                 115,658       (823 )
Other U.S. government agencies
    111,489       (1,635 )     22,908       (408 )     134,397       (2,043 )
States and municipalities
    1,481       (19 )                 1,481       (19 )
Other
                580       (54 )     580       (54 )
 
Total debt securities
    676,179       (3,600 )     23,488       (462 )     699,667       (4,062 )
Equity
    186       (45 )                 186       (45 )
 
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 676,365     $ (3,645 )   $ 23,488     $ (462 )   $ 699,853     $ (4,107 )
 

16


Table of Contents

Note 4 — Loans
The composition of the loan portfolio is detailed below:
                         
    June 30   December 31
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2008
 
Commercial:
                       
Commercial, financial and industrial
  $ 7,400,396     $ 7,717,110     $ 7,863,727  
Real estate commercial
    1,506,911       1,463,726       1,454,040  
Real estate construction
    1,337,330       2,271,533       1,778,140  
Retail:
                       
Real estate residential
    7,785,906       8,196,622       8,161,435  
Real estate construction
    557,822       1,513,845       980,798  
Other retail
    129,848       138,970       135,779  
Credit card receivables
    186,376       195,703       189,554  
Real estate loans pledged against other collateralized borrowings
    681,238       727,723       714,717  
 
Loans, net of unearned income
    19,585,827       22,225,232       21,278,190  
Allowance for loan losses
    961,482       575,149       849,210  
 
Total net loans
  $ 18,624,345     $ 21,650,083     $ 20,428,980  
 
FHN has a significant concentration of loans secured by residential real estate (51 percent of total loans) primarily in three portfolios. The retail real estate residential portfolio including real estate loans pledged against other collateralized borrowings (43 percent of total loans) was primarily comprised of home equity lines and loans. While this portfolio has been stressed by the downturn in the housing market and rising unemployment, it contains loans extended to strong borrowers with high credit scores and is geographically diversified. The One-Time Close (OTC) portfolio (3 percent of total loans) has been negatively impacted by the downturn in the housing industry, certain discontinued product types, and the decreased availability of permanent mortgage financing. The Residential CRE portfolio (5 percent of total loans) has also been negatively impacted by the housing industry downturn as builder liquidity has been severely stressed.
On June 30, 2009, FHN had trust preferred loans to banks and insurance related businesses totaling $.5 billion (2 percent of total loans) that are included within the Commercial, Financial, and Industrial portfolio. Due to higher credit losses experienced throughout the financial services industry and the limited availability of market liquidity, these loans have experienced some stress during the economic downturn.
On June 30, 2009, FHN did not have any concentrations of Commercial, Financial and Industrial loans in any single industry of 10 percent or more of total loans.
Nonperforming loans consist of loans which management has identified as impaired, other nonaccrual loans, and loans which have been restructured. On June 30, 2009 and 2008, there were no significant outstanding commitments to advance additional funds to customers whose loans had been restructured. The following table presents nonperforming loans on:
                         
    June 30   December 31
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2008
 
Impaired loans
  $ 547,697     $ 372,494     $ 474,090  
Other nonaccrual loans*
    579,261       397,524       579,558  
 
Total nonperforming loans
  $ 1,126,958     $ 770,018     $ 1,053,648  
 
 
*   On June 30, 2009 and 2008, and on December 31, 2008, other nonaccrual loans included $22.7 million, $9.9 million, and $8.5 million, respectively, of loans held for sale.

17


Table of Contents

Note 4 — Loans (continued)
Generally, interest payments received on impaired loans are applied to principal. Once all principal has been received, additional payments are recognized as interest income on a cash basis. The following table presents information concerning impaired loans:
                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30   June 30
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Total interest on impaired loans
  $ 421     $ 198     $ 664     $ 260  
Average balance of impaired loans
    536,990       318,082       516,023       254,259  
 
Activity in the allowance for loan losses related to non-impaired and impaired loans for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 is summarized as follows:
                         
(Dollars in thousands)   Non-impaired     Impaired     Total  
 
Balance on December 31, 2007
  $ 325,883     $ 16,458     $ 342,341  
Provision for loan losses
    378,778       81,222       460,000  
Divestitures/acquisitions/transfers
    (382 )           (382 )
Charge-offs
    (140,331 )     (92,810 )     (233,141 )
Recoveries
    5,849       482       6,331  
 
Net charge-offs
    (134,482 )     (92,328 )     (226,810 )
 
Balance on June 30, 2008
  $ 569,797     $ 5,352     $ 575,149  
 
 
                       
Balance on December 31, 2008
  $ 836,907     $ 12,303     $ 849,210  
Provision for loan losses
    402,092       157,908       560,000  
Charge-offs
    (303,446 )     (164,045 )     (467,491 )
Recoveries
    17,345       2,418       19,763  
 
Net charge-offs
    (286,101 )     (161,627 )     (447,728 )
 
Balance on June 30, 2009
  $ 952,898     $ 8,584     $ 961,482  
 

18


Table of Contents

Note 5 — Mortgage Servicing Rights
FHN recognizes all its classes of mortgage servicing rights (MSR) at fair value. Classes of MSR are determined in accordance with FHN’s risk management practices and market inputs used in determining the fair value of the servicing asset. The balance of MSR included on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition represents the rights to service approximately $48.6 billion of mortgage loans on June 30, 2009, for which a servicing right has been capitalized.
Since sales of MSR tend to occur in private transactions and the precise terms and conditions of the sales are typically not readily available, there is a limited market to refer to in determining the fair value of MSR. As such, FHN relies primarily on a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its MSR. This model calculates estimated fair value of the MSR using predominant risk characteristics of MSR, such as interest rates, type of product (fixed vs. variable), age (new, seasoned, or moderate), agency type and other factors. FHN uses assumptions in the model that it believes are comparable to those used by brokers and other service providers. Due to ongoing disruptions in the mortgage market, more emphasis has been placed on third party broker price discovery and, when available, observable market trades in valuing MSR. FHN also periodically compares its estimates of fair value and assumptions with brokers, service providers, and recent market activity and against its own experience.
Following is a summary of changes in capitalized MSR related to proprietary securitization activities utilizing qualifying special purpose entities (QSPEs) as of June 30, 2009 and 2008:
                         
    First   Second    
(Dollars in thousands)   Liens   Liens   HELOC
 
Fair value on January 1, 2008
  $ 230,311     $ 1,429     $ 2,260  
Addition of mortgage servicing rights
                101  
Reductions due to loan payments
    (12,748 )     (154 )     (220 )
Changes in fair value due to:
                       
Changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions
    50,191       (9 )     (362 )
Other changes in fair value
                14  
 
Fair value on June 30, 2008
  $ 267,754     $ 1,266     $ 1,793  
 
Fair value on January 1, 2009
  $ 102,993     $ 981     $ 1,471  
Addition of mortgage servicing rights
                11  
Reductions due to loan payments
    (12,113 )     (97 )     (158 )
Changes in fair value due to:
                       
Changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions
    14,682       45        
 
Fair value on June 30, 2009
  $ 105,562     $ 929     $ 1,324  
 
Servicing, late and other ancillary fees recognized within mortgage banking income were $14.7 million and $21.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to securitization activity and $33.5 million and $43.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Servicing, late and other ancillary fees recognized within revenue from loan sales and securitizations were $.2 million and $.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to securitization activity and $.5 million and $.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

19


Table of Contents

Note 5 — Mortgage Servicing Rights (continued)
Following is a summary of changes in capitalized MSR related to loan sale activity as of June 30, 2009 and 2008:
                         
    First   Second    
(Dollars in thousands)   Liens   Liens   HELOC
 
Fair value on January 1, 2008
  $ 892,104     $ 24,403     $ 9,313  
Addition of mortgage servicing rights
    179,176             1,001  
Reductions due to loan payments
    (63,298 )     (4,200 )     (978 )
Reductions due to sale
    (116,113 )            
Changes in fair value due to:
                       
Changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions
    (48,377 )     (3,334 )     (1,803 )
Other changes in fair value
    (42 )     3       727  
 
Fair value on June 30, 2008
  $ 843,450     $ 16,872     $ 8,260  
 
Fair value on January 1, 2009
  $ 251,404     $ 12,576     $ 7,419  
Addition of mortgage servicing rights
    189              
Reductions due to loan payments
    (23,880 )     (3,563 )     (1,037 )
Reductions due to sale
    (77,591 )            
Changes in fair value due to:
                       
Changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions
    64,603              
Other changes in fair value
    (1,347 )     64       444  
 
Fair value on June 30, 2009
  $ 213,378     $ 9,077     $ 6,826  
 
Servicing, late and other ancillary fees recognized within mortgage banking income were $13.0 million and $42.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to loan sale activity and $29.4 million and $94.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Servicing, late and other ancillary fees recognized within revenue from loan sales and securitizations were $3.4 million and $4.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to loan sale activity and $6.9 million and $8.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
FHN services a portfolio of mortgage loans related to transfers performed by other parties utilizing QSPEs. FHN’s MSR represents its sole interest in these transactions. The total MSR recognized by FHN related to these transactions was $7.4 million and $82.3 million at June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The aggregate principal balance serviced by FHN for these transactions was $1.0 billion and $5.6 billion at June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. FHN has no obligation to provide financial support and has not provided any form of support to the
related trusts. The MSR recognized by FHN has been included in the first lien mortgage loans column within the rollforward of MSR resulting from loan sales activity.
As of June 30, 2009, FHN had transferred $39.7 million of MSR to third parties in transactions that did not qualify for sales treatment due to certain recourse provisions that were included within the sale agreements. These MSR are included within the first liens mortgage loans column within the rollforward of MSR resulting from loan sales activity. The proceeds from these transfers have been recognized within commercial paper and other short term borrowings in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition as of June 30, 2009. Since MSR are recognized at fair value and since changes in the fair value of related financing liabilities will exactly mirror the change in fair value of the associated servicing assets, management elected to account for the financing liabilities at fair value under SFAS No. 159.

20


Table of Contents

Note 6 — Intangible Assets
The following is a summary of intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, included in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition:
                 
            Other
            Intangible
(Dollars in thousands)   Goodwill   Assets*
 
December 31, 2007
  $ 192,408     $ 56,907  
Amortization expense
          (4,622 )
Impairment
          (4,034 )
Divestitures
          (26 )
Additions
          390  
 
June 30, 2008
  $ 192,408     $ 48,615  
 
December 31, 2008
  $ 192,408     $ 45,082  
Amortization expense
          (3,145 )
 
June 30, 2009
  $ 192,408     $ 41,937  
 
*   Represents customer lists, acquired contracts, premium on purchased deposits, and covenants not to compete.
The gross carrying amount of other intangible assets subject to amortization is $126.4 million on June 30, 2009, net of $84.5 million of accumulated amortization. Estimated aggregate amortization expense is expected to be $3.0 million for the remainder of 2009, and $5.9 million, $5.7 million, $4.2 million and $3.9 million and $3.6 million for the twelve-month periods of 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.
The following is a summary of goodwill detailed by reportable segments for the six months ended June 30:
                         
    Regional   Capital    
(Dollars in thousands)   Banking   Markets   Total
 
December 31, 2007
  $ 77,342     $ 115,066     $ 192,408  
 
June 30, 2008
  $ 77,342     $ 115,066     $ 192,408  
 
December 31, 2008
  $ 77,342     $ 115,066     $ 192,408  
 
June 30, 2009
  $ 77,342     $ 115,066     $ 192,408  
 
There is no goodwill associated with the Mortgage Banking, National Specialty Lending, and Corporate segments.

21


Table of Contents

Note 7 - Regulatory Capital
FHN is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on FHN’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain derivatives as calculated under regulatory accounting practices must be met. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgment by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require FHN to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage). Management believes, as of June 30, 2009, that FHN met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.
The actual capital amounts and ratios of FHN and FTBNA are presented in the table below. In addition, FTBNA must also calculate its capital ratios after excluding financial subsidiaries as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. Based on this calculation FTBNA’s Total Capital, Tier 1 Capital and Leverage ratios were 18.62 percent, 14.34 percent and 11.64 percent, respectively, on June 30, 2009, and were 13.87 percent, 9.90 percent and 8.10 percent, respectively, on June 30, 2008.
                                 
    First Horizon   First Tennessee Bank
    National Corporation   National Association
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
 
On June 30, 2009:
                               
Actual:
                               
Total Capital
  $ 4,801,814       20.77 %   $ 4,564,673       19.92 %
Tier 1 Capital
    3,596,285       15.55       3,421,808       14.93  
Leverage
    3,596,285       12.49       3,421,808       11.98  
 
                               
For Capital Adequacy Purposes:
                               
Total Capital
    1,849,870   ³     8.00       1,833,312   ³     8.00  
Tier 1 Capital
    924,935   ³     4.00       916,656   ³     4.00  
Leverage
    1,151,280   ³     4.00       1,142,369   ³     4.00  
 
                               
To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions:
                               
Total Capital
                    2,291,639   ³     10.00  
Tier 1 Capital
                    1,374,984   ³     6.00  
Leverage
                    1,427,961   ³     5.00  
 
On June 30, 2008:
                               
Actual:
                               
Total Capital
  $ 4,376,408       15.15 %   $ 4,195,535       14.65 %
Tier 1 Capital
    3,034,698       10.51       2,936,767       10.25  
Leverage
    3,034,698       8.45       2,936,767       8.24  
 
                               
For Capital Adequacy Purposes:
                               
Total Capital
    2,310,774   ³     8.00       2,291,784   ³     8.00  
Tier 1 Capital
    1,155,387   ³     4.00       1,145,892   ³     4.00  
Leverage
    1,436,005   ³     4.00       1,425,665   ³     4.00  
 
                               
To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions:
                               
Total Capital
                    2,864,730   ³     10.00  
Tier 1 Capital
                    1,718,838   ³     6.00  
Leverage
                    1,782,082   ³     5.00  
 

22


Table of Contents

Note 8 — Earnings per Share
The following tables show a reconciliation of the numerators used in calculating earnings per share attributable to common shareholders:
                                 
    Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30     June 30  
(In thousands, except per share data)   2009     2008     2009     2008  
 
Loss from continuing operations
    (106,030 )     (16,237 )     (171,125 )     (5,139 )
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
    548             548       883  
 
Net loss
    (105,482 )     (16,237 )     (170,577 )     (4,256 )
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
    2,844       2,844       5,594       6,905  
 
Net loss attributable to controlling interest
    (108,326 )     (19,081 )     (176,171 )     (11,161 )
Preferred stock dividends
    14,856             29,811        
 
Net loss available to common shareholders
    (123,182 )     (19,081 )     (205,982 )     (11,161 )
 
 
                               
Loss from continuing operations
    (106,030 )     (16,237 )     (171,125 )     (5,139 )
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
    2,844       2,844       5,594       6,905  
Preferred stock dividends
    14,856             29,811        
 
Net loss from continuing operations available to common shareholders
    (123,730 )     (19,081 )     (206,530 )     (12,044 )
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of weighted average common shares to diluted average common shares:
                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30   June 30
(In thousands, except per share data)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic (a)
    213,735       187,911       213,733       162,976  
Effect of dilutive securities (a)
               
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted (a)
    213,735       187,911       213,733       162,976  
 
(a)   All share data has been restated to reflect stock dividends distributed through July 1, 2009.
The following table provides a reconciliation of earnings/(loss) per common and diluted share:
                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30   June 30
Earnings/(loss) per share common share:   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Loss per share from continuing operations available to common shareholders
    (0.58 )     (0.10 )     (0.96 )     (0.07 )
Income per share from discontinued operations, net of tax
    0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  
 
Net loss per share available to common shareholders
    (0.58 )     (0.10 )     (0.96 )     (0.07 )
 
 
                               
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share common share:
                               
 
Loss per share from continuing operations available to common shareholders
    (0.58 )     (0.10 )     (0.96 )     (0.07 )
Income per share from discontinued operations, net of tax
    0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  
 
Net loss per share available to common shareholders
    (0.58 )     (0.10 )     (0.96 )     (0.07 )
 
Due to the net loss attributable to common shareholders for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, no potentially dilutive shares were included in the loss per share calculations as including such shares would have been antidilutive. Stock options of 14.0 million and 18.9 million with a weighted average exercise price of $29.75 and $30.90 per share for the three months ended June 30, 2009, and 2008, respectively; and stock options of 14.5 million and 18.9 million with a weighted average exercise price of $29.88 and $31.26 per share for the six months ended June 30, 2009, and 2008, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted loss per common share because such shares would have had an antidilutive effect on earnings per common share. Other equity awards of 1.9 million and 1.2 million for the

23


Table of Contents

Note 8 — Earnings per Share (continued)
three months ended June 30, 2009, and 2008, respectively; and other equity awards of 1.6 million and 1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, and 2008, respectively, were also excluded because inclusion would have been antidilutive. 13.5 million potentially dilutive shares related to the CPP common stock warrant were also excluded from the second quarter 2009, computation of diluted loss per common share because such shares would have been antidilutive.

24


Table of Contents

Note 9 — Contingencies and Other Disclosures
Contingencies. Contingent liabilities arise in the ordinary course of business, including those related to litigation. Various claims and lawsuits are pending against FHN and its subsidiaries. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or where the cases present novel legal theories or involve a large number of parties, FHN cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the eventual loss or impact related to each pending matter may be. FHN establishes loss contingency reserves for litigation matters when estimated loss is both probable and estimable as prescribed by applicable financial accounting guidance. A reserve generally is not established when a loss contingency either is not probable or its amount is not estimable. If loss for a matter is probable and a range of possible loss outcomes is the best estimate available, accounting guidance generally requires a reserve to be established at the low end of the range. Based on current knowledge, and after consultation with counsel, management is of the opinion that loss contingencies related to pending matters should not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of FHN, but may be material to FHN’s operating results for any particular reporting period.
FHN is a member of the Visa USA network. On October 3, 2007, the Visa organization of affiliated entities completed a series of global restructuring transactions to combine its affiliated operating companies, including Visa USA, under a single holding company, Visa Inc. (Visa). Upon completion of the reorganization, the members of the Visa USA network remained contingently liable for certain Visa litigation matters. Based on its proportionate membership share of Visa USA, FHN recognized a contingent liability of $55.7 million within noninterest expense in fourth quarter 2007 related to this contingent obligation.
In March 2008, Visa completed its initial public offering (IPO). Visa funded an escrow account from IPO proceeds that will be used to make payments related to the Visa litigation matters. Upon funding of the escrow, FHN reversed $30.0 million of the contingent liability previously recognized with a corresponding credit to noninterest expense for its proportionate share of the escrow account. A portion of FHN’s Class B shares of Visa were redeemed as part of the IPO resulting in $65.9 million of equity securities gains in first quarter 2008.
In October 2008, Visa announced that it had agreed to settle litigation with Discover Financial Services (Discover) for $1.9 billion. $1.7 billion of this settlement amount was funded from the escrow account established as part of Visa’s IPO. In connection with this settlement, FHN recognized additional expense of $11.0 million within noninterest expense in third quarter 2008. In December 2008, Visa deposited additional funds into the escrow account and FHN recognized a corresponding credit to noninterest expense of $11.0 million for its proportionate share of the amount funded.
After the partial share redemption in conjunction with the IPO, FHN holds approximately 2.4 million Class B shares of Visa, which are included in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition at their historical cost of $0. Conversion of these shares into Class A shares of Visa and, with limited exceptions, transfer of these shares are restricted until the later of the third anniversary of the IPO and the final resolution of the covered litigation. The final conversion ratio, which was estimated to approximate 63 percent as of June 30, 2009, will fluctuate based on the ultimate settlement of the Visa litigation matters for which FHN has a proportionate contingent obligation. Future funding of the escrow will dilute this exchange rate by an amount that is yet to be determined.
Other disclosures — Indemnification agreements and guarantees. In the ordinary course of business, FHN enters into indemnification agreements for legal proceedings against its directors and officers and standard representations and warranties for underwriting agreements, merger and acquisition agreements, loan sales, contractual commitments, and various other business transactions or arrangements. The extent of FHN’s obligations under these agreements depends upon the occurrence of future events; therefore, it is not possible to estimate a maximum potential amount of payouts that could be required with such agreements.
FHN services a mortgage loan portfolio of $48.6 billion on June 30, 2009; a significant portion of which is held by GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC or private security holders. In connection with its servicing activities, FHN guarantees the receipt of the scheduled principal and interest payments on the underlying loans. In the event of customer non-performance on the loan, FHN is obligated to make the payment to the security holder. Under the terms of the servicing agreements, FHN can utilize payments received from other prepaid loans in order to make the security holder whole. In the event payments are ultimately made by FHN to satisfy this obligation, for loans sold with no recourse, all funds are recoverable from the government agency at foreclosure sale. See Note 13 — Loan Sales and Securitizations for additional information on loans sold with recourse.
FHN is also subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures and other recourse obligations. Certain agencies have the authority to limit their repayment guarantees on foreclosed loans resulting in certain foreclosure costs being borne by servicers. In addition, FHN has exposure on all loans it originated and sold with recourse. FHN has various claims for reimbursement, repurchase obligations, and/or indemnification requests outstanding with government agencies or private investors. FHN has evaluated all of its exposure under

25


Table of Contents

Note 9 — Contingencies and Other Disclosures (continued)
recourse obligations based on factors, which include loan delinquency status, foreclosure expectancy rates and claims outstanding. Accordingly, FHN had an allowance for losses on the mortgage servicing portfolio of approximately $52.5 million and $38.5 million on June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. FHN has sold certain mortgage loans with an agreement to repurchase the loans upon default. For the single-family residential loans, in the event of borrower nonperformance, FHN would assume losses to the extent they exceed the value of the collateral and private mortgage insurance, FHA insurance or VA guarantees. On June 30, 2009 and 2008, FHN had single-family residential loans with outstanding balances of $72.2 million and $92.4 million, respectively, that were serviced on a full recourse basis. On June 30, 2009 and 2008, the outstanding principal balance of loans sold with limited recourse arrangements where some portion of the principal is at risk and serviced by FHN was $3.3 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively. Additionally, on June 30, 2009 and 2008, $1.2 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, of mortgage loans were outstanding which were sold under limited recourse arrangements where the risk is limited to interest and servicing advances.
FHN has securitized and sold HELOC and second-lien mortgages which are held by private security holders, and on June 30, 2009, the outstanding principal balance of these loans was $190.7 million and $45.2 million, respectively. On June 30, 2008, the outstanding principal balance of securitized and sold HELOC and second-lien mortgages was $231.3 million and $61.4 million, respectively. In connection with its servicing activities, FTBNA does not guarantee the receipt of the scheduled principal and interest payments on the underlying loans but does have residual interests of $6.2 million and $7.8 million on June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which are available to make the security holder whole in the event of credit losses. FHN has projected expected credit losses in the valuation of the residual interest.
FHN has also sold HELOC and second-lien mortgages without recourse through whole loan sales. On June 30, 2009, the outstanding principal balance of these loans was $1.0 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. On June 30, 2008, the outstanding principal balance of these HELOC and second-lien mortgages was $1.1 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. FHN does not guarantee the receipt of the scheduled principal and interest payments on the underlying loans but does have an obligation to repurchase the loans for which there is a breach of warranties provided to the buyers. As of June 30, 2009, FHN has recognized a liability of $24.4 million related to these repurchase obligations.
A wholly-owned subsidiary of FHN has agreements with several providers of private mortgage insurance whereby the subsidiary has agreed to accept insurance risk for specified loss corridors for loans originated in each contract year in exchange for a portion of the private mortgage insurance premiums paid by borrowers (i.e., reinsurance arrangements). The loss corridors vary for each primary insurer for each contract year. No new reinsurance arrangements have been initiated after 2008. As of June 30, 2009, FHN has reserved $60.8 million for its estimated liability under the reinsurance arrangements. In accordance with the terms of the contracts with the primary insurers, as of June 30, 2009, FHN has placed $59.2 million of prior premium collections in trust for payment of claims arising under the reinsurance arrangements.
In conjunction with the sale of its servicing platform to MetLife, FHN entered into a three year subservicing arrangement with MetLife for the remaining portion of its servicing portfolio. As part of the subservicing agreement, FHN has agreed to a make-whole arrangement whereby if the number of loans subserviced by MetLife falls below specified levels and the direct servicing cost per loan (both determined by using loans serviced on behalf of both FHN and MetLife) exceeds a specified threshold, FHN will make a payment to MetLife according to a contractually specified formula. The make-whole payment is subject to a cap, which is $19.4 million if determined in the four quarters immediately following the transaction, and which declines to $15.0 million if triggered in later periods. As part of the divestiture transaction with MetLife, FHN recognized a contingent liability of $1.2 million representing the estimated fair value of its performance obligation under the make-whole arrangement.

26


Table of Contents

Note 10 — Pension and Other Employee Benefits
Pension plan. FHN closed participation in the noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan to employees hired or re-hired on September 1, 2007 or later. This did not impact the benefits of employees currently participating in the plan. Certain employees of FHN’s insurance subsidiaries are not covered by the pension plan. Pension benefits are based on years of service, average compensation near retirement, and estimated social security benefits at age 65. FHN contributions are based upon actuarially determined amounts necessary to fund the total benefit obligation. FHN made a $30.0 million contribution in December 2008 to the qualified pension plan. A second contribution may be made in 2009 attributable to the 2008 plan year. This decision will be based upon pension funding requirements under the Pension Protection Act, the maximum deductible under the Internal Revenue Code, and the actual performance of plan assets during 2009. Given these uncertainties, we cannot estimate the amount of a future contribution at this time. The non-qualified pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans are unfunded. Contributions to these plans cover all benefits paid under the non-qualified plans. This amount was $6.2 million for 2008. FHN anticipates this amount will be $5.6 million in 2009.
FHN also maintains nonqualified plans including a supplemental retirement plan that covers certain employees whose benefits under the pension plan have been limited. Additionally, a program was added under the FHN savings plan that is provided only to employees who are not eligible for the pension plan. FHN made a contribution of $.5 million for this plan in 2009 related to the 2008 plan year.
Other employee benefits. FHN provides post-retirement life insurance benefits to certain employees. FHN also provides post-retirement medical insurance to retirement-eligible employees. The post-retirement medical plan is contributory with retiree contributions adjusted annually and is based on criteria that are a combination of the employee’s age and years of service. For any employee retiring on or after January 1, 1995, FHN contributes a fixed amount based on years of service and age at the time of retirement. FHN’s post-retirement benefits include prescription drug benefits. The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the Act) introduced a prescription drug benefit under Medicare Part D as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care that provide a benefit that is actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. FHN anticipates receiving a prescription drug subsidy under the Act through 2012.
The components of net periodic benefit cost for the three months ended June 30 are as follows:
                                 
    Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost
                               
Service cost
  $ 4,401     $ 4,206     $ 339     $ 71  
Interest cost
    7,926       7,345       991       610  
Expected return on plan assets
    (11,582 )     (11,792 )     (279 )     (439 )
Amortization of unrecognized:
                               
Transition obligation
                247       247  
Prior service cost/(credit)
    190       216       617       (44 )
Actuarial loss/(gain)
    1,973       494       (124 )     (58 )
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 2,908     $ 469     $ 1,791     $ 387  
 
FAS 88 Settlement Expense
  $     $ 715     $     $  
 
Total FAS 87 and FAS 88 Expense
  $ 2,908     $ 1,184     $ 1,791     $ 387  
 

27


Table of Contents

Note 10 — Pension and Other Employee Benefits (continued)
The components of net periodic benefit cost for the six months ended June 30 are as follows:
                                 
    Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost
                               
Service cost
  $ 8,802     $ 8,414     $ 678     $ 143  
Interest cost
    15,852       14,685       1,982       1,220  
Expected return on plan assets
    (23,164 )     (23,583 )     (558 )     (878 )
Amortization of unrecognized:
                               
Transition obligation
                494       494  
Prior service cost/(credit)
    380       433       1,234       (88 )
Actuarial loss/(gain)
    3,946       987       (248 )     (116 )
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 5,816     $ 936     $ 3,582     $ 775  
 
FAS 88 Settlement Expense
  $     $ 715     $     $  
 
Total FAS 87 and FAS 88 Expense
  $ 5,816     $ 1,651     $ 3,582     $ 775  
 
The 2009 net periodic benefit costs of Other Benefits includes the first quarter 2009 expense related to company-paid life insurance benefits offered to certain employees beyond retirement. A liability for these benefits was not previously recorded as premiums were expensed when incurred. A $10.7 million cumulative adjustment related to prior periods is not included in the 2009 net periodic benefit cost.
In second quarter 2008, distributions from a non-qualified post-retirement plan in conjunction with an early retirement triggered settlement accounting. In accordance with its practice, FHN performed a remeasurement of the plan in conjunction with the settlement and recognized $.7 million in settlement expense.

28


Table of Contents

Note 11 — Business Segment Information
FHN has five business segments, Regional Banking, Capital Markets, National Specialty Lending, Mortgage Banking and Corporate. The Regional Banking segment offers financial products and services, including traditional lending and deposit taking, to retail and commercial customers in Tennessee and surrounding markets. Additionally, Regional Banking provides investments, insurance, financial planning, trust services and asset management, credit card, cash management, and check clearing services. The Capital Markets segment consists of traditional capital markets securities activities, equity research, loan sales, portfolio advisory, derivative sales and correspondent banking. The National Specialty Lending segment consists of traditional consumer and construction lending activities in other national markets. The Mortgage Banking segment consists of core mortgage banking elements including originations and servicing and the associated ancillary revenues related to these businesses. In August 2008, FHN completed the divestiture of certain mortgage banking operations to MetLife. FHN continues to originate loans in and around the Tennessee banking footprint and to service the remaining servicing portfolio. The Corporate segment consists of restructuring, repositioning and efficiency initiatives, unallocated corporate expenses, expense on subordinated debt issuances and preferred stock, bank- owned life insurance, unallocated interest income associated with excess equity, net impact of raising incremental capital, revenue and expense associated with deferred compensation plans, funds management, low income housing investment activities, and venture capital.
Periodically, FHN adapts its segments to reflect changes in expense allocations among segments. In the second quarter 2009, FHN reviewed funds transfer pricing methodologies and cost allocations used to determine segment performance. As a result of this review, certain of these methodologies were revised affecting all segments. Additionally, activities related to Low Income Housing Investments were moved from Regional Banking to Corporate. For comparability, previously reported items have been revised to reflect these changes.
Total revenue, expense and asset levels reflect those which are specifically identifiable or which are allocated based on an internal allocation method. Because the allocations are based on internally developed assignments and allocations, they are to an extent subjective. This assignment and allocation has been consistently applied for all periods presented. The following table reflects the amounts of consolidated revenue, expense, tax, and assets for each segment for the three and six months ended June 30:
                                 
    Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30     June 30  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009     2008     2009     2008  
 
Consolidated
                               
Net interest income
  $ 199,086     $ 238,895     $ 395,673     $ 466,987  
Provision for loan losses
    260,000       220,000       560,000       460,000  
Noninterest income
    292,278       399,046       700,147       848,122  
Noninterest expense
    411,932       463,000       829,260       897,215  
 
Loss before income taxes
    (180,568 )     (45,059 )     (293,440 )     (42,106 )
Benefit for income taxes
    (74,538 )     (28,821 )     (122,315 )     (36,967 )
 
Loss from continuing operations
    (106,030 )     (16,238 )     (171,125 )     (5,139 )
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
    548             548       883  
 
Net loss
  $ (105,482 )   $ (16,238 )   $ (170,577 )   $ (4,256 )
 
Average assets
  $ 28,929,543     $ 36,146,101     $ 29,694,129     $ 36,654,243  
 
 
                               
Regional Banking
                               
Net interest income
  $ 125,470     $ 125,737     $ 248,470     $ 250,797  
Provision for loan losses
    51,025       89,477       148,851       164,742  
Noninterest income
    81,376       92,685       157,692       179,888  
Noninterest expense
    168,424       146,328       336,663       292,925  
 
Loss before income taxes
    (12,603 )     (17,383 )     (79,352 )     (26,982 )
Benefit for income taxes
    (4,810 )     (6,625 )     (30,018 )     (10,324 )
 
Loss from continuing operations
    (7,793 )     (10,758 )     (49,334 )     (16,658 )
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
    548             548       883  
 
Net loss
  $ (7,245 )   $ (10,758 )   $ (48,786 )   $ (15,775 )
 
Average assets
  $ 11,131,755     $ 11,974,673     $ 11,375,372     $ 12,042,940  
 
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.

29


Table of Contents

Note 11 — Business Segment Information (continued)
                                 
    Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30     June 30  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009     2008     2009     2008  
Capital Markets
Net interest income
  $ 24,917     $ 19,050     $ 48,946     $ 39,275  
Provision for loan losses
    21,104       18,522       35,113       33,553  
Noninterest income
    189,588       124,633       406,278       258,538  
Noninterest expense
    114,423       100,802       266,384       216,809  
 
Income before income taxes
    78,978       24,359       153,727       47,451  
Provision for income taxes
    29,687       9,069       57,783       17,609  
 
Net income
  $ 49,291     $ 15,290     $ 95,944     $ 29,842  
 
Average assets
  $ 4,212,078     $ 5,364,153     $ 4,358,094     $ 5,587,184  
 
 
                               
National Specialty Lending
                               
Net interest income
  $ 31,157     $ 53,460     $ 64,698     $ 107,665  
Provision for loan losses
    176,348       108,000       364,921       257,482  
Noninterest income/(loss)
    (9,050 )     (14,598 )     (15,748 )     (14,046 )
Noninterest expense
    41,019       29,026       72,902       56,023  
 
Loss before income taxes
    (195,260 )     (98,164 )     (388,873 )     (219,886 )
Benefit for income taxes
    (73,573 )     (36,988 )     (146,527 )     (82,853 )
 
Net loss
  $ (121,687 )   $ (61,176 )   $ (242,346 )   $ (137,033 )
 
Average assets
  $ 6,536,174     $ 8,867,204     $ 6,855,962     $ 9,115,781  
 
 
                               
Mortgage Banking
                               
Net interest income
  $ 10,792     $ 35,128     $ 21,795     $ 68,402  
Provision for loan losses
    11,523       4,001       11,115       4,223  
Noninterest income
    19,233       187,305       140,433       351,725  
Noninterest expense
    63,179       150,201       111,036       299,170  
 
Income/(loss) before income taxes
    (44,677 )     68,231       40,077       116,734  
Provision/(benefit) for income taxes
    (16,835 )     25,710       15,101       43,986  
 
Net income/(loss)
  $ (27,842 )   $ 42,521     $ 24,976     $ 72,748  
 
Average assets
  $ 1,948,901     $ 5,919,909     $ 2,101,945     $ 5,865,936  
 
 
                               
Corporate
                               
Net interest income
  $ 6,750     $ 5,520     $ 11,764     $ 848  
Noninterest income
    11,131       9,021       11,492       72,017  
Noninterest expense
    24,887       36,643       42,275       32,288  
 
Loss before income taxes
    (7,006 )     (22,102 )     (19,019 )     40,577  
Benefit for income taxes
    (9,007 )     (19,987 )     (18,654 )     (5,385 )
 
Net income/(loss)
  $ 2,001     $ (2,115 )   $ (365 )   $ 45,962  
 
Average assets
  $ 5,100,635     $ 4,020,162     $ 5,002,756     $ 4,042,402  
 
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.

30


Table of Contents

Note 12 — Preferred Stock and Other Capital
FHN Preferred Stock and Warrant
On November 14, 2008, FHN issued and sold 866,540 preferred shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series CPP (“Capital Purchase Program”), along with a Warrant to purchase common stock. The issuance occurred in connection with, and is governed by, the Treasury Capital Purchase Program administered by the U.S. Treasury under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). The Preferred Shares have an annual 5% cumulative preferred dividend rate, payable quarterly. The dividend rate increases to 9% after five years. Dividends compound if they accrue in arrears. Preferred Shares have a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share plus accrued dividends. The Preferred Shares have no redemption date and are not subject to any sinking fund. The Preferred Shares carry certain restrictions. The Preferred Shares have a senior rank and also provide limitations on certain compensation arrangements of executive officers. Subsequent UST regulations have expanded limitations on compensation agreements to include the twenty most highly compensated employees. During the first three years following the issuance, FHN may not reinstate a cash dividend on its common shares nor purchase equity shares without the approval of the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain limited exceptions. FHN may not reinstate a cash dividend on its common shares to the extent preferred dividends remain unpaid. Generally, the Preferred Shares are non-voting. However, should FHN fail to pay six quarterly dividends, the holder may elect two directors to FHN’s Board of Directors until such dividends are paid. In connection with the issuance of the Preferred Shares, a Warrant to purchase 12,743,235 common shares was issued with an exercise price of $10.20 per share. The Warrant is immediately exercisable and expires in ten years. The Warrant is subject to proportionate anti-dilution adjustment in the event of stock dividends or splits, among other things. As a result of the stock dividends distributed on January 1, 2009, April 1, 2009, and July 1, 2009, the Warrant was adjusted to cover 13,533,744 common shares at a purchase price of $9.60 per share.
The Preferred Shares and Warrant qualify as Tier 1 capital and are presented in permanent equity on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition as of June 30, 2009, in the amounts of $790.6 million and $83.9 million, respectively.
Subsidiary Preferred Stock
On September 14, 2000, FT Real Estate Securities Company, Inc. (FTRESC), an indirect subsidiary of FHN, issued 50 shares of 9.50% Cumulative Preferred Stock, Class B (Class B Preferred Shares), with a liquidation preference of $1.0 million per share. An aggregate total of 47 Class B Preferred Shares have been sold privately to nonaffiliates. These securities qualify as Tier 2 capital and are presented in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition as “Long-term debt”. FTRESC is a real estate investment trust (REIT) established for the purpose of acquiring, holding and managing real estate mortgage assets. Dividends on the Class B Preferred Shares are cumulative and are payable semi-annually.
The Class B Preferred Shares are mandatorily redeemable on March 31, 2031, and redeemable at the discretion of FTRESC in the event that the Class B Preferred Shares cannot be accounted for as Tier 2 regulatory capital or there is more than an insubstantial risk that dividends paid with respect to the Class B Preferred Shares will not be fully deductible for tax purposes. They are not subject to any sinking fund and are not convertible into any other securities of FTRESC, FHN or any of its subsidiaries. The shares are, however, automatically exchanged at the direction of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency for preferred stock of FTBNA, having substantially the same terms as the Class B Preferred Shares in the event FTBNA becomes undercapitalized, insolvent or in danger of becoming undercapitalized.
Effective January 1, 2009, FHN adopted SFAS No. 160 which provides that noncontrolling interests should be presented as a separate component of equity rather than on a mezzanine level. In accordance with SFAS No. 160, the balance for noncontrolling interests associated with preferred stock previously issued by the following indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries of FHN has been included in the equity section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition for all periods presented.
First Horizon Preferred Funding, LLC and First Horizon Preferred Funding II, LLC have each issued $1.0 million of Class B Units of preferred stock. On June 30, 2009 and 2008, the amount of Class B Preferred Shares and Units that are perpetual in nature that was recognized as “Noncontrolling interest” on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition was $.3 million and $.5 million, respectively. The remaining balance has been eliminated in consolidation. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 160, the balance for these preferred shares was recognized as “Preferred stock of subsidiary” on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition.
On March 23, 2005, FTBNA issued 300,000 shares of Class A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Class A Preferred Stock) with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. These securities qualify as Tier 1 capital. On June 30, 2009 and 2008, $294.8 million of Class A Preferred Stock was recognized as “Noncontrolling interest” on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 160, the balance of FTBNA’s Class A Preferred Stock was recognized as “Preferred stock of subsidiary” on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition.

31


Table of Contents

Note 12 — Preferred Stock and Other Capital (continued)
Due to the nature of the subsidiary preferred stock issued by First Horizon Preferred Funding, LLC, First Horizon Preferred Funding II, LLC, and FTBNA, all components of other comprehensive income/(loss) included in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Equity have been attributed solely to FHN as the controlling interest holder. The table below presents the amounts included in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 which are attributable to FHN as controlling interest holder for the following:
                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30   June 30
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Net loss from continuing operations
  $ (108,874 )   $ (19,081 )   $ (176,719 )   $ (12,044 )
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
    548             548       883  
 
Net loss
  $ (108,326 )   $ (19,081 )   $ (176,171 )   $ (11,161 )
 

32


Table of Contents

Note 13 — Loan Sales and Securitizations
FHN historically utilized loan sales and securitizations as a significant source of liquidity for its mortgage banking operations. With FHN’s current focus on origination of mortgages within its regional banking footprint and the related sale of national mortgage origination offices to MetLife, loan sale and securitization activity has decreased significantly since third quarter 2008. Subsequent to the MetLife transaction, FHN generally does not retain financial interests in loans it transfers to third parties. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, loan sale and securitization activity for which FHN has retained an interest in the related transfers is included in this disclosure. For classification purposes, all loans transferred to GSE (e.g., FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA), including those subsequently securitized by an agency, are considered loan sales while transfers attributed to securitizations consist solely of proprietary securitizations executed by FHN.
During second quarter 2009 and 2008, FHN transferred $.5 billion and $7.0 billion, respectively, of single-family residential mortgage loans in sales that were not securitizations. During the six months ended June 30, 2009, and 2008, FHN has transferred $.8 billion and $14.3 billion, respectively, of single-family residential mortgage loans in sales that were not securitizations. In 2008, the transactions primarily reflect sales to GSE. In second quarter 2009 and 2008, FHN recognized net pre-tax gains of $4.3 million and $131.5 million, respectively, from the sale of single-family residential mortgage loans which includes gains recognized on the capitalization of MSR associated with these loans. During the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, FHN recognized net pre-tax gains of $12.2 million and $216.4 million, respectively, from the sale of single-family residential mortgage loans which include gains recognized on the capitalization of MSR associated with these loans.
During second quarter 2009 and 2008, FHN transferred $3.2 million and $5.2 million, respectively, of home equity loans and HELOC related to proprietary securitization transactions. During the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, FHN has transferred $6.5 million and $10.9 million, respectively, of home equity loans and HELOC related to proprietary securitization transactions. In second quarter 2009 and 2008, FHN recognized net pre-tax gains of $.1 million related to HELOC securitizations which include gains recognized on the capitalization of MSR associated with these loans. During the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, FHN has recognized net pre-tax gains of $.2 million related to HELOC securitizations which include gains recognized on the capitalization of MSR associated with these loans
During second quarter 2008, FHN capitalized approximately $180.2 million in originated MSR related to loan sales and $.1 million related to securitizations. During second quarter 2009, there were no significant additions to MSR. These MSR, as well as other MSR held by FHN, are discussed further in Note 5 — Mortgage Servicing Rights. In certain cases, FHN continues to service and receive servicing fees related to the transferred loans, and has also retained interests in loan sales and securitizations including residual interest certificates and financial assets including excess interest (structured as interest-only strips), principal-only strips, interest-only strips, or subordinated bonds. FHN received annual servicing fees approximating .28 percent in second quarter 2009 and .27 percent in second quarter 2008 of the outstanding balance of underlying single-family residential mortgage loans. FHN received annual servicing fees approximating .50 percent in second quarter 2009 and 2008 of the outstanding balance of underlying loans for HELOC and home equity loans transferred. The investors and the securitization trusts have no recourse to other assets of FHN for failure of debtors to pay when due. FHN is obligated to repurchase loans under standard representations and warranties provided to the buyers, which include evidence of borrower fraud and failure to adhere to underwriting guidelines.
Interests retained from loan sales, including agency securitizations, include MSR and excess interest. Interests retained from proprietary securitizations include MSR and various financial assets. MSR are initially valued at fair value, and the remaining retained interests are initially valued by allocating the remaining cost basis of the loan between the security or loan sold and the remaining retained interests based on their relative fair values at the time of sale or securitization. MSR are recognized at fair value in periods subsequent to the related sale or securitization with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in current earnings as a component of noninterest income on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income.
Financial assets retained in a proprietary or GSE securitization may include certificated residual interests, excess interest (structured as interest-only strips), interest-only strips, principal-only strips, or subordinated bonds. Residual interests represent rights to receive earnings to the extent of excess income generated by the underlying loans. Excess interest represents rights to receive interest from serviced assets that exceed contractually specified rates. Principal-only strips

33


Table of Contents

Note 13 — Loan Sales and Securitizations (continued)
are principal cash flow tranches, and interest-only strips are interest cash flow tranches. Subordinated bonds are bonds with junior priority. All financial assets retained from a securitization are recognized on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition in trading securities at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in current earnings as a component of noninterest income on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income.
As of June 30, 2009 and 2008, $105.6 million and $267.8 million, respectively, of first lien MSR are associated with proprietary securitization transactions with the remainder associated with loan sales. As of June 30, 2009 and 2008, second lien MSR includes $.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of MSR related to prior securitization activity with the remainder related to loan sales. As of June 30, 2009 and 2008, HELOC MSR included $1.3 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of MSR related to prior securitization activity with the remainder related to loan sales. As of June 30, 2009 and 2008, $71.9 million and $126.3 million, respectively, of excess interest IO are associated with proprietary securitization transactions with the remainder associated with loan sales. All other retained interests relate to securitization activity.
The sensitivity of the fair value of all retained or purchased interests for MSR to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes in assumptions on June 30, 2009 are as follows:
                         
(Dollars in thousands   First   Second    
except for annual cost to service)   Liens   Liens   HELOC
 
June 30, 2009
                       
Fair value of retained interests
  $ 318,940     $ 10,006     $ 8,150  
Weighted average life (in years)
    4.2       1.6       2.3  
 
                       
Annual prepayment rate
    19.9 %     45.2 %     31.1 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (17,348 )   $ (1,155 )   $ (329 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (33,061 )     (2,197 )     (627 )
 
                       
Annual discount rate on servicing cash flows
    13.1 %     14.0 %     18.0 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (8,805 )   $ (202 )   $ (119 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (17,070 )     (394 )     (231 )
 
                       
Annual cost to service (per loan)
  $ 108     $ 50     $ 50  
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
    (7,111 )     (192 )     (88 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (14,187 )     (384 )     (176 )
 
                       
Annual earnings on escrow
    2.6 %     1.3 %     1.3 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (5,383 )   $ (62 )   $ (72 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (10,776 )     (118 )     (137 )
 

34


Table of Contents

Note 13 — Loan Sales and Securitizations (continued)
The sensitivity of the fair value of all retained or purchased interests for MSR to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes in assumptions on June 30, 2008, are as follows:
                         
(Dollars in thousands   First   Second    
except for annual cost to service)   Liens   Liens   HELOC
 
June 30, 2008
                       
Fair value of retained interests
  $ 1,111,204     $ 18,138     $ 10,053  
Weighted average life (in years)
    5.7       2.2       2.1  
 
                       
Annual prepayment rate
    14.7 %     34.7 %     37.0 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (41,670 )   $ (1,394 )   $ (736 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (80,057 )     (2,649 )     (1,403 )
 
                       
Annual discount rate on servicing cash flows
    10.7 %     14.0 %     18.0 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (33,659 )   $ (451 )   $ (280 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (64,948 )     (878 )     (544 )
 
                       
Annual cost to service (per loan)
  $ 52     $ 50     $ 50  
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
    (11,301 )     (373 )     (295 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (22,603 )     (745 )     (590 )
 
                       
Annual earnings on escrow
    3.8 %     2.2 %     2.1 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (23,285 )   $ (326 )   $ (184 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (46,570 )     (651 )     (367 )
 
The sensitivity of the fair value of retained interests for other residuals to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes in assumptions on June 30, 2009, are as follows:
                                                 
                                    Residual   Residual
    Excess                           Interest   Interest
(Dollars in thousands   Interest   Certificated           Subordinated   Certificates   Certificates
except for annual cost to service)   IO   PO   IO   Bonds   2nd Liens   HELOC
 
June 30, 2009
                                               
Fair value of retained interests
  $ 116,375     $ 11,415     $ 296     $ 2,380     $ 2,881     $ 3,367  
Weighted average life (in years)
    4.3       4.8       7.9       1.9       2.7       2.3  
 
                                               
Annual prepayment rate
    18.5 %     30.5 %     10.2 %     6.8 %     26.3 %     28.0 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (5,702 )   $ (416 )   $ (9 )   $ (37 )   $ (32 )   $ (351 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (10,962 )     (825 )     (18 )     (63 )     (58 )     (659 )
 
                                               
Annual discount rate on residual cash flows
    10.9 %     27.7 %     34.7 %     69.5 %     34.9 %     32.9 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (4,975 )   $ (622 )   $ (23 )   $ (118 )   $ (125 )   $ (372 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (9,521 )     (1,245 )     (39 )     (213 )     (236 )     (688 )
 

35


Table of Contents

Note 13 — Loan Sales and Securitizations (continued)
The sensitivity of the fair value of retained interests for other residuals to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes in assumptions on June 30, 2008, are as follows:
                                                 
                                    Residual   Residual
    Excess                           Interest   Interest
(Dollars in thousands   Interest   Certificated           Subordinated   Certificates   Certificates
except for annual cost to service)   IO   PO   IO   Bonds   2nd Liens   HELOC
 
June 30, 2008
                                               
Fair value of retained interests
  $ 375,999     $ 13,288     $ 296     $ 17,740     $ 3,937     $ 3,845  
Weighted average life (in years)
    5.5       4.3       3.6       8.7       2.5       2.2  
 
                                               
Annual prepayment rate
    14.6 %     34.1 %     27.6 %     83.4 %     32.0 %     28.0 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (17,751 )   $ (612 )   $ (23 )   $ (548 )   $ (41 )   $ (385 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (34,833 )     (1,282 )     (42 )     (1,067 )     (78 )     (711 )
 
                                               
Annual discount rate on residual cash flows
    12.1 %     19.5 %     12.5 %     28.4 %     35.0 %     33.0 %
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
  $ (14,807 )   $ (510 )   $ (10 )   $ (1,055 )   $ (144 )   $ (401 )
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
    (28,487 )     (979 )     (18 )     (1,945 )     (274 )     (742 )
 
These sensitivities are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent variation in assumptions generally cannot necessarily be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated independently from any change in another assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Furthermore, the estimated fair values as disclosed should not be considered indicative of future earnings on these assets.
FHN uses assumptions and estimates in determining the fair value allocated to retained interests at the time of initial securitization. The key economic assumptions used to measure the fair value of the MSR at the date of securitization or loan sale were as follows during the second quarter 2008. Subsequent to the MetLife sale, FHN generally no longer retains interests related to loan sales or securitizations. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, additions to MSR were immaterial.
                         
    First   Second    
    Liens   Liens   HELOC
 
June 30, 2008
                       
Weighted average life (in years)
    5.5-7.0       2.7-3.1       1.7-1.8  
Annual prepayment rate
    12%-16 %     26%-30 %     43%-44 %
Annual discount rate
    9.5%-11.7 %     14.0 %     18.0 %
Annual cost to service (per loan)
  $52-$60     $50     $50  
Annual earnings on escrow
    3.28%-3.78 %     3.80%-5.32 %     5.32 %
 

36


Table of Contents

Note 13 — Loan Sales and Securitizations (continued)
The key economic assumptions used to measure the fair value of other retained interests at the date of securitization were as follows during second quarter 2008. There were no securitizations in which FHN retained an interest during the three or six months ended June 30, 2009:
                         
    Excess        
    Interest   Certificated   Subordinated
    IO   PO   Bond
 
June 30, 2008
                       
Weighted average life (in years)
    4.8-6.1       N/A       N/A  
Annual prepayment rate
    10.2%-18.4 %     N/A       N/A  
Annual discount rate
    11.8%     N/A       N/A  
 
For the three and six months ended June 30, cash flows received and paid related to loan sales were as follows:
                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30   June 30
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Proceeds from initial sales
  $ 459,167     $ 7,012,805     $ 840,197     $ 14,333,372  
Servicing fees retained*
    16,444       46,071       36,340       102,782  
Purchases of GNMA guaranteed mortgages
    1,759       39,794       1,759       61,229  
Purchases of delinquent or foreclosed assets
    9,016       7,698       16,817       11,125  
Other cash flows received on retained interests
    15,593       15,047       23,171       24,229  
 
*   Includes servicing fees on MSR associated with loan sales and purchased MSR.
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.
For the three and six months ended June 30, cash flows received and paid related to securitizations were as follows:
                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30   June 30
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Proceeds from initial securitizations
  $ 3,235     $ 5,175     $ 6,523     $ 10,901  
Servicing fees retained
    14,966       21,642       33,967       43,957  
Purchases of delinquent or foreclosed assets
          82             3,042  
Other cash flows received on retained interests
    19,976       5,340       30,613       11,047  
 
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.

37


Table of Contents

Note 13 — Loan Sales and Securitizations (continued)
As of June 30, 2009, the principal amount of loans transferred through loan sales and securitizations and other loans managed with them, and the principal amount of delinquent loans, in addition to net credit losses during the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 are as follows:
                                 
    Total Principal     Principal Amount     Net Credit  
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount of Loans     of Delinquent Loans (a)     Losses (b) (c)  
                    Three months ended     Six months ended  
    On June 30, 2009     June 30, 2009     June 30, 2009  
                     
Type of loan:
                               
Real estate residential
  $ 33,411,390     $ 1,119,181     $ 246,470     $ 375,392  
           
Total loans managed or transferred (d)
  $ 33,411,390     $ 1,119,181     $ 246,470     $ 375,392  
                 
Loans sold (e)
    (25,239,720 )                        
Loans held for sale (e)
    (385,764 )                        
Loans held in portfolio
  $ 7,785,906                          
                         
(a)   Loans 90 days or more past due include $.3 million of GNMA guaranteed mortgages. $576.5 million of delinquent loans have been securitized while $189.4 million have been sold.
 
(b)   Principal amount of loans securitized and sold includes $20.4 billion of loans securitized through GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC. FHN retains interests other than servicing rights on a portion of these securitized loans. No delinquency or net credit loss data is included for the loans securitized through FNMA or FHMLC because these agencies retain credit risk. The remainder of loans securitized and sold were securitized through proprietary trusts, where FHN retained interests other than servicing rights.
 
(c)   For the three months ended June 30, 2009, $81.4 million associated with loan sales and $36.5 million associated with securitizations; for the six months ended June 30, 2009, $138.0 million associated with loan sales and $55.1 million associated with securitizations.
 
(d)   Transferred loans are real estate residential loans in which FHN has a retained interest other than servicing rights.
 
(e)   $21.2 billion associated with loan sales and $4.4 billion associated with securitizations.

38


Table of Contents

Note 13 — Loan Sales and Securitizations (continued)
As of June 30, 2008, the principal amount of loans transferred through loan sales and securitizations and other loans managed with them, and the principal amount of delinquent loans, in addition to net credit losses during the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 are as follows:
                                         
    Total Principal     Principal Amount     Net Credit  
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount of Loans     of Delinquent Loans (a)     Losses (b) (c)  
                    Three months ended             Six months ended  
    On June 30, 2008     June 30, 2008             June 30, 2008  
                             
Type of loan:
                                       
Real estate residential
  $ 78,462,395     $ 461,856     $ 140,624             $ 191,019  
           
Total loans managed or transferred (d)
  $ 78,462,395     $ 461,856     $ 140,624             $ 191,019  
                 
Loans sold (e)
    (67,839,064 )                                
Loans held for sale (e)
    (2,426,708 )                                
                                 
Loans held in portfolio
  $ 8,196,622                                  
                                 
(a)   Loans 90 days or more past due include $.2 million of GNMA guaranteed mortgages. $220.6 million of delinquent loans have been securitized while $104.7 million have been sold.
 
(b)   Principal amount of loans securitized and sold includes $62.7 billion of loans securitized through GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC. FHN retains interests other than servicing rights on a portion of these securitized loans. No delinquency or net credit loss data is included for the loans securitized through FNMA or FHMLC because these agencies retain credit risk. The remainder of loans securitized and sold were securitized through proprietary trusts, where FHN retained interests other than servicing rights.
 
(c)   For the three months ended June 30, 2008, $76.8 million associated with loan sales and $6.1 million associated with securitizations; for the six months ended June 30, 2008, $104.6 million associated with loan sales and $8.7 million associated with securitizations.
 
(d)   Transferred loans are real estate residential loans in which FHN has a retained interest other than servicing rights.
 
(e)   $65.2 billion associated with loan sales and $5.1 billion associated with securitizations.
Secured Borrowings. In 2007 and 2006, FTBNA executed several securitizations of retail real estate residential loans for the purpose of engaging in secondary market financing. Since the related trusts did not qualify as QSPE and since the cash flows on the loans are pledged to the holders of the trusts’ securities, FTBNA recognized the proceeds as secured borrowings in accordance with SFAS No. 140. As of June 30, 2009, FTBNA had recognized $681.2 million of loans net of unearned income and $674.6 million of other collateralized borrowings in its Consolidated Condensed Statement of Condition related to these transactions. As of June 30, 2008, FTBNA had recognized $727.7 million of loans net of unearned income and $713.4 million of other collateralized borrowings in its Consolidated Condensed Statement of Condition related to these transactions. See Note 14 — Variable Interest Entities for additional information.

39


Table of Contents

Note 14 — Variable Interest Entities
Under the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — revised December 2003” (FIN 46-R), FHN is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and required to consolidate a variable interest entity (VIE) if it has a variable interest that will absorb the majority of the VIE’s expected losses, receive the majority of expected residual returns, or both. A VIE exists when equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities by itself. A variable interest is a contractual, ownership, or other interest that changes with changes in the fair value of the VIE’s net assets or the VIE’s cash flows. Expected losses and expected residual returns are measures of variability in the expected fair value or cash flow of a VIE.
Consolidated Variable Interest Entities. In 2007 and 2006, FTBNA established several Delaware statutory trusts (Trusts), for the purpose of engaging in secondary market financing. Except for recourse due to breaches of standard representations and warranties made by FTBNA in connection with the sale of the retail real estate residential loans by FTBNA to the Trusts, the creditors of the Trusts hold no recourse to the assets of FTBNA. Additionally, FTBNA has no contractual requirements to provide financial support to the Trusts. Since the Trusts did not qualify as QSPE, FTBNA treated the proceeds as secured borrowings in accordance with SFAS No. 140. FTBNA determined that the Trusts were VIEs because the holders of the equity investment at risk did not have adequate decision making ability over the trusts’ activities. Thus, FTBNA assessed whether it was the primary beneficiary of the associated trusts. Since there was an overcollateralization of the Trusts, any excess of cash flows received on the transferred loans above the amounts passed through to the security holders would revert to FTBNA. Accordingly, FTBNA determined that it was the primary beneficiary of the Trusts because it absorbed a majority of the expected losses of the Trusts.
FTBNA holds variable interests in trusts which have issued mandatorily redeemable preferred capital securities (trust preferreds) for smaller banking and insurance enterprises. FTBNA has no voting rights for the trusts’ activities. The trusts’ only assets are junior subordinated debentures of the issuing enterprises. The creditors of the trusts hold no recourse to the assets of FTBNA. These trusts meet the definition of a VIE because the holders of the equity investment at risk do not have adequate decision making ability over the trusts’ activities. In situations where FTBNA holds a majority of the trust preferreds issued by a trust, it is considered the primary beneficiary of that trust because FTBNA will absorb a majority of the trust’s expected losses. FTBNA has no contractual requirements to provide financial support to the trusts. In situations where FTBNA holds a majority, but less than all, of the trust preferreds for a trust, consolidation of the trust results in recognition of amounts received from other parties as debt.
FHN has established certain rabbi trusts related to deferred compensation plans offered to its employees. FHN contributes employee cash compensation deferrals to the trusts and directs the underlying investments made by the trusts. The assets of these trusts are available to FHN’s creditors only in the event that FHN becomes insolvent. These trusts are considered VIEs because either there is no equity at risk in the trusts or because FHN provided the equity interest to its employees in exchange for services rendered. Given that the trusts were created in exchange for the employees’ services, FHN is considered the primary beneficiary of the rabbi trusts because it is most closely related to their purpose and design. FHN has the obligation to fund any liabilities to employees that are in excess of a rabbi trust’s assets.
The following table summarizes VIEs consolidated by FHN:
                         
As of June 30, 2009        
    Assets   Liabilities
(Dollars in thousands)   Carrying       Carrying    
Type   Value   Classification   Value   Classification
 
On balance sheet consumer loan securitizations
  $ 681,239     Loans, net of unearned income   $ 674,263     Other collateralized borrowings
Small issuer trust preferred holdings
    465,350     Loans, net of unearned income     30,500     Term borrowings
Rabbi trusts used for deferred compensation plans
    89,876     Other assets     57,720     Other liabilities
 
                         
As of June 30, 2008        
    Assets   Liabilities
(Dollars in thousands)   Carrying       Carrying    
Type   Value   Classification   Value   Classification
 
On balance sheet consumer loan securitizations
  $ 727,723     Loans, net of unearned income   $ 713,364     Other collateralized borrowings
Small issuer trust preferred holdings
    465,350     Loans, net of unearned income     30,500     Term borrowings
Rabbi trusts used for deferred compensation plans
    149,409     Other assets     146,608     Other liabilities
 

40


Table of Contents

Note 14 — Variable Interest Entities (continued)
Nonconsolidated Variable Interest Entities. Since 1997, First Tennessee Housing Corporation (FTHC), a wholly-owned subsidiary, makes equity investments as a limited partner, in various partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing the Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) pursuant to Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of these investments is to achieve a satisfactory return on capital and to support FHN’s community reinvestment initiatives. The activities of the limited partnerships include the identification, development, and operation of multi-family housing that is leased to qualifying residential tenants generally within FHN’s primary geographic region. LIHTC partnerships are considered VIEs because FTHC, as the holder of the equity investment at risk, does not have the ability to significantly affect the success of the entity through voting rights. FTHC is not considered the primary beneficiary of the LIHTC partnerships because an agent relationship exists between FTHC and the general partners, whereby the general partners cannot sell, transfer or otherwise encumber their ownership interest without the approval of FTHC. Because this results in a de facto agent relationship between the partners, the general partners are considered the primary beneficiaries because their operations are most closely associated with the LIHTC partnerships’ operations. FTHC has no contractual requirements to provide financial support to the LIHTC partnerships beyond its initial funding commitments.
FTBNA holds variable interests in trusts which have issued mandatorily redeemable trust preferreds for smaller banking and insurance enterprises. FTBNA has no voting rights for the trusts’ activities. The trusts’ only assets are junior subordinated debentures of the issuing enterprises. These trusts meet the definition of a VIE because the holders of the equity investment at risk do not have adequate decision making ability over the trusts’ activities. In situations where FTBNA did not hold a majority of the trust preferreds issued by a trust, it is not considered the primary beneficiary of that trust because FTBNA does not absorb a majority of the expected losses of the trust. FTBNA has no contractual requirements to provide financial support to the trusts.
In third quarter 2007, FTBNA executed a securitization of certain small issuer trust preferreds for which the underlying trust did not qualify as a QSPE under SFAS No. 140. This trust was determined to be a VIE because the holders of the equity investment at risk do not have adequate decision making ability over the trust’s activities. FTBNA determined that it was not the primary beneficiary of the trust due to the size and priority of the interests it retained in the securities issued by the trust. Accordingly, FTBNA has accounted for the funds received through the securitization as a collateralized borrowing in its Consolidated Condensed Statement of Condition. FTBNA has no contractual requirement to provide financial support to the trust.
In 1996 FHN issued junior subordinated debt to Capital I and Capital II totaling $309.0 million. Both Capital I and Capital II are considered VIEs because FHN’s capital contributions to these trusts are not considered “at risk” in evaluating whether the equity investments at risk in the trusts have adequate decision making ability over the trusts’ activities. Capital I and Capital II are not consolidated by FHN because the holders of the securities issued by the trusts absorb a majority of expected losses and residual returns.
Wholly-owned subsidiaries of FHN serve as investment advisor and administrator of certain “fund of funds” investment vehicles, whereby the subsidiaries receive fees for management of the funds’ operations and through revenue sharing agreements based on the funds’ performance. The funds are considered VIEs because the holders of the equity at risk do not have voting rights or the ability to control the funds’ operations. The subsidiaries have not made any investment in the funds. Further, the subsidiaries are not obligated to provide any financial support to the funds. The funds are not consolidated by FHN because its subsidiaries do not absorb a majority of expected losses or residual returns.

41


Table of Contents

Note 14 — Variable Interest Entities (continued)
The following table summarizes VIEs that are not consolidated by FHN:
                         
As of June 30, 2009                  
(Dollars in thousands)   Maximum     Liability        
Type   Loss Exposure     Recognized     Classification  
 
Low Income Housing Partnerships (a) (b)
  $ 120,768     $     Other assets
Small Issuer Trust Preferred Holdings
    43,000           Loans, net of unearned income
On Balance Sheet Trust Preferred Securitization
    64,760       49,414       (c)
Proprietary Trust Preferred Issuances
    N/A       309,000     Term borrowings
Management of Fund of Funds
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
 
 
(a)   Maximum loss exposure represents $115.0 million of current investments and $5.8 million of contractual funding commitments. Only the current investment amount is included in Other Assets.
 
(b)   A liability is not recognized because investments are written down over the life of the related tax credit.
 
(c)   $112.5 million was classified as Loans, net of unearned income and $1.7 million was classified as Trading securities which are offset by $49.4 million classified as Other collateralized borrowings.
                         
As of June 30, 2008                  
(Dollars in thousands)   Maximum     Liability        
Type   Loss Exposure     Recognized     Classification  
 
Low Income Housing Partnerships (a) (b)
  $ 130,990     $     Other assets
Small Issuer Trust Preferred Holdings
    43,000           Loans, net of unearned income
On Balance Sheet Trust Preferred Securitization
    65,528       48,646       (c)
Proprietary Trust Preferred Issuances
    N/A       309,000     Term borrowings
Management of Fund of Funds
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
 
 
(a)   Maximum loss exposure represents $120.9 million of current investments and $10.1 million of contractual funding commitments. Only the current investment amount is included in Other Assets.
 
(b)   A liability is not recognized because investments are written down over the life of the related tax credit.
 
(c)   $112.5 million was classified as Loans, net of unearned income and $1.7 million was classified as Trading securities which are offset by $48.6 million classified as Other collateralized borrowings.

42


Table of Contents

Note 15 — Derivatives
In the normal course of business, FHN utilizes various financial instruments, through its mortgage banking, capital markets and risk management operations, which include derivative contracts and credit-related arrangements, as part of its risk management strategy and as a means to meet customers’ needs. These instruments are subject to credit and market risks in excess of the amount recorded on the balance sheet in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The contractual or notional amounts of these financial instruments do not necessarily represent credit or market risk. However, they can be used to measure the extent of involvement in various types of financial instruments. Controls and monitoring procedures for these instruments have been established and are routinely reevaluated. The Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO) monitors the usage and effectiveness of these financial instruments.
Credit risk represents the potential loss that may occur because a party to a transaction fails to perform according to the terms of the contract. The measure of credit exposure is the replacement cost of contracts with a positive fair value. FHN manages credit risk by entering into financial instrument transactions through national exchanges, primary dealers or approved counterparties, and using mutual margining agreements whenever possible to limit potential exposure. With exchange-traded contracts, the credit risk is limited to the clearinghouse used. For non-exchange traded instruments, credit risk may occur when there is a gain in the fair value of the financial instrument and the counterparty fails to perform according to the terms of the contract and/or when the collateral proves to be of insufficient value. Market risk represents the potential loss due to the decrease in the value of a financial instrument caused primarily by changes in interest rates, mortgage loan prepayment speeds or the prices of debt instruments. FHN manages market risk by establishing and monitoring limits on the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken. FHN continually measures this risk through the use of models that measure value-at-risk and earnings-at-risk.
Derivative Instruments. FHN enters into various derivative contracts both in a dealer capacity, to facilitate customer transactions, and also as a risk management tool. Where contracts have been created for customers, FHN enters into transactions with dealers to offset its risk exposure. Derivatives are also used as a risk management tool to hedge FHN’s exposure to changes in interest rates or other defined market risks.
Derivative instruments are recorded on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition as other assets or other liabilities measured at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell a derivative asset or paid to transfer a derivative liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the transaction date. Fair value is determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability are recognized currently in earnings. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument, to the extent that it is effective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified to earnings as the hedged transaction impacts net income. Any ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge is recognized currently in earnings. For freestanding derivative instruments, changes in fair value are recognized currently in earnings. Cash flows from derivative contracts are reported as operating activities on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows.
Interest rate forward contracts are over-the-counter contracts where two parties agree to purchase and sell a specific quantity of a financial instrument at a specified price, with delivery or settlement at a specified date. Futures contracts are exchange-traded contracts where two parties agree to purchase and sell a specific quantity of a financial instrument at a specific price, with delivery or settlement at a specified date. Interest rate option contracts give the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a specified quantity of a financial instrument, at a specified price, during a specified period of time. Caps and floors are options that are linked to a notional principal amount and an underlying indexed interest rate. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange of interest payments at specified intervals between two parties without the exchange of any underlying principal. Swaptions are options on interest rate swaps that give the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an interest rate swap agreement during a specified period of time.
On June 30, 2009 and 2008 respectively, FHN had approximately $122.2 million and $25.2 million of cash receivables and $74.3 million and $30.3 million of cash payables related to collateral posting under master netting arrangements with derivative counterparties. Certain of FHN’s agreements with derivative counterparties contain provisions that require that FTBNA’s debt maintain minimum credit ratings from specified credit rating agencies. If FTBNA’s debt were to fall below these minimums, these provisions would be triggered, and the counterparties could terminate the agreements and request immediate settlement of all derivative contracts under the agreements. The net fair value, determined by individual counterparty, of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent accelerated termination provisions were $18.8 million of liabilities on June 30, 2009. As of June 30, 2009, FHN had posted collateral of $17.0 million in the normal course of business related to these contracts.

43


Table of Contents

Note 15 — Derivatives (continued)
Additionally, certain of FHN’s derivative agreements contain provisions whereby the collateral posting thresholds under the agreements adjust based on the credit ratings of both counterparties. If the credit rating of FHN and/or FTBNA is lowered, FHN would be required to post additional collateral with the counterparties. The net fair value, determined by individual counterparty, of all derivative instruments with adjustable collateral posting thresholds were $99.6 million of assets and $99.3 million of liabilities on June 30, 2009. As of June 30, 2009, FHN had received collateral of $79.2 million and posted collateral of $96.0 million in the normal course of business related to these agreements.
Mortgage Banking
As a result of the MetLife transaction, mortgage banking origination activity was significantly reduced in the period after third quarter 2008 as FHN focuses on origination within its regional banking footprint. Accordingly, the following discussion of pipeline and warehouse related derivatives is primarily applicable to reporting periods occurring through the third quarter 2008.
Mortgage banking interest rate lock commitments are short-term commitments to fund mortgage loan applications in process (the pipeline) for a fixed term at a fixed price. During the term of an interest rate lock commitment, FHN has the risk that interest rates will change from the rate quoted to the borrower. FHN enters into forward sales contracts with respect to fixed rate loan commitments and futures contracts with respect to adjustable rate loan commitments as economic hedges designed to protect the value of the interest rate lock commitments from changes in value due to changes in interest rates. Under SFAS No. 133, interest rate lock commitments qualify as derivative financial instruments and as such do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. As a result, the interest rate lock commitments were recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current earnings as gain or loss on the sale of loans in mortgage banking noninterest income. Prior to the adoption of SAB No. 109 fair value excluded the value of associated servicing rights. Additionally, on January 1, 2008, FHN adopted SFAS No. 157 which affected the valuation of interest rate lock commitments previously measured under the guidance of EITF 02-03 by requiring recognition of concessions upon entry into the lock. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives that serve as economic hedges of interest rate lock commitments are also included in current earnings as a component of gain or loss on the sale of loans in mortgage banking noninterest income. Due to the reduction of mortgage banking origination operations after the MetLife transaction, the fair value of interest rate lock commitments was immaterial as of June 30, 2009.
FHN’s warehouse (mortgage loans held for sale) is subject to changes in fair value, due to fluctuations in interest rates from the loan closing date through the date of sale of the loan into the secondary market. Typically, the fair value of the warehouse declines in value when interest rates increase and rises in value when interest rates decrease. To mitigate this risk, FHN enters into forward sales contracts and futures contracts to provide an economic hedge against those changes in fair value on a significant portion of the warehouse. These derivatives are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current earnings as a component of the gain or loss on the sale of loans in mortgage banking noninterest income. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 159, FHN elected to prospectively account for substantially all of its mortgage loan warehouse products at fair value upon origination and correspondingly discontinued the application of SFAS No. 133 hedging relationships for all new originations.
In accordance with SFAS No. 156, FHN revalues MSR to current fair value each month. Changes in fair value are included in servicing income in mortgage banking noninterest income. FHN also enters into economic hedges of the MSR to minimize the effects of loss in value of MSR associated with increased prepayment activity that generally results from declining interest rates. In a rising interest rate environment, the value of the MSR generally will increase while the value of the hedge instruments will decline. FHN enters into interest rate contracts (potentially including swaps, swaptions, and mortgage forward sales contracts) to hedge against the effects of changes in fair value of its MSR. Substantially all capitalized MSR are hedged for economic purposes.
FHN utilizes derivatives (potentially including swaps, swaptions, and mortgage forward sales contracts) that change in value inversely to the movement of interest rates to protect the value of its interest-only securities as an economic hedge. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized currently in earnings in mortgage banking noninterest income as a component of servicing income. Interest-only securities are included in trading securities with changes in fair value recognized currently in earnings in mortgage banking noninterest income as a component of servicing income.

44


Table of Contents

Note 15 — Derivatives (continued)
The following table summarizes FHN’s derivatives associated with Mortgage Banking activities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009.
                                         
                            Gains/(Losses)
(Dollars in thousands)                           Three months ended   Six months ended
Description   Notional   Assets   Liabilities   June 30, 2009   June 30, 2009
Pipeline and Warehouse Hedging
                                       
Hedging Instruments:
                                       
Forwards and Futures (c) (g)
    N/A       N/A       N/A     $ 229     $ 510  
 
                                       
Hedged Items:
                                       
Mortgage Warehouse (d) (g)
    N/A     $ 281,514       N/A     $ (10,106 )   $ (8,329 )(a)
Mortgage Pipeline (c) (g)
    N/A       (b )     (b )   $     $ (233 )(a)
 
                                       
 
Retained Interests Hedging
                                       
Hedging Instruments:
                                       
Forwards and Futures (c) (g)
  $ 895,000     $ 3,973     $ 1,938     $ (26,333 )   $ (3,824 )
Interest Rate Swaps and Swaption (c) (g)
  $ 2,530,000     $ 1,474     $ 14,285     $ (32,559 )   $ (13,076 )
 
                                       
Hedged Items:
                                       
Mortgage Servicing Rights (e) (g)
    N/A     $ 318,875       N/A     $ 44,232     $ 71,510  
Other Retained Interests (f) (g)
    N/A     $ 133,348       N/A     $ 20,814     $ 36,270  
 
(a)   Economic hedging is attempted for only a small portion of warehouse loans and pipeline.
 
(b)   Due to the reduction of mortgage banking origination operations after the MetLife transaction, the fair value of interest rate lock commitments was immaterial as of June 30, 2009.
 
(c)   Assets included in the other assets section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. Liabilities included in the other liabilities section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition.
 
(d)   Assets included in the loans held for sale section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. There are no associated liabilities.
 
(e)   Assets included in the mortgage servicing rights section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. There are no associated liabilities.
 
(f)   Assets included in the trading securities section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. There are no associated liabilities.
 
(g)   Gains/Losses included in the mortgage banking income section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income.
Capital Markets
Capital Markets trades U.S. Treasury, U.S. Agency, mortgage-backed, corporate and municipal fixed income securities, and other securities principally for distribution to customers. When these securities settle on a delayed basis, they are considered forward contracts. Capital Markets also enters into interest rate contracts, including options, caps, swaps and floors for its customers. In addition, Capital Markets enters into futures contracts to economically hedge interest rate risk associated with a portion of its securities inventory. These transactions are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized currently in capital markets noninterest income. Related assets and liabilities are recorded on the balance sheet as other assets and other liabilities. Credit risk related to these transactions is controlled through credit approvals, risk control limits and ongoing monitoring procedures through the Credit Risk Management Committee. Total trading revenues related to fixed income sales, which constitutes substantially all of FHN’s trading activities, were $170.1 million and $367.1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, inclusive of both derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. Trading revenues are included in capital markets noninterest income.
Near the end of second quarter 2009, Capital Markets acquired a pool of conforming mortgage loans with the intent to transfer the loans to a counterparty shortly after June 30, 2009. As part of this transaction, Capital Markets entered into forward delivery contracts to economically hedge the value of the loans. Accordingly, FHN elected to recognize the loans at fair value and classified them as trading loans within trading securities in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition as of June 30, 2009. Delivery of the loans and the related settlement of the forward delivery contracts occurred in July 2009.

45


Table of Contents

Note 15 — Derivatives (continued)
The following table summarizes FHN’s derivatives associated with Capital Markets trading activities as of June 30, 2009.
                         
(Dollars in thousands)            
Description   Notional   Assets   Liabilities
Customer Interest Rate Contracts (a)
  $ 1,624,790     $ 42,226     $ 19,882  
Offsetting Upstream Interest Rate Contracts (a)
  $ 1,624,790     $ 19,887     $ 42,236  
Forwards and Futures Purchased (a)
  $ 6,411,343     $ 21,603     $ 21,628  
Forwards and Futures Sold (a)
  $ 6,333,544     $ 24,707     $ 23,101  
 
(a)   Assets included in the other assets section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. Liabilities included in the other liabilities section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition.
Capital Markets hedged held-to-maturity trust preferred loans with a principal balance of $244.6 million as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which have an initial fixed rate term of five years before conversion to a floating rate. Capital Markets has entered into pay fixed, receive floating interest rate swaps to hedge the interest rate risk associated with this initial five year term. These hedge relationships qualify as fair value hedges under SFAS No. 133. The balance sheet impact of those swaps was $20.3 million and $6.8 million in other liabilities on June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Interest paid or received for these swaps was recognized as an adjustment of the interest income of the assets whose risk is being hedged. The following table summarizes FHN’s derivative activities associated with these loans for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009.
                                         
                            Gains/(Losses)
(Dollars in thousands)                           Three months ended   Six months ended
Description   Notional   Assets   Liabilities   June 30, 2009   June 30, 2009
Loan Portfolio Hedging
                                       
Hedging Instruments:
                                       
Interest Rate Swaps (c) (e)
  $ 244,583       N/A     $ 20,310     $ 6,608     $ 7,373  
 
                                       
Hedged Items:
                                       
Trust Preferred Loans (d) (e)
    N/A     $ 244,583 (a)     N/A     $ (6,601 )   $ (7,363 ) (b)
 
(a)   Represents principal balance being hedged.
 
(b)   Represents gains and losses attributable to changes in fair value due to interest rate risk as designated in SFAS No. 133 hedging relationships.
 
(c)   There are no associated assets. Liabilities included in the other liabilities section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition.
 
(d)   Assets included in loans, net of unearned section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. There are no associated liabilities.
 
(e)   Gains/Losses included in the all other income and commissions section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income.
Interest Rate Risk Management
FHN’s ALCO focuses on managing market risk by controlling and limiting earnings volatility attributable to changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk exists to the extent that interest-earning assets and liabilities have different maturity or repricing characteristics. FHN uses derivatives, including swaps, caps, options, and collars, that are designed to moderate the impact on earnings as interest rates change.
FHN’s interest rate risk management policy is to use derivatives not to speculate but to hedge interest rate risk or market value of assets or liabilities. In addition, FHN has entered into certain interest rate swaps and caps as a part of a product offering to commercial customers with customer derivatives paired with offsetting market instruments that, when completed, are designed to eliminate market risk. These contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting and are measured at fair value with gains or losses included in current earnings in noninterest income.
FHN has entered into pay floating, receive fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the interest rate risk of certain long-term debt obligations, totaling $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion on June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These swaps have been accounted for as fair value hedges under the shortcut method. The balance sheet impact of these swaps was $92.4 million and $29.1 million in other assets on June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Interest paid or received for these swaps was recognized as an adjustment of the interest expense of the liabilities whose risk is being managed.

46


Table of Contents

Note 15 — Derivatives (continued)
FHN designates derivative transactions in hedging strategies to manage interest rate risk on subordinated debt related to its trust preferred securities. These qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133 using the long haul method. FHN entered into pay floating, receive fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the interest rate risk of certain subordinated debt totaling $.2 billion on June 30, 2009 and $.3 billion on June 30, 2008. The balance sheet impact of these swaps was $4.6 million and $14.3 million in other liabilities on June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There was no ineffectiveness related to these hedges. Interest paid or received for these swaps was recognized as an adjustment of the interest expense of the liabilities whose risk is being managed. In first quarter 2009, FHN’s counterparty called the swap associated with $.1 billion of subordinated debt. Accordingly, hedge accounting was discontinued on the date of settlement and the cumulative basis adjustments to the associated subordinated debt are being prospectively amortized as an adjustment to yield over its remaining term.
The following table summarizes FHN’s derivatives associated with interest rate risk management activities.
                                         
                            Gains/(Losses)
(Dollars in thousands)                           Three months ended   Six months ended
Description   Notional   Assets   Liabilities   June 30, 2009   June 30, 2009
Customer Interest Rate Contracts Hedging
                                       
Hedging Instruments and Hedged Items:
                                       
Customer Interest Rate Contracts (c) (e)
  $ 1,129,671     $ 77,962     $ 1,052     $ 190,392     $ 196,297  
Offsetting Upstream Interest Rate Contracts (c) (e)
  $ 1,129,671     $ 1,052     $ 77,962     $ (190,392 )   $ (196,297 )
 
                                       
 
Debt Hedging
                                       
Hedging Instruments:
                                       
Interest Rate Swaps (c) (e)
  $ 1,200,000     $ 92,420     $ 4,625     $ (47,559 )   $ (58,166 )
 
                                       
Hedged Items:
                                       
Long-Term Debt (d) (e)
    N/A       N/A     $ 1,200,000 (a)   $ 47,559 (a)   $ 58,166 (b)
 
(a)   Represents par value of long term debt being hedged.
 
(b)   Represents gains and losses attributable to changes in fair value due to interest rate risk as designated in SFAS No. 133 hedging relationships.
 
(c)   Assets included in the other assets section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. Liabilities included in the other liabilities section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition.
 
(d)   Liabilities included in the long-term debt section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. There are no associated assets.
 
(e)   Gains/Losses included in the all other income and commissions section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income.

47


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities
Effective January 1, 2008, upon adoption of SFAS No. 159, FHN elected the fair value option on a prospective basis for almost all types of mortgage loans originated for sale purposes. FHN determined that the election reduced certain timing differences and better matched changes in the value of such loans with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets. No transition adjustment was required upon adoption of SFAS No. 159 as FHN continued to account for mortgage loans held for sale which were originated prior to 2008 at the lower of cost or market value. Mortgage loans originated for sale are included in loans held for sale on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. Other interests retained in relation to residential loan sales and securitizations are included in trading securities on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. Additionally, effective January 1, 2008, FHN adopted SFAS No. 157 for existing fair value measurement requirements related to financial assets and liabilities as well as to non-financial assets and liabilities which are re-measured at least annually. Effective January 1, 2009, FHN adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 for existing fair value measurement requirements related to non-financial assets and liabilities which are recognized at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
In accordance with SFAS No. 157, FHN groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. This hierarchy requires FHN to maximize the use of observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. Each fair value measurement is placed into the proper level based on the lowest level of significant input. These levels are:
    Level 1 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
 
    Level 2 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
 
    Level 3 — Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models, and similar techniques.
For applicable periods, all divestiture-related line items in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition have been combined with the related non-divestiture line items in preparation of the disclosure tables in this footnote. The table below presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2009. Derivatives in an asset position are included within Other Assets while derivatives in a liability position are included within Other Liabilities. Derivative positions constitute the only recurring Level 3 measurements within Other Assets and Other Liabilities.
                                 
    June 30, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
 
Trading securities — Capital Markets
  $ 980,497     $ 834     $ 979,461     $ 202  
Trading securities — Mortgage Banking
    136,715             11,415       125,300  
Loans held for sale
    281,493             57,121       224,372  
Securities available for sale
    2,627,012       42,221       2,461,362       123,429  
Mortgage servicing rights
    337,096                   337,096  
Other assets
    312,901       31,569       281,332        
 
Total
  $ 4,675,714     $ 74,624     $ 3,790,691     $ 810,399  
 
 
                               
Trading liabilities — Capital Markets
  $ 286,282     $     $ 286,282     $  
Other short-term borrowings and commercial paper
    39,720                   39,720  
Other liabilities
    227,031       1,938       225,093        
 
Total
  $ 553,033     $ 1,938     $ 511,375     $ 39,720  
 

48


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
In accordance with FSP FAS 157-4, effective January 1, 2009 FHN revised the definition of its major categories of equity and debt securities to be consistent with the major security types as described in SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” The following table provides a detail of Capital Markets trading securities and trading liabilities as well as securities available for sale that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2009.
                                 
    June 30, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
 
Trading securities — Capital Markets
                               
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 71,361     $     $ 71,361     $  
Government agency issued MBS
    340,465             340,465        
Government agency issued CMO
    53,682             53,682        
Other U.S. government agencies
    170,794             170,794        
States and municipalities
    15,917             15,917        
Trading Loans
    130,426             130,426          
Corporate and other debt
    194,309             194,119       190 (a)
Equity, mutual funds and other
    3,543       834       2,697       12  
 
Total
  $ 980,497     $ 834     $ 979,461     $ 202  
 
Securities available for sale
                               
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 48,406     $     $ 48,406     $  
Government agency issued MBS
    1,117,547             1,117,547        
Government agency issued CMO
    1,169,431             1,169,431        
Other U.S. government agencies
    125,218             22,105       103,113  
States and municipalities
    46,245             44,700       1,545  
Corporate and other debt
    2,189       824             1,365  
Equity, mutual funds and other
    117,976       41,397       59,173       17,406  
 
Total
  $ 2,627,012     $ 42,221     $ 2,461,362     $ 123,429  
 
Trading liabilities — Capital Markets
                               
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 160,465     $     $ 160,465     $  
Government agency issued MBS
    2,707             2,707        
Other U.S. government agencies
    463             463        
Corporate and other debt
    122,646             122,646        
Equity, mutual funds and other
    1             1        
 
Total
  $ 286,282     $     $ 286,282     $  
 
 
(a)   Represents collateralized debt obligations

49


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
The table below presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2008. Derivatives in an asset position are included within Other Assets while derivatives in a liability position are included within Other Liabilities. Derivative positions constitute the only recurring Level 3 measurements within Other Assets and Other Liabilities.
                                 
    June 30, 2008  
(Dollars in thousands)   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
 
Trading securities
  $ 1,563,055     $ 2,929     $ 1,131,109     $ 429,017  
Loans held for sale
    2,163,705             2,159,993       3,712  
Securities available for sale
    2,756,820       32,086       2,577,863       146,871  
Mortgage servicing rights
    1,139,395                   1,139,395  
Other assets
    306,985       108,787       97,363       100,835  
 
Total
  $ 7,929,960     $ 143,802     $ 5,966,328     $ 1,819,830  
 
 
                               
Trading liabilities
  $ 464,225     $ 31     $ 464,194     $  
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings
    205,412                   205,412  
Other liabilities
    105,950       9,860       90,775       5,315  
 
Total
  $ 775,587     $ 9,891     $ 554,969     $ 210,727  
 
In conjunction with the adoption of FSP FAS 157-4, FHN revised its methodology for determining the fair value of certain loans within its mortgage warehouse. FHN now determines the fair value of the applicable loans using a discounted cash flow model using observable inputs, including current mortgage rates for similar products, with adjustments for differences in loan characteristics reflected in the model’s discount rates. Upon implementation, this change in methodology had a minimal effect on the valuation of the applicable loans. Previously, the fair values of these loans was determined through reference to recent security trade prices for similar products, published third party bids or observable whole loan sale prices with adjustments for differences in loan characteristics. Consistent with the change in methodology, the applicable amounts are presented as a transfer into Level 3 loans held for sale in the following rollforward for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008. The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:

50


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
                                                         
    Three Months Ended June 30, 2009
                    Securities available for sale   Mortgage   Net derivative   Other short-term
    Trading   Loans held   Investment   Venture   servicing   assets and   borrowings and
(Dollars in thousands)   securities (a)   for sale   portfolio   Capital   rights   liabilities   commercial paper
 
Balance, beginning of quarter
  $ 154,320     $ 240,700     $ 111,999     $ 25,335     $ 381,024     $       $ 143,377  
Total net gains/(losses) for the quarter included in:
                                                       
Net income/(loss)
    27,042       (10,105 )           (1,591 )     55,043             10,124  
Other comprehensive income
                (1,792 )                        
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net
    (55,861 )     (6,223 )     (5,549 )     (4,973 )     (98,971 )           (113,781 )
Net transfers into/out of Level 3
                                           
 
Balance, end of quarter
  $ 125,502     $ 224,372     $ 104,658     $ 18,771     $ 337,096     $       $ 39,720  
 
 
                                                       
Net unrealized gains/(losses) included in net income for the quarter relating to assets and liabilities held at June 30, 2009
  $ 16,012 (b)   $ (10,106) (c)   $     $ (1,591) (d)   $ 52,418 (e)   $        $ 10,124 (c)
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended June 30, 2008
                    Securities   Mortgage   Net derivative   Commercial paper
    Trading   Loans held   available   servicing   assets and   and other short-
(Dollars in thousands)   securities   for sale   for sale   rights, net   liabilities   term borrowings
 
Balance, beginning of quarter
  $ 392,196     $ 4,753     $ 153,376     $ 895,923     $ 465,067     $  
Total net gains/(losses) for the quarter included in:
                                               
Net income
    79,261       (171 )     (236 )     254,066       (307,054 )     16,685  
Other comprehensive income
                (3,336 )                  
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net
    (42,440 )     (849 )     (2,933 )     (10,594 )     (70,069 )     188,727  
Net transfers into/out of Level 3
          (21 )                 7,576        
 
Balance, end of quarter
  $ 429,017     $ 3,712     $ 146,871     $ 1,139,395     $ 95,520     $ 205,412  
 
 
                                               
Net unrealized gains/(losses) included in net income for the quarter relating to assets and liabilities held at June 30, 2008
  $ 56,696 (f)   $ (1,795) (c)   $ 69 (d)   $ 216,442 (g)   $ (232,560) (c)   $ (16,685) (c)
 
 
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.
 
(a)   Primarily represents Mortgage Banking trading securities. Capital Markets Level 3 trading securities are not significant.
 
(b)   Includes $(.1) million included in Capital Markets noninterest income, $17.8 million included in Mortgage Banking noninterest income, and $(1.7) million included in Revenue from loan sales and securitizations.
 
(c)   Included in Mortgage Banking noninterest income.
 
(d)   Represents recognized gains and losses attributable to venture capital investments classified within securities available for sale that are included in Securities gains/(losses) in noninterest income.
 
(e)   Includes $56.7 million included in Mortgage Banking noninterest income and $(4.2) million included in Revenue from loan sales and securitizations.
 
(f)   Includes $2.1 million included in Capital markets noninterest income, $68.1 million included in Mortgage banking noninterest income, and $9.3 million in Revenue from loan sales and securitizations.
 
(g)   Includes $218.3 million in Mortgage banking noninterest income and $(1.9) million included in Revenue from loan sales and securitizations.

51


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
                                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
                    Securities available for sale   Mortgage   Net derivative   Other short-term
    Trading   Loans held   Investment   Venture   servicing   assets and   borrowings and
(Dollars in thousands)   securities (a)   for sale   portfolio   Capital   rights   liabilities   commercial paper
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 153,542     $ 11,330     $ 111,840     $ 25,307     $ 376,844     $ 233     $ 27,957  
Total net gains/(losses) for the quarter included in:
                                                       
Net income/(loss)
    46,101       (8,328 )           (1,593 )     29,826             8,462  
Other comprehensive income
                1,454                          
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net
    (74,142 )     (20,176 )     (8,637 )     (4,943 )     (69,574 )     (233 )     3,301  
Net transfers into/out of Level 3
          241,546                                
 
Balance, end of period
  $ 125,502     $ 224,372     $ 104,658     $ 18,771     $ 337,096     $     $ 39,720  
 
 
                                                       
Net unrealized gains/(losses) for the six months ended June 30, 2009 included in net income relating to assets and liabilities at June 30, 2009
  $ 30,522 (b)   $ (8,329 )(c)   $     $ (3,596 )(d)   $ 27,252 (e)   $     $ 8,462 (c)
 
                                                 
    Six Months Ended June 30, 2008
                    Securities   Mortgage   Net derivative   Commercial paper
    Trading   Loans held   available   servicing   assets and   and other short-
(Dollars in thousands)   securities   for sale   for sale   rights, net   liabilities   term borrowings
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 476,404     $     $ 159,301     $ 1,159,820     $ 81,517     $  
Total net gains/(losses) for the period included in:
                                               
Net income
    20,077       (171 )     69       (8,099 )     54,267       16,685  
Other comprehensive income
                (7,178 )                  
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net
    (89,403 )     (849 )     (5,321 )     (12,326 )     (47,840 )     188,727  
Net transfers into/out of Level 3
    21,939       4,732                   7,576        
 
Balance, end of period
  $ 429,017     $ 3,712     $ 146,871     $ 1,139,395     $ 95,520     $ 205,412  
 
 
                                               
Net unrealized gains/(losses) for the six months ended June 30, 2008 included in net income relating to assets and liabilities at June 30, 2008
  $ (23,184) (f)   $ (2,641) (c)   $ 69 (d)   $ 26,567 (g)   $ 53,062 (c)   $ (16,685) (c)
 
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.
 
(a)   Primarily represents Mortgage Banking trading securities. Capital Markets Level 3 trading securities are not significant.
 
(b)   Includes $(2.0) million included in Capital Markets noninterest income, $26.5 million included in Mortgage Banking noninterest income, and $(2.0) million included in revenue from loan sales and securitizations.
 
(c)   Included in Mortgage Banking noninterest income.
 
(d)   Represents recognized gains and losses attributable to venture capital investments classified within securities available for sale that are included in Securities gains/(losses) in noninterest income.
 
(e)   Includes $34.3 million included in Mortgage Banking noninterest income and $(6.9) million included in Revenue from loan sales and securitizations.
 
(f)   Includes $2.7 million included in Capital markets noninterest income, $11.8 million included in Mortgage banking noninterest income, and $9.3 million included in Revenue from loan sales and securitizations.
 
(g)   Includes $28.5 million included in Mortgage banking noninterest income and $(1.9) million included in Revenue from loan sales and securitizations.
Additionally, FHN may be required, from time to time, to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the first half of 2009 and 2008 which were still held on the balance sheet at June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, the following tables provide the level of valuation assumptions used to determine each adjustment and the carrying value of the related individual assets or portfolios at June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

52


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
                                                 
                                    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    Carrying value at June 30, 2009   June 30, 2009   June 30, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total losses/(gains)   Total losses(gains)
     
Loans held for sale
  $ 71,020     $       $ 39,735     $ 31,285     $ (1,620 )   $ (1,459 )
Securities available for sale
                            516       516 (c)
Loans, net of unearned income (a)
    502,249                   502,249       81,251       154,823  
Real estate acquired by foreclosure (b)
    116,584                   116,584       20,483       30,516  
Other assets
    114,988                   114,988       1,892       4,181  
                                     
 
                                  $ 102,521     $ 188,577  
                                     
                                                 
                                    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    Carrying value at June 30, 2008   June 30, 2008   June 30, 2008
(Dollars in thousands)   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total losses/(gains)   Total losses
     
Loans held for sale
  $ 149,469     $       $ 94,763     $ 54,706     $ 8,303     $ 25,303  
Securities available for sale
    1,535             1,535             867       1,395 (c)
Loans, net of unearned income (a)
    333,956                   333,956       35,485       75,283  
Other assets
    120,934                   120,934       2,089       4,240  
                                     
 
                                  $ 46,744     $ 106,221  
                                     
 
(a)   Represents carrying value of loans for which adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral. Writedowns on these loans are recognized as part of provision.
 
(b)   Represents the fair value and related losses of foreclosed properties that were measured subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets
 
(c)   Represents recognition of other than temporary impairment for cost method investments classified within securities available for sale.
In first quarter 2008, FHN recognized a lower of cost or market reduction in value of $36.2 million for its warehouse of trust preferred loans, which was classified within level 3 for loans held for sale at March 31, 2008. The determination of estimated market value for the warehouse was based on a hypothetical securitization transaction for the warehouse as a whole. FHN used observable data related to prior securitization transactions as well as changes in credit spreads in the collateralized debt obligation (CDO) market since the most recent transaction. FHN also incorporated significant internally developed assumptions within its valuation of the warehouse, including estimated prepayments and estimated defaults. In accordance with SFAS No. 157, FHN excluded transaction costs related to the hypothetical securitization in determining fair value.
In second quarter 2008, FHN designated its trust preferred warehouse as held to maturity. Accordingly, these loans were excluded from loans held for sale in the nonrecurring measurements table as of December 31, 2008. In conjunction with the transfer of these loans to held to maturity status, FHN performed a lower of cost or market analysis on the date of transfer. This analysis was based on the pricing of market transactions involving securities similar to those held in the trust preferred warehouse with consideration given, as applicable, to any differences in characteristics of the market transactions, including issuer credit quality, call features and term. As a result of the lower of cost or market analysis, FHN determined that its existing valuation of the trust preferred warehouse was appropriate.
In first quarter 2008, FHN recognized a lower of cost or market reduction in value of $17.0 million relating to mortgage warehouse loans. Approximately $10.5 million was attributable to increased delinquencies or aging of loans. The market values for these loans were estimated using historical sales prices for these type loans, adjusted for incremental price concessions that a third party investor is assumed to require due to tightening credit markets and deteriorating housing prices. These assumptions were based on published information about actual and projected deteriorations in the housing market as well as changes in credit spreads. The remaining reduction in value of $6.5 million was attributable to lower investor prices, due primarily to credit spread widening. This reduction was calculated by comparing the total fair value of loans (using the same methodology that is used for fair value option loans) to carrying value for the aggregate population of loans that were not delinquent or aged.
FHN also recognized a lower of cost or market reduction in value of $8.3 million relating to mortgage warehouse loans during second quarter of 2008. Approximately $7.1 million was attributable to increased repurchases and delinquencies or aging of warehouse loans; the remaining reduction in value was attributable to lower investor prices, due primarily to credit spread widening. The market values for these loans were estimated using historical sales prices for these types of loans, adjusted for incremental price concessions that a third party investor was assumed to require due to tightening credit markets and deteriorating housing prices. These assumptions were based on published information about actual and projected deteriorations in the housing market as well as changes in credit spreads.

53


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
Fair Value Option
As described above, upon adoption of SFAS No. 159, management elected fair value accounting for substantially all forms of mortgage loans originated for sale. In 2009 and 2008, agreements were reached for the transfer of certain servicing assets and delivery of the servicing assets occurred. However, due to certain recourse provisions, these transactions did not qualify for sale treatment and the associated proceeds have been recognized within commercial paper and other short term borrowings in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition as of June 30, 2009 and 2008. Since servicing assets are recognized at fair value and since changes in the fair value of related financing liabilities will exactly mirror the change in fair value of the associated servicing assets, management elected to account for the financing liabilities at fair value under SFAS No. 159. Additionally, as the servicing assets have already been delivered to the buyer, the fair value of the financing liabilities associated with the transaction does not reflect any instrument-specific credit risk.
Near the end of second quarter 2009, Capital Markets acquired a pool of conforming mortgage loans with the intent to transfer the loans to a counterparty shortly after June 30, 2009. As part of this transaction, Capital Markets entered into forward delivery contracts to economically hedge the value of the loans. FHN elected to recognize the loans at fair value and classified them as trading loans within trading securities in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition as of June 30, 2009. Delivery of the loans and the related settlement of the forward delivery contracts occurred in July 2009. Due to the high credit standing and short holding period for these loans, no credit risk was recognized for them in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income.
The following table reflects the differences between the fair value carrying amount of mortgages held for sale measured at fair value under SFAS No. 159 and the aggregate unpaid principal amount FHN is contractually entitled to receive at maturity.
                         
    June 30, 2009
                    Fair value
    Fair value   Aggregate   carrying amount
    carrying   unpaid   less aggregate
(Dollars in thousands)   amount   principal   unpaid principal
 
Trading loans reported at fair value:
                       
Total loans
  $ 130,426     $ 129,544     $ 882  
Nonaccrual loans
                 
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
                 
Loans held for sale reported at fair value:
                       
Total loans
  $ 281,493     $ 326,691     $ (45,198 )
Nonaccrual loans
    8,192       19,047       (10,855 )
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
    7,221       17,705       (10,484 )
 
                         
    June 30, 2008
                    Fair value
    Fair value   Aggregate   carrying amount
    carrying   unpaid   less aggregate
(Dollars in thousands)   amount   principal   unpaid principal
 
Loans held for sale reported at fair value:
                       
Total loans
  $ 2,163,705     $ 2,157,321     $ 6,384  
Nonaccrual loans
    320       567       (247 )
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
    890       1,525       (635 )
 
Assets and liabilities accounted for under SFAS No. 159 are initially measured at fair value. Gains and losses from initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. The change in fair value related to initial measurement and subsequent
changes in fair value for mortgage loans held for sale and other short term borrowings for which FHN elected the fair value option are included in current period earnings with classification in the income statement line item shown below.

54


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
For the three and six months periods ended June 30, 2009, the amounts for loans held for sale includes approximately $4.2 million and $13.0 million, respectively, of losses included in earnings that are attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, which was determined based on both a quality adjustment for delinquencies and the full credit on the non-conforming loans.
For the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2008, the amounts for loans held for sale includes approximately $5.2 million and $14.7 million, respectively, of losses included in earnings that are attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, which was determined based on both a quality adjustment for delinquencies and the full credit and liquidity spread on the non-conforming loans.
                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30   June 30
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Changes in fair value included in net income:
                               
Capital markets noninterest income
                               
Trading Loans
  $ 1,463     $     $ 1,463     $  
Mortgage banking noninterest income
                               
Loans held for sale
  $ (6,816 )   $ (25,159 )   $ (5,038 )   $ (5,471 )
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings
    10,124       (16,685 )     11,763       (16,685 )
Estimated changes in fair value due to credit risk (loans held for sale)
    (4,207 )     (5,204 )     (13,048 )     (14,665 )
 
Interest income on mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value is calculated based on the note rate of the loan and is recorded in the interest income section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income as interest on loans held for sale.
Determination of Fair Value
In accordance with SFAS No. 157, fair values are based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The following describes the assumptions and methodologies
used to estimate the fair value for financial instruments and MSR recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition and for estimating the fair value of financial instruments for which fair value is disclosed under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (SFAS No. 107) and FSP FAS 107-1.
Short-term financial assets. Federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest bearing deposits with other financial institutions are carried at historical cost. The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization.
Trading securities and trading liabilities. Trading securities and trading liabilities are recognized at fair value through current earnings. Trading inventory held for broker-dealer operations is included in trading securities and trading liabilities. Broker-dealer long positions are valued at bid price in the bid-ask spread. Short positions are valued at the ask price. Inventory positions are valued using observable inputs including current market transactions, LIBOR and U.S. treasury curves, credit spreads and consensus prepayment speeds. Trading loans are valued using observable inputs including current market transactions, swap rates, mortgage rates and consensus prepayment speeds.
Trading securities also includes retained interests in prior securitizations that qualify as financial assets which may include certificated residual interests, excess interest (structured as interest-only strips), interest-only strips, principal-only strips, or subordinated bonds. Residual interests represent rights to receive earnings to the extent of excess income generated by the underlying loans. Excess interest represents rights to receive interest from serviced assets that exceed contractually specified rates. Principal-only strips are principal cash flow tranches, and interest-only strips are interest cash flow tranches. Subordinated bonds are bonds with junior priority. All financial assets retained from a securitization are recognized on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition in trading securities at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in current earnings as a component of noninterest income on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income.
The fair values of the certificated residual interests and the excess interest are determined using market prices from closely comparable assets such as MSR that are tested against prices determined using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future

55


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
cash flows. The fair value of these retained interests typically changes based on changes in the discount rate and differences between modeled prepayment speeds and credit losses and actual experience. In some instances, FHN retains interests in the loans it securitized by retaining certificated principal only strips or subordinated bonds. Subsequent to the MetLife transaction, FHN uses observable inputs such as trades of similar instruments, yield curves, credit spreads and consensus prepayment speeds to determine the fair value of principal only strips. Prior to the MetLife transaction, FHN used the market prices from comparable assets such as publicly traded FNMA trust principal only strips that are adjusted to reflect the relative risk difference between readily marketable securities and privately issued securities in valuing the principal only strips. The fair value of subordinated bonds is determined using the best available market information, which may include trades of comparable securities, independently provided spreads to other marketable securities, and published market research. Where no market information is available, the company utilizes an internal valuation model. As of June 30, 2009, no market information was available, and the subordinated bonds were valued using an internal model which includes assumptions about timing, frequency and severity of loss, prepayment speeds of the underlying collateral, and the yield that a market participant would require.
Securities available for sale. Securities available for sale includes the investment portfolio accounted for as available-for-sale under SFAS No. 115, federal bank stock holdings, short-term investments in mutual funds and venture capital investments. Valuations of available-for-sale securities are performed using observable inputs obtained from market transactions in similar securities. Typical inputs include LIBOR and U.S. treasury curves, consensus prepayment estimates and credit spreads. When available, broker quotes are used to support these valuations.
Stock held in the Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Banks are recognized at historical cost in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition which is considered to approximate fair value. Short-term investments in mutual funds are measured at the funds’ reported closing net asset values. Venture capital investments are typically measured using significant internally generated inputs including adjustments to referenced transaction values and discounted cash flows analysis.
Loans held for sale. In conjunction with the adoption of FSP FAS 157-4, FHN revised its methodology for determining the fair value of certain loans within its mortgage warehouse. FHN now determines the fair value of the applicable loans using a discounted cash flow model using observable inputs, including current mortgage rates for similar products, with adjustments for differences in loan characteristics reflected in the model’s discount rates. For all other loans held in the warehouse (and in prior periods for the loans converted to the discounted cash flow methodology), the fair value of loans whose principal market is the securitization market is based on recent security trade prices for similar product with a similar delivery date, with necessary pricing adjustments to convert the security price to a loan price. Loans whose principal market is the whole loan market are priced based on recent observable whole loan trade prices or published third party bid prices for similar product, with necessary pricing adjustments to reflect differences in loan characteristics. Typical adjustments to security prices for whole loan prices include adding the value of MSR to the security price or to the whole loan price if the price is servicing retained, adjusting for interest in excess of (or less than) the required coupon or note rate, adjustments to reflect differences in the characteristics of the loans being valued as compared to the collateral of the security or the loan characteristics in the benchmark whole loan trade, adding interest carry, reflecting the recourse obligation that will remain after sale, and adjusting for changes in market liquidity or interest rates if the benchmark security or loan price is not current. Additionally, loans that are delinquent or otherwise significantly aged are discounted to reflect the less marketable nature of these loans.
The fair value of non-mortgage loans held for sale is approximated by their carrying values based on current transaction values.
Loans, net of unearned income. Loans, net of unearned income are recognized at the amount of funds advanced, less charge offs and an estimation of credit risk represented by the allowance for loan losses. The fair value estimates for disclosure purposes differentiate loans based on their financial characteristics, such as product classification, loan category, pricing features and remaining maturity.
The fair value of floating rate loans is estimated through comparison to recent market activity in loans of similar product types, with adjustments made for differences in loan characteristics. In situations where market pricing inputs are not available, fair value is considered to approximate book value due to the monthly repricing for commercial and consumer loans, with the exception of floating rate 1-4 family residential mortgage loans which reprice annually and will lag movements in market rates. The fair value for floating rate 1-4 family mortgage loans is calculated by discounting future cash flows to their present value. Future cash flows are discounted to their present value by using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same time period.
Prepayment assumptions based on historical prepayment speeds and industry speeds for similar loans have been applied to the floating rate 1-4 family residential mortgage portfolio.

56


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated through comparison to recent market activity in loans of similar product types, with adjustments made for differences in loan characteristics. In situations where market pricing inputs are not available, fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows to their present value. Future cash flows are discounted to their present value by using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same time period. Prepayment assumptions based on historical prepayment speeds and industry speeds for similar loans have been applied to the fixed rate mortgage and installment loan portfolios.
Mortgage servicing rights. FHN recognizes all its classes of MSR at fair value. Since sales of MSR tend to occur in private transactions and the precise terms and conditions of the sales are typically not readily available, there is a limited market to refer to in determining the fair value of MSR. As such, FHN relies primarily on a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its MSR. This model calculates estimated fair value of the MSR using predominant risk characteristics of MSR such as interest rates, type of product (fixed vs. variable), age (new, seasoned, or moderate), agency type and other factors. FHN uses assumptions in the model that it believes are comparable to those used by brokers and other service providers. FHN also periodically compares its estimates of fair value and assumptions with brokers, service providers, and recent market activity and against its own experience. Due to ongoing disruptions in the mortgage market, more emphasis has been placed on third party broker price discovery and, when available, observable market trades in valuing MSR.
Derivative assets and liabilities. Derivatives include interest rate lock commitments from mortgage banking operations and other derivative instruments primarily used in risk management activities. Interest rate lock commitments are derivatives pursuant to SFAS No. 133 and are therefore recorded at estimates of fair value. Effective January 1, 2008, FHN applied the provisions of SAB No. 109 prospectively for derivative loan commitments issued or modified after that date. SAB No. 109 requires inclusion of expected net future cash
flows related to loan servicing activities in the fair value measurement of a written loan commitment. Also on January 1, 2008, FHN adopted SFAS No. 157, which affected the valuation of interest rate lock commitments previously measured under the guidance of EITF 02-3. The interest rate lock commitment does not bind the potential borrower to entering into the loan, nor does it guarantee that First Horizon Home Loans will approve the potential borrower for the loan. Therefore, when determining fair value, FHN makes estimates of expected “fallout” (locked pipeline loans not expected to close) using models which consider cumulative historical fallout rates and other factors. Other valuation inputs associated with interest rate lock commitments are determined in a manner consistent with that used for mortgage loans held for sale described above.
Fair value for forwards and futures contracts used to hedge the mortgage pipeline and warehouse are based on current transactions involving identical securities. Valuations of other derivatives are based on inputs observed in active markets for similar instruments. Typical inputs include the LIBOR curve, option volatility and option skew.
Real estate acquired by foreclosure. Real estate acquired by foreclosure primarily consists of properties that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt. These properties are carried at the lower of the outstanding loan amount or estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell the real estate. Estimated fair value is determined using appraised values with subsequent adjustments for deterioration in values that are not reflected in the most recent appraisal. Real estate acquired by foreclosure also includes properties acquired in compliance with HUD servicing guidelines which are carried at the estimated amount of the underlying government assurance or guarantee.
Nonearning assets. For disclosure purposes, nonearning assets include cash and due from banks, accrued interest receivable, and capital markets receivables. Due to the short-term nature of cash and due from banks, accrued interest receivable and capital markets receivables, the fair value is approximated by the book value.
Other assets. For disclosure purposes, other assets consists of investments in low income housing partnerships and deferred compensation assets that are considered financial assets. Investments in low income housing partnerships are written down to estimated fair value quarterly based on the estimated value of the associated tax credits. Deferred compensation assets are recognized at fair value, which is based on quoted prices in active markets.
Defined maturity deposits. The fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows to their present value. Future cash flows are discounted by using the current market rates of similar instruments applicable to the remaining maturity. For disclosure purposes, defined maturity deposits include all certificates of deposit and other time deposits.

57


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
Undefined maturity deposits. In accordance with SFAS No. 107, the fair value is approximated by the book value. For the purpose of this disclosure, undefined maturity deposits include demand deposits, checking interest accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts.
Short-term financial liabilities. The fair value of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings is approximated by the book value. The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value
because of the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization. Commercial paper and short-term borrowings includes a liability associated with transfers of mortgage servicing rights that did not qualify for sale accounting. This liability is accounted for at elected fair value, which is measured consistent with the related MSR, as described above.
Long-term debt. The fair value is approximated by the present value of the contractual cash flows discounted by the investor’s yield which considers FHN’s and FTBNA’s debt ratings.
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities. For disclosure purposes, other noninterest-bearing liabilities include accrued interest payable and capital markets payables. Due to the short-term nature of these liabilities, the book value is considered to approximate fair value.
Loan Commitments. Fair values are based on fees charged to enter into similar agreements taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.
Other Commitments. Fair values are based on fees charged to enter into similar agreements.
FSP FAS 107-1 requires the disclosure of the estimated fair value of all assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet financial instruments for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. These disclosures are prepared consistent with the guidance of SFAS No. 107 which previously applied only to annual reporting periods. The following fair value estimates are determined as of a specific point in time utilizing various assumptions and estimates. The use of assumptions and various valuation techniques, as well as the absence of secondary markets for certain financial instruments, will likely reduce the comparability of fair value disclosures between financial institutions. Due to market illiquidity, the fair values for loans, net of unearned income, loans held for sale, and long-term debt as of June 30, 2009, involved the use of significant internally-developed pricing assumptions for certain components of these line items. These assumptions are considered to reflect inputs that market participants would use in transactions involving these instruments as of the measurement date. In accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 107, we have not included assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments (including MSR) in the table below. This includes the value of long-term relationships with deposit and trust customers, premises and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, deferred taxes and certain other assets and other liabilities. Accordingly, the total of the fair value amounts does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the company.

58


Table of Contents

Note 16 — Fair Value of Assets & Liabilities (continued)
The following table summarizes the book value and estimated fair value of financial instruments recorded in the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition as well as off-balance sheet commitments as of June 30, 2009:
                 
    June 30, 2009
    Book   Fair
(Dollars in thousands)   Value   Value
 
Assets:
               
Loans, net of unearned income and allowance for loan losses
  $ 18,624,345     $ 16,936,999  
Short-term financial assets
    1,204,191       1,204,191  
Trading securities
    1,117,212       1,117,212  
Loans held for sale
    481,284       481,284  
Securities available for sale
    2,821,079       2,821,079  
Derivative assets
    285,305       285,305  
Other assets
    1,589,808       1,589,808  
 
Liabilities:
               
Deposits:
               
Defined maturity
  $ 3,583,820     $ 3,664,197  
Undefined maturity
    11,393,641       11,393,641  
 
Total deposits
    14,977,461       15,057,838  
Trading liabilities
    286,282       286,282  
Short-term financial liabilities
    4,960,689       4,960,689  
Long-term debt
    3,235,351       2,524,470  
Derivative liabilities
    227,031       227,031  
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities
    1,020,434       1,020,434  
 
                 
    Contractual   Fair
    Amount   Value
 
Off-Balance Sheet Commitments:
               
Loan commitments
  $ 8,970,594     $ 1,378  
Other commitments
    572,646       5,232  
 
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.

59


Table of Contents

Note 17 — Restructuring, Repositioning, and Efficiency
In 2007, FHN began conducting a company-wide review of business practices with the goal of improving its overall profitability and productivity. In order to redeploy capital to higher-return businesses, FHN concluded the sale of 34 full-service First Horizon Bank branches in its national banking markets in the second quarter 2008 while also taking actions to right size First Horizon Home Loans’ mortgage banking operations and to downsize FHN’s national lending operations. Additionally, in January 2008, FHN discontinued national homebuilder and commercial real estate lending through its First Horizon Construction Lending offices. FHN also repositioned First Horizon Home Loans’ mortgage banking operations through various MSR sales.
Additionally, on August 31, 2008, FHN and MetLife completed the sale of substantially all of FHN’s mortgage origination pipeline, related hedges, certain fixed assets and other associated assets. MetLife did not acquire any portion of FHN’s mortgage loan warehouse. FHN retained its mortgage operations in and around Tennessee, continuing to originate home loans for customers in its banking market footprint. FHN also agreed with MetLife for the sale of servicing assets and related hedges on $19.1 billion of first lien mortgage loans and associated custodial deposits. FHN also entered into a subservicing agreement with MetLife for the remainder of FHN’s servicing portfolio. MetLife generally paid book value for the assets and liabilities it acquired, less a purchase price reduction.
Net costs recognized by FHN in the six months ended June 30, 2009 related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency activities were $5.0 million. Of this amount, $2.9 million represented exit costs that were accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” (SFAS No. 146).
Significant expenses recognized year to date 2009 resulted from the following actions:
  Severance and related employee costs of $3.4 million related to discontinuation of national lending operations.
 
  Transaction costs of $1.1 million from the sale of mortgage servicing rights.
 
  Expense of $1.0 million related to asset impairments from branch closures.
Net costs recognized by FHN in the six months ended June 30, 2008 related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency activities were $47.2 million. Of this amount, $25.5 million represented exit costs that were accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 146.
Significant expenses recognized in year to date 2008 resulted from the following actions:
  Expense of $25.5 million associated with organizational and compensation changes due to right sizing operating segments, the divestiture of certain First Horizon Bank branches, the pending divestiture of certain mortgage banking operations, and consolidating functional areas.
 
  Losses of approximately $1.4 million from the sales of certain First Horizon Bank branches.
 
  Transaction costs of $12.0 million from the sale of mortgage servicing rights.
 
  Expense of $8.3 million for the write-down of certain intangibles and other assets resulting from FHN’s divestiture of certain mortgage banking operations and from the change in FHN’s national banking strategy.
Losses from the disposition of certain First Horizon Bank branches incurred during the periods presented are included in losses on divestitures in the noninterest income section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income. Transaction costs recognized in the periods presented from selling mortgage servicing rights are recorded as a reduction of mortgage banking income in the noninterest income section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income. All other costs associated with the restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives implemented by management are included in the noninterest expense section of the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income, including severance and other employee-related costs recognized in relation to such initiatives which are recorded in employee compensation, incentives, and benefits; facilities consolidation costs and related asset impairment costs are included in occupancy; costs associated with the impairment of premises and equipment are included in equipment rentals; depreciation and maintenance and other costs associated with such initiatives, including professional fees, and intangible asset impairment costs are included in all other expense.

60


Table of Contents

Note 17 — Restructuring, Repositioning, and Efficiency (continued)
Activity in the restructuring and repositioning liability for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 is presented in the following table, along with other restructuring and repositioning expenses recognized. All costs associated with the restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives are recorded as unallocated corporate charges within the Corporate segment.
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30, 2009     June 30, 2008     June 30, 2009     June 30, 2008  
    Charged to             Charged to             Charged to             Charged to        
(Dollars in thousands)   Expense     Liability     Expense     Liability     Expense     Liability     Expense     Liability  
 
                                                               
Beginning Balance
  $     $ 21,226     $     $ 22,690     $     $ 24,167     $     $ 19,675  
Severance and other employee related costs
    674       674       5,732       5,732       3,376       3,376       13,122       13,122  
Facility consolidation costs
                2,963       2,963                   3,854       3,854  
Other exit costs, professional fees, and other
    (532 )     (532 )     1,652       1,652       (468 )     (468 )     8,484       8,484  
 
                                         
Total Accrued
    142       21,368       10,347       33,037       2,908       27,075       25,460       45,135  
Payments related to:
                                                               
Severance and other employee related costs
            1,770               4,238               5,844               10,893  
Facility consolidation costs
            652               2,667               2,212               3,901  
Other exit costs, professional fees, and other
            41               5,624               114               9,210  
Accrual reversals
            522               2,563               522               3,186  
 
                                         
Restructuring and Repositioning Reserve Balance
          $ 18,383             $ 17,945             $ 18,383             $ 17,945  
                                               
Other Restructuring and Repositioning Expense:
                                                               
Mortgage banking expense on servicing sales
                  9,344               1,142               12,011          
Loss on divestitures
                  429                             1,424          
Impairment of premises and equipment
    142               4,104               973               4,186          
Impairment of intangible assets
                  1,732                             4,161          
 
                                         
Total Other Restructuring and Repositioning Expense
    142               15,609               2,115               21,782          
 
                                         
Total Restructuring and Repositioning Charges
  $ 284             $ 25,956             $ 5,023             $ 47,242          
                                               
Cumulative amounts incurred to date as of June 30, 2009, for costs associated with FHN’s restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives are presented in the following table:
         
    Charged to
(Dollars in thousands)   Expense
 
Severance and other employee related costs*
  $ 53,308  
Facility consolidation costs
    29,882  
Other exit costs, professional fees, and other
    16,689  
Other restructuring & repositioning (income) and expense:
       
Loan portfolio divestiture
    7,672  
Mortgage banking expense on servicing sales
    20,237  
Net loss on divestitures
    3,325  
Impairment of premises and equipment
    15,911  
Impairment of intangible assets
    18,029  
Impairment of other assets
    30,101  
 
Total Restructuring and Repositioning Charges Incurred to Date as of June 30, 2009
  $ 195,154  
 
*   Includes $1.2 million of deferred severance-related payments that will be paid after 2009.

61


Table of Contents

FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
GENERAL INFORMATION
First Horizon National Corporation (FHN) began as a small community bank chartered in 1864 and is now one of the 40 largest bank holding companies in the United States in terms of asset size.
FHN’s 6,000 employees provide financial services through more than 180 bank locations in and around Tennessee and 19 capital markets offices in the U.S. and abroad.
The corporation’s two major brands — First Tennessee and FTN Financial — provide customers with a broad range of products and services. First Tennessee has the leading combined deposit market share in the 17 Tennessee counties where it does business and one of the highest customer retention rates of any bank in the country. FTN Financial (FTNF) is an industry leader in fixed income sales, trading, and strategies for institutional clients in the U.S. and abroad.
AARP and Working Mother magazine have recognized FHN as one of the nation’s best employers.
FHN is composed of the following operating segments:
    Regional Banking offers financial products and services, including traditional lending and deposit-taking, to retail and commercial customers in Tennessee and surrounding markets. Additionally, Regional Banking provides investments, insurance, financial planning, trust services and asset management, credit card, cash management, and check clearing services.
 
    Capital Markets provides a broad spectrum of financial services for the investment and banking communities through the integration of traditional capital markets securities activities, equity research, loan sales, portfolio advisory services, structured finance, derivative sales, and correspondent banking services.
 
    National Specialty Lending consists of legacy traditional consumer and construction lending activities outside the regional banking footprint. In January 2008, FHN announced the discontinuation of national home builder and commercial real estate lending.
 
    Mortgage Banking now consists of the origination of mortgage loans in and around the regional banking footprint and legacy servicing. Prior to the August 31, 2008, sale of its servicing platform and origination offices outside Tennessee to MetLife Bank, N.A., (MetLife), this division provided mortgage loans and servicing to consumers and operated in approximately 40 states.
 
    Corporate consists of unallocated corporate expenses including restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives, gains and losses on repurchases of debt, expense on subordinated debt issuances and preferred stock, bank-owned life insurance, unallocated interest income associated with excess equity, net impact of raising incremental capital, revenue and expense associated with deferred compensation plans, funds management, low income housing investment activities, and venture capital.
In second quarter 2009, FHN reviewed funds transfer pricing methodologies and cost allocations used to determine segment performance. As a result of this review, certain of these methodologies were revised affecting all segments. Additionally, activities related to Low Income Housing Investments were moved from Regional Banking to Corporate. For comparability, previously reported amounts have been revised to reflect these changes.
For the purpose of this management’s discussion and analysis (MD&A), earning assets have been expressed as averages, unless otherwise noted, and loans have been disclosed net of unearned income. The following financial discussion should be read with the accompanying unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements and notes.

62


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This MD&A contains forward-looking statements with respect to FHN’s beliefs, plans, goals, expectations, and estimates. Forward-looking statements are statements that are not a representation of historical information but rather are related to future operations, strategies, financial results, or other developments. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “should,” “is likely,” “will,” “going forward,” and other expressions that indicate future events and trends identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are necessarily based upon estimates and assumptions that are inherently subject to significant business, operational, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond a company’s control, and many of which, with respect to future business decisions and actions (including acquisitions and divestitures), are subject to change. Examples of uncertainties and contingencies include, among other important factors, general and local economic and business conditions; recession or other economic downturns; expectations of and actual timing and amount of interest rate movements, including the slope of the yield curve (which can have a significant impact on a financial services institution); market and monetary fluctuations; inflation or deflation; customer and investor responses to these conditions; the financial condition of borrowers and other counterparties; competition within and outside the financial services industry; geopolitical developments including possible terrorist activity; recent and future legislative and regulatory developments; natural disasters; effectiveness of FHN’s hedging practices; technology; demand for FHN’s product offerings; new products and services in the industries in which FHN operates; and critical accounting estimates. Other factors are those inherent in originating, selling, and servicing loans including prepayment risks, pricing concessions, fluctuation in U.S. housing prices, fluctuation of collateral values, and changes in customer profiles. Additionally, the actions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve), Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), U.S. Department of the Treasury (UST), and other regulators and agencies; regulatory and judicial proceedings and changes in laws and regulations applicable to FHN; and FHN’s success in executing its business plans and strategies and managing the risks involved in the foregoing, could cause actual results to differ. FHN assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements that are made from time to time. Actual results could differ because of several factors, including those presented in this Forward-Looking Statements section, in other sections of this MD&A, and other parts of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the periods ended June 30, 2009.
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
In second quarter 2009, FHN reported a net loss available to common shareholders of $123.2 million, or $.58 diluted loss per share, compared to a net loss available to common shareholders of $19.1 million, or $.10 diluted loss per share in 2008. In 2009, net loss available to common shareholders reflected $14.8 million of dividends on the CPP preferred shares.
The results of operations for second quarter 2009 were negatively affected by increased provisioning for loan losses, charges related to repurchase and foreclosure reserves, and increased foreclosure losses. Additionally, mortgage banking results decreased significantly from 2008 due to the third quarter 2008 sale of the national mortgage origination and servicing platforms. Favorable market conditions in second quarter 2009 resulted in strong fixed income sales at Capital Markets. The sale of national mortgage banking operations contributed to a decline in operating expenses. Provisioning for loan losses increased $40.0 million from second quarter 2008 to $260.0 million due to the adverse economic conditions and prolonged weakness in the housing market. Earnings in second quarter 2008 were affected by charges of $26.0 million related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives and a $12.6 million gain on the repurchase of debt.
Return on average common equity and return on average assets for second quarter 2009 were a negative 20.96 percent and negative 1.46 percent, respectively, compared to negative 3.02 percent and negative .18 percent in second quarter 2008. Capital ratios improved as tier 1 capital ratio was 15.55 percent as of June 30, 2009 compared to 10.51 percent on June 30, 2008, and total capital was 20.77 percent compared with 15.15 percent in 2008.
Total assets declined to $28.8 billion on June 30, 2009 from $35.5 billion on June 30, 2008, while total equity increased to $3.4 billion on June 30, 2009 from $3.0 billion on June 30, 2008.

63


Table of Contents

BUSINESS LINE REVIEW
Regional Banking
The Regional Banking segment had a pre-tax loss of $12.6 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to a pre-tax loss of $17.4 million in second quarter 2008. Total revenues decreased 5 percent to $206.8 million in second quarter 2009. The provision for loan losses decreased to $51.0 million in second quarter 2009 from $89.5 million in second quarter 2008 primarily due to proactive recognition and management of problem assets.
Net interest income was flat at $125.5 million in second quarter 2009 from $125.7 million in second quarter 2008 as net interest margin increased to 4.71 percent in second quarter 2009 compared to 4.58 percent in second quarter 2008. The increase in margin was primarily a result of increased loan spreads due to lower cost funding.
Noninterest income declined $11.3 million in second quarter 2009 to $81.4 million. Deposit fees were down $5.2 million mainly due to a decline in retail non-sufficient funds (NSF) fees. Annuity income decreased $1.7 million due to a decrease in sales and a shift in product mix. Trust income decreased by $1.2 million as the market value of managed trust assets declined. Other miscellaneous income also declined as second quarter 2008 included a $2.3 million gain on the sale of foreclosed assets. Noninterest expense increased to $168.4 million in second quarter 2009 from $146.3 million in second quarter 2008. The increase is primarily a result of the Regional Bank’s proportionate share of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) premiums, including the special assessment, credit-related costs, foreclosure losses, and technology costs.
Capital Markets
Pre-tax income increased from $24.4 million in second quarter 2008 to $79.0 million in second quarter 2009 with total revenues of $214.5 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to $143.7 million in the second quarter 2008.
Net interest income was $24.9 million in second quarter 2009 compared to $19.1 million in the second quarter 2008 as the net interest margin improved to 2.70 percent from 1.60 percent last year. The increase is primarily attributable to higher spreads on the correspondent banking portfolio.
Income from fixed income sales increased to $170.1 million in the second quarter 2009 from $105.0 million in the second quarter 2008 reflecting the benefits of Capital Markets’ extensive distribution network combined with continued market volatility and illiquidity. Other product revenues were $19.5 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to $19.6 million in second quarter 2008. Revenues from other products include fee income from activities such as equity research, loan sales, portfolio advisory, derivative sales, structured finance, and correspondent banking services. Provision expense increased slightly to $21.1 million in second quarter 2009 which primarily reflected deterioration in the trust preferred loan portfolio.
Noninterest expense increased by $13.6 million to $114.4 million in second quarter 2009. Personnel costs increased $7.1 million as the effect of increased production levels more than offset a decline in expenses due to a reduced rate of incentive provisioning in second quarter 2009.
Mortgage Banking
Effective August 31, 2008, FHN completed the sale of Mortgage Banking’s servicing operations and origination offices outside Tennessee to MetLife. Additionally, in an effort to reduce balance sheet risk, FHN has reduced the size of the servicing portfolio through bulk and flow sales beginning in 2007. As a result of these transactions, components of origination activity, servicing fees, and operating expenses for 2009 are significantly lower when compared to 2008.
The second quarter 2009 pre-tax loss was $44.7 million compared to pre-tax income of $68.2 million in the second quarter 2008. Total revenues decreased by $192.4 million to $30.0 million in second quarter 2009. Net interest income decreased to $10.8 million in second quarter 2009 from $35.1 million in the second quarter 2008 due to the

64


Table of Contents

large decline in the average balance of the mortgage warehouse as a result of the sale of national mortgage origination offices to MetLife.
Noninterest income was $19.2 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to $187.3 million in the second quarter 2008. Total servicing income decreased $26.4 million to $16.2 million in the second quarter 2009 primarily from a decline in the size of the servicing portfolio and volatility associated with hedging the Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR). Servicing fees were down $35.5 million consistent with the decline in the size of the servicing portfolio. Net hedging gains were $7.0 million in 2009 compared to $16.5 million in 2008 due to a narrowing of spreads between mortgage and swap rates. Net revenue from origination activity decreased to a loss of $1.3 million in the second quarter 2009 from income of $134.1 million in the second quarter 2008. Second quarter 2009 origination income was affected by a $10 million unhedged negative fair value adjustment to the mortgage warehouse. Origination activity has significantly declined in comparison to second quarter 2008 due to the sale of national mortgage origination platform.
Noninterest expense was $63.2 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to $150.2 million in the second quarter 2008. The decline is mostly a result of the divestiture of certain mortgage banking operations in the third quarter 2008. These broad declines were somewhat diminished by an increase in expense of $16.8 million to increase the foreclosure and repurchase reserve from prior loan sales related to the legacy origination platform and an $8.1 million charge to increase the private mortgage insurance reserves due to increasing mortgage default expectations.
National Specialty Lending
National Specialty Lending’s pre-tax loss increased to $195.3 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to a pre-tax loss of $98.2 million in the second quarter 2008 primarily due to increased provisioning. Provision for loan losses increased $68.3 million to $176.3 million in the second quarter 2009 as a result of deterioration in the national construction and the national home equity loan portfolios.
Net interest income declined to $31.2 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to $53.5 million in the second quarter 2008 as a result of the increase in nonaccrual loans and the wind-down of national construction and consumer lending.
Noninterest income was a loss of $9.1 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to a loss of $14.6 million in the second quarter 2008. Second quarter 2009 included a $12.0 million charge to increase repurchase reserves compared to $8.7 million in 2008. Additionally, 2008 included a $9.4 million negative fair value adjustment to the residual interest retained from prior consumer loan sales. Noninterest expense increased to $41.0 million from $29.0 million in 2008 primarily from higher foreclosure costs. Operating-related expenses declined due to the wind-down of operations. However, foreclosure losses increased to $11.2 million from $2.1 million primarily as a result of Other real estate owned (OREO) fair value adjustments and net losses on dispositions. Additionally, costs to manage and resolve problem loans have increased $5.0 million to $6.1 million in the second quarter 2009.
Corporate
The Corporate segment’s pre-tax loss was $7.0 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to a loss $22.1 million in the second quarter 2008. Noninterest income was $11.1 million in second quarter 2009 compared to $9.0 million in the second quarter 2008. Other income increased $1.4 million due to an increase in deferred compensation income which was partially offset by a lower earnings rate for bank-owned life insurance (BOLI). Other income in 2008 included a $12.6 million gain on the repurchase of debt and restructuring costs of $9.7 million.
Noninterest expense decreased $11.8 million to $24.9 million in the second quarter 2009 from $36.6 million in 2008. Charges within noninterest expense that related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives decreased by $16.0 million from 2008 while FDIC premiums increased to $1.5 million due to the allocation of the special assessment.
Net interest income increased to $6.8 million in the second quarter 2009 from $5.5 million in 2008 as net interest margin was flat compared to second quarter 2008.

65


Table of Contents

RESTRUCTURING, REPOSITIONING, AND EFFICIENCY INITIATIVES
Beginning in 2007, FHN began conducting a company-wide review of business practices with the goal of improving its overall profitability and productivity. In order to redeploy capital to higher-return businesses, FHN concluded the sale of 34 full-service First Horizon Bank branches in its national banking markets in the second quarter 2008 while also taking actions to right size First Horizon Home Loans’ mortgage banking operations and to downsize FHN’s national lending operations. Additionally, in January 2008, FHN discontinued national homebuilder and commercial real estate lending through its First Horizon Construction Lending offices. FHN also repositioned First Horizon Home Loans’ mortgage banking operations through various MSR sales.
On August 31, 2008, FHN and MetLife completed the sale of substantially all of FHN’s mortgage origination pipeline, related hedges, certain fixed assets and other associated assets. MetLife did not acquire any portion of FHN’s mortgage loan warehouse. FHN retained its mortgage operations in and around Tennessee, continuing to originate home loans for customers in its regional banking market footprint. As part of this transaction, FHN also agreed with MetLife for the sale of servicing assets and related hedges on $19.1 billion of first lien mortgage loans and associated custodial deposits. FHN also entered into a subservicing agreement with MetLife for the remainder of FHN’s servicing portfolio. MetLife generally paid book value for the assets and liabilities it acquired, less a purchase price reduction.
Net costs recognized by FHN during the six months ended June 30, 2009 related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency activities were $5.0 million. Of this amount, $2.9 million represented exit costs that were accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” (SFAS No. 146). Significant expenses recognized during the first half of 2009 resulted from the following actions:
    Severance and related employee costs of $3.4 million related to discontinuation of national lending operations.
 
    Transaction costs of $1.1 million from the contracted sale of mortgage servicing rights.
 
    Loss of $1.0 million related to asset impairments from branch closures.
Net costs recognized by FHN during the six months ended June 30, 2008, related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency activities were $47.2 million. Of this amount, $25.5 million represented exit costs that were accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 146. Significant expenses recognized during the first half of 2008 resulted from the following actions:
    Expense of $25.5 million associated with organizational and compensation changes due to right sizing operating segments, the divestiture of certain First Horizon Bank branches, the pending divestiture of certain mortgage banking operations and consolidating functional areas.
 
    Losses of approximately $1.4 million from the sales of certain First Horizon Bank branches.
 
    Transaction costs of $12.0 million from the contracted sales of mortgage servicing rights.
 
    Expense of $8.3 million for the write-down of certain intangibles and other assets resulting from FHN’s divestiture of certain mortgage operations and from the change in FHN’s national banking strategy
Settlement of the obligations arising from current initiatives will be funded from operating cash flows. The effect of suspending depreciation on assets held for sale was immaterial to FHN’s results of operations for all periods. As a result of the change in FHN’s national banking strategy, a write-down of other intangibles of $2.4 million was recognized in second quarter 2008 related to certain banking licenses. The recognition of these impairment losses will have no effect on FHN’s debt covenants. The impairment loss related to the intangible asset was recorded as an unallocated corporate charge within the Corporate segment and is included in all other expense on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income. Due to the broad nature of the actions being taken, all components of income and expense will be affected from the efficiency benefits.
Charges related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, and 2008 are presented in the following table based on the income statement line item affected. See

66


Table of Contents

Note 17 — Restructuring, Repositioning, and Efficiency Charges and Note 2 — Acquisitions/Divestitures for additional information.
Table 1 — Restructuring, Repositioning, and Efficiency Initiatives
                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30   June 30
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Noninterest income:
                               
Mortgage banking
  $     $ (9,344 )   $ (1,142 )   $ (12,011 )
Losses on divestitures
          (429 )           (1,424 )
 
Total noninterest income
          (9,773 )     (1,142 )     (13,435 )
 
Noninterest expense:
                               
Employee compensation, incentives and benefits
    674       5,729       3,376       13,141  
Occupancy
    (573 )     3,338       (573 )     4,319  
Equipment rentals, depreciation and maintenance
          4,181             4,264  
Legal and professional fees
    14       1,090       76       4,170  
Communications and courier
    12       36       12       42  
All other expense
    157       1,809       990       7,871  
 
Total noninterest expense
    284       16,183       3,881       33,807  
 
Loss before income taxes
  $ (284 )   $ (25,956 )   $ (5,023 )   $ (47,242 )
 
Activity in the restructuring and repositioning liability for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, and 2008 is presented in the following table:
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
(Dollars in thousands)   June 30, 2009     June 30, 2008     June 30, 2009     June 30, 2008  
    Charged to             Charged to             Charged to             Charged to        
    Expense     Liability     Expense     Liability     Expense     Liability     Expense     Liability  
Beginning Balance
  $     $ 21,226     $     $ 22,690     $     $ 24,167     $     $ 19,675  
Severance and other employee related costs
    674       674       5,732       5,732       3,376       3,376       13,122       13,122  
Facility consolidation costs
                2,963       2,963                   3,854       3,854  
Other exit costs, professional fees and other
    (532 )     (532 )     1,652       1,652       (468 )     (468 )     8,484       8,484  
                 
Total Accrued
    142       21,368       10,347       33,037       2,908       27,075       25,460       45,135  
Payments related to:
                                                               
Severance and other employee related costs
            1,770               4,238               5,844               10,893  
Facility consolidation costs
            652               2,667               2,212               3,901  
Other exit costs, professional fees and other
            41               5,624               114               9,210  
Accrual reversals
            522               2,563               522               3,186  
                 
Restructuring and Repositioning Reserve Balance
          $ 18,383             $ 17,945             $ 18,383             $ 17,945  
                 
Other Restructuring & Repositioning (Income) and Expense:
                                                               
Mortgage banking expense on servicing sales
                  9,344               1,142               12,011          
Loss on divestitures
                  429                             1,424          
Impairment of premises and equipment
    142               4,104               973               4,186          
Impairment of intangible assets
                  1,732                             4,161          
 
                                                       
Total Other Restructuring and Repositioning Income and Expense
    142               15,609               2,115               21,782          
 
                                                       
Total Restructuring, Repositioning Charges
  $ 284             $ 25,956             $ 5,023             $ 47,242          
 
                                                       

67


Table of Contents

INCOME STATEMENT
Total consolidated revenue decreased 23 percent to $491.4 million from $637.9 million in the second quarter 2008 primarily from decreases in mortgage banking income and net interest income. Net interest income declined to $199.1 million in second quarter 2009 from $238.9 million in 2009. Noninterest income declined $106.8 million to $292.3 million in 2008 from $399.0 million 2008.
NET INTEREST INCOME
Net interest income declined to $199.1 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to $238.9 million in the second quarter 2008 as average earning assets declined 18 percent to $26.2 billion and average interest-bearing liabilities declined 24 percent to $24.5 billion in the second quarter 2009.
The consolidated net interest margin was 3.05 percent for second quarter 2009 compared to 3.01 percent for second quarter 2008. A slight widening in the margin occurred as the net interest spread increased to 2.77 percent from 2.66 percent in the second quarter 2009 while the impact of free funding decreased from 35 basis points to 28 basis points. The slight increase in the margin is largely attributable to lower cost of funding due to the low interest rate environment and higher spreads on capital markets trading and correspondent banking portfolios.
Table 2 — Net Interest Margin
                 
    Three Months Ended  
    June 30  
    2009     2008  
 
Consolidated yields and rates:
               
Loans, net of unearned income
    3.95 %     5.29 %
Loans held for sale
    4.22       5.70  
Investment securities
    4.98       5.27  
Capital markets securities inventory
    3.97       4.45  
Mortgage banking trading securities
    12.97       12.48  
Other earning assets
    0.20       1.98  
 
Yields on earning assets
    3.91       5.24  
 
Interest-bearing core deposits
    1.27       2.21  
Certificates of deposit $100,000 and more
    2.10       3.45  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    0.21       1.88  
Capital markets trading liabilities
    4.29       4.92  
Short-term borrowings and commercial paper
    0.26       2.30  
Long-term debt
    1.48       3.17  
 
Rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities
    1.14       2.58  
 
Net interest spread
    2.77       2.66  
Effect of interest-free sources
    .28       .35  
 
FHN — NIM
    3.05 %     3.01 %
 
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to agree with current presentation.
In the short term, the net interest margin is expected to improve modestly due to a focus on loan and deposit pricing and as a result of the winding down of our national business. In the longer term, FHN anticipates stronger margins presuming a more normalized credit and interest rate environment.
NONINTEREST INCOME
Capital Markets Noninterest Income
The major component of capital markets’ revenue is generated from the purchase and sale of securities as both principal and agent, and from other fee sources including equity research, loan sales, portfolio advisory activities, structured finance, and derivative sales. Securities inventory positions are generally procured for distribution to customers by the sales staff. A portion of the inventory is hedged to protect against movements in fair value due to changes in interest rates.

68


Table of Contents

Capital markets noninterest income increased to $187.5 million in second quarter 2009 from $122.3 million in second quarter 2008. Revenues from fixed income sales increased by $65.1 million to $170.1 million reflecting the benefits of Capital Markets’ extensive distribution network combined with continued market volatility and illiquidity. Other product revenues were level at $17.4 million in second quarter 2009 compared to $17.3 million second quarter 2008.
Table 3 — Capital Markets Noninterest Income
                                                 
    Three Months Ended             Six Months Ended        
    June 30     Growth     June 30     Growth  
(Dollars in thousands)   2009     2008     Rate (%)     2009     2008     Rate (%)  
 
Noninterest income:
                                               
Fixed income
  $ 170,106     $ 105,002       62.0 +     $ 367,111     $ 257,210       42.7 +  
Other product revenue
    17,372       17,336       *       34,591       (3,415 )   NM
                     
Total capital markets noninterest income
  $ 187,478     $ 122,338       53.2 +     $ 401,702     $ 253,795       58.3 +  
                     
NM — not meaningful
 
*   Amount is less than 1%
Mortgage Banking Noninterest Income
Effective August 31, 2008, FHN completed the sale of Mortgage Banking’s servicing operations and origination offices outside Tennessee to MetLife. Additionally, in an effort to reduce balance sheet risk, FHN has reduced the size of the servicing portfolio through bulk sales which began in 2007. As a result of these transactions, components of origination activity, servicing fees, and operating expenses for 2009 are significantly lower when compared to 2008.
Mortgage banking noninterest income decreased by $156.9 million in the second quarter 2009 to $15.5 million as shown in Table 4.
Table 4 — Mortgage Banking Noninterest Income
                                                 
    Three Months Ended             Six Months Ended        
    June 30     Percent     June 30     Percent  
    2009     2008     Change     2009     2008     Change  
 
Noninterest income (thousands) :
                                               
Origination income
  $ (759 )   $ 131,476     NM   $ 14,171     $ 216,437       93.5 -  
Servicing income
    15,509       42,846       63.8 -       116,751       112,274       4.0 +  
Other
    733       (1,904 )   NM     310       2,419       87.2 -  
                     
Total mortgage banking noninterest income
  $ 15,483     $ 172,418       91.0 -     $ 131,232     $ 331,130       60.4 -  
                     
Mortgage banking statistics (millions) :
                                               
Refinance originations
  $ 396.6     $ 3,292.3       88.0 -     $ 773.7     $ 8,068.8       90.4 -  
Home-purchase originations
    48.2       3,533.5       98.6 -       79.5       6,266.5       98.7 -  
                     
Mortgage loan originations
  $ 444.8     $ 6,825.8       93.5 -     $ 853.2     $ 14,335.3       94.0 -  
                     
Servicing portfolio — owned
  $ 43,833.5     $ 98,384.2       55.4 -     $ 43,833.5     $ 98,384.2       55.4 -  
                     
NM — not meaningful
Servicing income includes servicing fees, changes in the fair value of MSR, and net gains/losses from hedging the fair value of servicing assets. The servicing portfolio has decreased since 2008 as a result of the sale of the servicing platform to MetLife in the third quarter 2008 and through a series of bulk sales. Total servicing income decreased to $15.5 million from $42.8 million in the second quarter 2009. Gross servicing fees were down $42.2 million to $32.8 million in 2009 consistent with the decline in the size of the servicing portfolio. Net hedging gains also decreased in 2009 to $7.0 million compared to $16.5 million in 2008 due to a widening of spreads between mortgage and swap rates.
Net revenue from origination activity decreased significantly to $.8 million in the second quarter 2009 from $131.5 million in the second quarter 2008 as a result of the sale of national mortgage origination offices. Gross origination income through the regional banking footprint was $8.8 million in the second quarter 2009, but was negated by a $10 million unhedged negative fair value adjustment to the remaining mortgage warehouse.

69


Table of Contents

Other Noninterest Income
Other noninterest income includes deposit transactions and cash management fees, revenue from loan sales and securitizations, insurance commissions, trust services and investment management fees, net securities gains and losses and other noninterest income. Fees from deposit transactions and cash management were down $5.0 million primarily due to a volume decline in transactions resulting in lower retail NSF fees. Trust fees decreased $1.2 million as the market value of managed trust assets declined. Revenue from loan sales and securitizations was $.6 million in 2009 compared to a loss of $7.0 million in 2008 as 2008 included a $9.4 million negative valuation adjustment to the residual interest retained from prior consumer loan sales. Other noninterest income decreased $15.7 million to $33.1 million in the second quarter 2008. The decrease is primarily the result of a $12.6 million gain on the repurchase of debt recognized in 2008. Both quarters included charges to increase the repurchase reserve related to prior HELOC and second lien loan sales.
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Total noninterest expense for second quarter 2009 decreased 11 percent to $411.9 million from $463.0 million in second quarter 2008. In 2008, noninterest expense included $16.3 million of costs related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives.
Employee compensation, incentives and benefits (personnel expense), the largest component of noninterest expense, decreased $77.4 million from $277.1 million in second quarter 2008 primarily as a result of headcount reduction from the sale of national origination and servicing platforms to MetLife in the third quarter 2008. The effect on personnel expense of increased capital markets’ production was somewhat mitigated by a reduced rate of incentive provisioning. Additionally, 2008 included $5.7 million of costs related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives.
Occupancy, equipment rental, communications, and operations services expenses declined a combined $29.6 million primarily as a result of the 2008 mortgage divestiture and a decline in costs related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives. All other noninterest expense increased $55.8 million to $146.6 million in the second quarter 2009 compared to $90.8 million in the second quarter 2008. Charges related to the Mortgage Banking foreclosure and repurchase reserve from the legacy origination platform increased to $29.1 million from $5.5 million in 2008 due to higher repurchase activity. FDIC premiums, including the special assessment, increased $17.9 million to $21.4 million in the second quarter 2009. Losses on foreclosed property increased $16.6 million to $21.8 million primarily as a result of fair value adjustments of OREO and net losses on dispositions. Second quarter 2009 also included an $8.1 million charge to increase the private mortgage insurance (PMI) reinsurance reserve as mortgage default expectations increased and $5.6 million of costs related to mortgage originations in the regional banking footprint. All other expense categories decreased consistent with FHN’s focus on reduction of non-core businesses.
INCOME TAXES
The effective tax rate for the second quarter 2009 was 41 percent reflecting tax benefits due to the reported loss in 2009. Second quarter 2009 includes approximately $8 million of favorable permanent tax differences. The rate cannot be compared to second quarter 2008 due to the level of net income reported in second quarter 2008. Second quarter 2008 included $10.5 million of favorable permanent differences and a $2.0 million benefit from the favorable resolution of certain outstanding tax issues with taxing authorities.
No valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets has been recorded as of June 30, 2009 other than a full valuation reserve related to state net operating losses that are not expected to be realized. The valuation reserve is primarily a result of FHN’s strategy of exiting the national mortgage business. The company has considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, in making its determination with respect to the need for a valuation allowance. This evidence includes, but is not limited to, a large carryback position that can absorb a significant portion of the deferred tax assets, historical and future projected taxable income, projected future reversals of existing deferred tax liabilities, and potential tax planning strategies.

70


Table of Contents

ASSET QUALITY
Allowance for Loan Losses
Management’s policy is to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level sufficient to absorb estimated probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses includes the following components: reserves for commercial loans evaluated based on pools of credit graded loans and reserves for pools of smaller-balance homogeneous retail and commercial loans, both determined in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies”. Also included are reserves, determined in accordance with SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan”, related to loans determined by management to be individually impaired. The reserve factors applied to these pools are an estimate of probable incurred losses based on management’s evaluation of historical net losses from loans with similar characteristics.
Beginning in the second quarter of 2009, management developed and utilized an Average Loss Rate Model (ALR) for establishment of commercial portfolio reserve rates in accordance with SFAS No. 5. ALR is a grade migration based approach that allows for robust segmentation and dynamic time period consideration. In comparison with the prior commercial reserve rate establishment, ALR is more sensitive to current portfolio conditions and provides management with additional detailed analysis into historical portfolio net loss experience. ALR also uses the current assigned commercial credit grades ranging from 1 to 16 thereby eliminating the previous need to back convert to the historical grade range of 1 to 10 for the proper assignment of reserves. Consistent with the preceding approach, these reserve rates are then subject to management adjustment to reflect current events, trends and conditions (including economic considerations and trends) that affect the asset quality of the commercial loan portfolio.
The provision for loan losses is the charge to earnings that management determines to be necessary to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) at a sufficient level reflecting management’s estimate of probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. Analytical models based on loss experience adjusted for current events, trends, and economic conditions are used by management to determine the amount of provision to be recognized and to assess the adequacy of the loan loss allowance. The provision for loan losses increased 18 percent to $260.0 million in second quarter 2009 from $220.0 million in second quarter 2008.
Net Charge-Offs
Net charge offs increased to $239.4 million in the second quarter 2009 from $127.7 million in 2008 and the net charge off ratio was 477 basis points in 2009 compared to 235 basis points in 2008. All portfolios reflected increased net charge-offs compared to second quarter 2008.
While charge-offs increased due to adverse economic conditions, FHN’s methodology of charging down collateral dependent commercial loans to net realizable value (NRV) also impacted charge-off trends, especially in comparison to applicable ALLL. Generally, classified nonaccrual loans over $1 million are deemed to be impaired in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” (SFAS No. 114) and are assessed for impairment measurement. A majority of these SFAS No. 114 loans (generally commercial loans over $1 million that are not expected to pay all contractually due principal and interest) are included in the Residential CRE (Homebuilder and Condominium Construction) portfolio. When impairment is detected, loans are then written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral, less costs to sell (net realizable value). Fair value is based on recent appraisals of collateral. Collateral values are monitored and further charge-offs are taken if it is determined that the collateral values have continued to decline.
Also impacting increased charge-offs related to SFAS No. 114 loans are the significant declines in collateral values experienced due to the prevailing real estate market conditions. Therefore, charge-offs are not only higher due to the increased credit deterioration related to these loans, but also due to the increased rate at which loans are charged down to net realizable value because of rapidly declining collateral values. Net charge-offs related to collateral dependent SFAS No. 114 loans were $80.7 million or 34 percent of total net charge-offs during the second quarter of 2009. Because of the accelerated recognition of impairment of these loans, the elevated charge-offs decrease the ALLL. Compression occurs in the ALLL to net charge-offs ratio as the ALLL is generally not replenished for charge-offs related to SFAS No. 114 collateral dependent loans because reserves are not carried for these loans.

71


Table of Contents

Additionally, One-Time Close (OTC) loans are generally written down to appraised value if, when the loan becomes 90 days past due or is considered substandard, recently obtained appraisals indicate a decline in fair value. Subsequent charge downs are taken thereafter in accordance with regulatory guidelines. In the second quarter 2009, net charge-offs related to OTC loans were $51.3 million, approximately 21 percent of total net charge-offs.
Nonperforming Assets
As included in Table 5, nonperforming loans (NPLs) in the loan portfolio were $1.1 billion on June 30, 2009, compared to $.8 billion on June 30, 2008. The ratio of NPLs to total loans was 5.64 percent on June 30, 2009, and 3.42 percent on June 30, 2008. In the commercial portfolio, the increase in NPLs is primarily attributable to deterioration in the residential CRE and Income-producing Commercial Real Estate (income CRE) portfolios. NPLs in the residential CRE portfolio increased $99.4 million to $388.8 million; NPLs in the income CRE portfolio increased $90.0 million to $162.2 million; NPL’s in the Commercial and Industrial (C&I) portfolio increased $19.6 million to $112.2 million. Generally, the continued adverse economic conditions have affected the income CRE and C&I portfolios while the weak housing market and large supply of newly constructed homes and tightened liquidity have affected the residential CRE portfolio.
On the consumer side, nonperforming OTC loans increased $89.3 million to $357.4 million while nonperforming permanent mortgages increased $46.9 million to $77.5 million. Both portfolios are under stress due to the prolonged downturn in the housing market.
Nonperforming assets were $1.2 billion on June 30, 2009, compared to $.9 billion on June 30, 2008. The nonperforming assets ratio was 6.15 percent on June 30, 2009 and 3.88 percent last year. Foreclosed assets were flat when compared to second quarter 2008 as 2009 included higher levels of overall asset reductions from disposition activity as well as fair value adjustments to reflect current market conditions. Foreclosed assets are recognized at net realizable value, including estimated costs of disposal at foreclosure. While nonperforming asset levels are expected to flatten over the next few quarters, the NPA ratio will continue to remain under pressure throughout the current economic downturn as loan balances continue to decline.
The ratio of ALLL to NPLs in the loan portfolio increased to .87 times in the second quarter 2009 compared to .76 times in the second quarter of 2008. While nonperforming loans increased from the same period last year, a portion of these loans does not carry reserves. As of June 30, 2009, the total amount of SFAS No. 114 commercial loans was $547.7 million. The SFAS No. 114 loans carried at NRV and that do not carry reserves were $522.2 million on June 30, 2009. The SFAS No. 114 loans mentioned above that are charged down to NRV represent 47 percent of nonperforming loans in the loan portfolio as of June 30, 2009. This approach compresses the ALLL to nonperforming loans ratio because SFAS 114 loans are included in nonperforming loans, but reserves for these loans are not carried in the ALLL. Residential CRE loans were $325.0 million or 59 percent of all SFAS No. 114 loans while the remainder is included in the C&I and Income CRE portfolios. Additionally, charged-down OTC loans are included in nonperforming loans. As of June 30, 2009, OTC loans accounted for 32 percent of nonperforming loans in the loan portfolio. The ALLL related to OTC loans was $164.3 million which provides a coverage ratio of 29 percent for inherent losses in the remainder of that portfolio. Because of the methodologies described above, the ALLL to NPL ratio is negatively impacted. Nonperforming loans in the loan portfolio for which reserves are actually carried were approximately $399.9 million as of June 30, 2009.
Potential Problem Assets
Potential problem assets in the loan portfolio, which are not included in nonperforming assets, represent those assets where information about possible credit problems of borrowers has caused management to have serious doubts about the borrower’s ability to comply with present repayment terms. This definition is believed to be substantially consistent with the standards established by the OCC for loans classified substandard. In total, potential problem assets were $1.5 billion on June 30, 2009, up from $.7 billion on June 30, 2008. The significant increase in potential problem assets primarily reflects downward credit grading and deterioration in the commercial portfolio. Also, loans 30 to 89 days past due decreased slightly to $335.0 million on June 30, 2009, from $346.6 million on June 30, 2008. Commercial loans 30-89 days past due decreased 29 percent as a result of more effective portfolio management. Consumer loans 30-89 days past due increased 37 percent, primarily driven by permanent mortgage and home equity portfolios. Loans 90 days past due increased 58 percent primarily as a result of an increase in problem loans in the permanent mortgage portfolio. The current expectation of losses

72


Table of Contents

from both potential problem assets and loans 30 to 89 days past due has been included in management’s analysis for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.
While asset quality is expected to remain stressed in 2009 and into 2010 due to the expectation that economic conditions and the housing industry will remain weakened for the foreseeable future, certain asset quality performance may begin to improve in the latter half of this year. Actual results could differ because of several factors, including those presented in the Forward-Looking Statements section of this MD&A discussion. Table 5, Asset Quality Information, provides summary asset quality data referred to in the previous paragraphs and Table 6, Asset Quality by Portfolio, provides various asset statistics based on FHN’s internal loan classification.

73


Table of Contents

Table 5 — Asset Quality Information
                 
    Three months ended June 30
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008
 
Allowance for loan losses:
               
Beginning balance on March 31
  $ 940,932     $ 483,203  
Provision for loan losses
    260,000       220,000  
Divestitures/acquisitions/transfers
          (382 )
Charge-offs
    (250,330 )     (131,385 )
Recoveries
    10,880       3,713  
 
Ending balance on June 30
  $ 961,482     $ 575,149  
 
Reserve for off-balance sheet commitments
    22,823       22,303  
Total allowance for loan losses and reserve for off-balance sheet commitments
  $ 984,305     $ 597,452  
 
                 
    June 30
Nonperforming Assets by Segment   2009   2008
 
Regional Banking:
               
Nonperforming loans
  $ 213,201     $ 115,264  
Foreclosed real estate
    29,410       37,594  
 
Total Regional Banking
    242,611       152,858  
 
Capital Markets:
               
Nonperforming loans
    70,994       41,527  
Foreclosed real estate
    596       600  
 
Total Capital Markets
    71,590       42,127  
 
National Specialty Lending:
               
Nonperforming loans
    764,672       582,523  
Foreclosed real estate
    50,386       45,384  
 
Total National Specialty Lending
    815,058       627,907  
 
Mortgage Banking:
               
Nonperforming loans including held for sale (a)
    78,090       30,704  
Foreclosed real estate
    25,728       22,542  
 
Total Mortgage Banking
    103,818       53,246  
 
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 1,233,077     $ 876,138  
 
Total loans, net of unearned income
  $ 19,585,827     $ 22,225,232  
Insured loans
    (466,455 )     (739,276 )
 
Loans excluding insured loans
  $ 19,119,372     $ 21,485,956  
 
Foreclosed real estate from GNMA loans
    10,464     $ 35,737  
Potential problem assets (b)
    1,492,740       655,610  
Loans 30 to 89 days past due
    334,999       346,556  
Loans 30 to 89 days past due — guaranteed portion (c)
    38       138  
Loans 90 days past due
    143,711       90,678  
Loans 90 days past due — guaranteed portion (c)
    276       188  
Loans held for sale 30 to 89 days past due
    42,402       53,666  
Loans held for sale 30 to 89 days past due — guaranteed portion (c)
    42,402       53,666  
Loans held for sale 90 days past due
    38,757       66,599  
Loans held for sale 90 days past due — guaranteed portion (c)
    36,102       64,508  
Off-balance sheet commitments (d)
  $ 5,882,186     $ 6,444,427  
 
Allowance to total loans
    4.91 %     2.59 %
Allowance to nonperforming loans in the loan portfolio
    0.87 x     0.76 x
Allowance to loans excluding insured loans
    5.03 %     2.68 %
Allowance to annualized net charge-offs
    1.00 x     1.13 x
Nonperforming assets to loans and foreclosed real estate (e)
    6.15 %     3.88 %
Nonperforming loans in the loan portfolio to total loans, net of unearned income
    5.64 %     3.42 %
Total commercial net charge-offs (f)
    3.96 %     1.73 %
Retail real estate net charge-offs (f)
    5.61 %     2.94 %
Other retail net charge-offs (f)
    6.99 %     4.19 %
Credit card receivables net charge-offs (f)
    6.54 %     5.63 %
Total net charge-offs to average loans (f)
    4.77 %     2.35 %
 
(a)   Second quarter 2009 and 2008 includes $55,425 and $20,788 of loans held-to-maturity, respectively.
 
(b)   Includes 90 days past due loans.
 
(c)   Guaranteed loans include FHA, VA, student and GNMA loans repurchased through the GNMA repurchase program.
 
(d)   Amount of off-balance sheet commitments for which a reserve has been provided.
 
(e)   Ratio is non-performing assets related to the loan portfolio to total loans plus foreclosed real estate and other assets.
 
(f)   Net charge-off ratios are calculated based on average loans, net of unearned income. .

74


Table of Contents

Table 6 — Asset Quality by Portfolio
                 
    June 30
    2009   2008
 
Key Portfolio Details
               
Commercial (C&I & Other)
               
Period-end loans ($ millions)
  $ 7,381     $ 7,721  
 
30+ Delinq. % (a)
    .82 %     1.46 %
NPL %
    1.52 %     1.20 %
Charge-offs % (qtr. annualized)
    1.43 %     .84 %
 
Allowance / Loans %
    3.40 %     1.90 %
Allowance / Charge-offs
    2.35 x     2.46 x
 
 
               
Income CRE (Income-producing Commercial Real Estate)
               
Period-end loans ($ millions)
  $ 1,871     $ 2,039  
 
30+ Delinq. % (a)
    2.82 %     1.43 %
NPL %
    8.67 %     3.54 %
Charge-offs % (qtr. annualized)
    6.40 %     .63 %
 
Allowance / Loans %
    5.77 %     2.89 %
Allowance / Charge-offs
    0.87 x     4.82 x
 
 
               
Residential CRE (Homebuilder and Condominium Construction)
               
Period-end loans ($ millions)
  $ 986     $ 1,739  
 
30+ Delinq. % (a)
    5.29 %     6.36 %
NPL %
    39.44 %     16.65 %
Charge-offs % (qtr. annualized)
    17.22 %     6.23 %
 
Allowance / Loans %
    9.87 %     5.26 %
Allowance / Charge-offs
    .53 x     .76 x
 
 
               
Consumer Real Estate (Home Equity Installment and HELOC)
               
Period-end loans ($ millions)
  $ 7,356     $ 7,909  
 
30+ Delinq. % (a)
    2.12 %     1.27 %
NPL %
    .08 %     .09 %
Charge-offs % (qtr. annualized)
    3.01 %     1.78 %
 
Allowance / Loans %
    3.04 %     1.70 %
Allowance / Charge-offs
    0.99 x     .95 x
 
 
               
OTC (Consumer Residential Construction Loans)
               
Period-end loans ($ millions)
  $ 558     $ 1,522  
 
30+ Delinq. % (a)
    7.90 %     2.69 %
NPL %
    64.06 %     17.61 %
Charge-offs % (qtr. annualized)
    30.53 %     9.90 %
 
Allowance / Loans %
    29.46 %     7.75 %
Allowance / Charge-offs
    0.80 x     .78 x
 
 
               
Permanent Mortgage
               
Period-end loans ($ millions)
  $ 1,112     $ 1,004  
 
30+ Delinq. % (a)
    9.44 %     6.36 %
NPL %
    6.97 %     3.04 %
Charge-offs % (qtr. annualized)
    7.97 %     1.15 %
 
Allowance / Loans %
    8.85 %     1.24 %
Allowance / Charge-offs
    1.08 x     1.12 x
 
 
               
Credit Card and Other
               
Period-end loans ($ millions)
  $ 323     $ 291  
 
30+ Delinq. % (a)
    2.08 %     2.11 %
NPL %
           
Charge-offs % (qtr. annualized)
    6.57 %     3.29 %
 
Allowance / Loans %
    5.91 %     5.43 %
Allowance / Charge-offs
    0.90 x     1.45 x
 
 
Loans are expressed net of unearned income. All data is based on internal loan classification.
 
(a)   30+ Delinquency % includes all accounts delinquent more than one month and still accruing interest.

75


Table of Contents

STATEMENT OF CONDITION REVIEW
EARNING ASSETS
Earning assets consists of loans, investment securities, trading securities, loans held for sale, and other earning assets. Earning assets averaged $26.2 billion and $31.8 billion in the second quarter 2009 and second quarter 2008, respectively.
Loans
Average loans were $20.1 billion in the second quarter 2009 compared to $21.7 billion in the second quarter 2008, a decline of 7 percent. The decrease was primarily driven by declines in both commercial and consumer construction portfolios as FHN discontinued loan origination through its national construction lending channel. Average commercial real estate construction declined 41 percent, or $1.0 billion, and consumer real estate construction loan portfolios declined by 60 percent, or $1.0 billion, from the second quarter 2008. Partially offsetting the declines were slight increases in C&I loans as approximately $.3 billion of small issuer trust preferred loans, net of a lower of cost or market value (LOCOM) adjustment, were transferred from held for sale to the loan portfolio in second quarter 2008. Average loans represented 77 percent of average earning assets in second quarter 2009 and 68 percent in second quarter 2008. Additional loan information is provided in Table 7 — Average Loans and Note 4 — Loans.
The commercial and consumer construction and national home equity portfolios are expected to continue to contract in 2009 due to conditions in the housing market and FHN’s strategic goal to reduce real estate concentrations in general. It is expected that average loans will continue to decline in the near-term due to limited loan demand and as the national portfolios continue to wind-down.
Table 7 — Average Loans
                                         
    Three months ended June 30
            Percent   Percent           Percent
(Dollars in millions)   2009   of Total   Change   2008   of Total
 
Commercial:
                                       
Commercial, financial and industrial
  $ 7,506.8       37 %     4.1 %   $ 7,212.9       33 %
Real estate commercial (a)
    1,542.1       8       10.1       1,401.3       7  
Real estate construction (b)
    1,455.6       7       (41.4 )     2,481.7       11  
             
Total commercial
    10,504.5       52       (5.3 )     11,095.9       51  
             
Retail:
                                       
Real estate residential (c)
    7,907.7       39       .4       7,878.8       36  
Real estate construction (d)
    672.0       3       (59.7 )     1,666.0       8  
Other retail
    131.3       1       (5.0 )     138.2       1  
Credit card receivables
    184.2       1       (5.0 )     193.9       1  
Real estate loans pledged against other collateralized borrowings (e)
    693.6       4       (5.7 )     735.8       3  
             
Total retail
    9,588.8       48       (9.7 )     10,612.7       49  
             
Total loans, net of unearned
  $ 20,093.3       100 %     (7.4 )%   $ 21,708.6       100 %
             
 
(a)   Includes nonconstruction income property loans and land loans not involving development.
 
(b)   Includes homebuilder, condominium, and income property construction and land development loans.
 
(c)   Includes home equity lines of credit (average for second quarter 2009 and 2008 — $3.8 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively).
 
(d)   Includes one-time close product.
 
(e)   Includes on-balance sheet securitizations of home equity loans.
Loans Held for Sale / Loans Held for Sale — Divestiture
Loans held for sale consists of the mortgage warehouse, student, small business, and home equity loans. During second quarter 2009 loans held for sale averaged $622.8 million, a decrease of 84 percent, or $3.2 billion from second quarter 2008. The majority of the decrease relates to the mortgage warehouse which contracted by $2.8

76


Table of Contents

billion as a result of the sale of the national mortgage origination platform to MetLife in third quarter 2008. Small issuer trust preferred loans decreased by $.3 billion as the loans, net of LOCOM, were moved to the portfolio during 2008. Loans held for sale — divestiture decreased $.2 billion as FHN completed the FH bank divestitures in second quarter 2008.
Other Earning Assets
Trading securities decreased from $2.0 billion in 2008 to $1.1 billion in 2009 primarily as a result of capital markets’ continued efforts to manage trading portfolio levels and also due to current market conditions. Additionally federal funds sold and securities repurchase agreements decreased $.6 billion from $1.3 billion in the second quarter 2008. Average federal funds sold declined as result of a reduction in short-term lending to correspondent banks and securities repurchase agreements declined consistent with capital markets’ trading portfolio. Interest-bearing cash increased $.7 billion as Federal Reserve deposits converted to interest-bearing accounts in the fourth quarter 2008.
Deposits/Other Sources of Funds
During the second quarter 2009, core deposits decreased 3 percent or $.4 billion and averaged $12.8 billion as custodial deposits were transferred due to servicing sales through the MetLife sale and other bulk sales occurring in 2008 and 2009. Additionally, increased competition for deposits in the marketplace has also affected the decline. Average short-term purchased funds decreased to $7.9 billion in the second quarter 2009 from $12.1 billion in the second quarter 2008 driven by a $2.6 billion decline in Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings primarily as a result of the contracting balance sheet. Federal fund borrowings declined by $.1 billion as lending among financial institutions tightened and also due to a reduced need for short-term funding. Average long-term borrowings decreased by $3.0 billion consistent with balance sheet contraction as long term bank notes matured or were repurchased and extendable notes were not renewed.
Financial Summary (Comparison of first six months of 2009 to first six months of 2008)
FHN reported a net loss available to common shareholders of $206.0 million or $.97 per diluted share for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The net loss available to common shareholders was $11.2 million or $.07 per diluted share in 2008. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, return on average common equity and return on average assets were negative 17.11 percent and negative 1.16 percent, respectively. Return on average common equity and return on average assets were negative .95 percent and negative .02 percent for the six months ended June 30, 2008.
For the first six months of 2009, total revenues were $1.1 billion; a decrease of 17 percent compared to $1.3 billion for the six months ended 2008. Net interest income declined $71.3 million to $395.7 million primarily as average earning assets declined $5.4 billion from 2008. Noninterest income for the first six months of 2009 decreased to $700.1 million from $848.1 million in 2008.
Capital markets noninterest income increased by 58 percent to $401.7 million for the first half of 2009 from $253.8 million a year ago due to increased demand for fixed income securities resulting from market volatility and illiquidity in the first half of 2009. A $36.2 million LOCOM adjustment taken on the trust preferred warehouse in 2008 also contributed to the year over year increase in capital markets noninterest income. These loans were transferred to the loan portfolio in the second quarter 2008.
Loan sale and securitization income increased from a loss of $11.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, to a gain of $1.5 million in 2009. A decline in residual values from prior consumer loan securitizations of $9.4 million negatively impacted loan sale and securitization income in 2008.
Mortgage banking income was $131.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, compared to $331.1 million for six months ended June 30, 2008. In the third quarter 2008, FHN sold the national mortgage origination and servicing platform to MetLife. As a result, origination and servicing income is significantly lower in 2009 when compared to the first half of 2008.

77


Table of Contents

Origination income decreased to $13.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $218.2 million. In 2009, origination income primarily includes origination activity related to the regional banking footprint and fair value adjustments on the remaining warehouse. In the first half of 2009, income from origination activity within the regional banking footprint was $14.1 million and a negative unhedged fair adjustment of the remaining mortgage warehouse was approximately $8 million.
Servicing income increased to $116.8 million in the first half of 2009 from $112.3 million despite a 55 percent decrease in the servicing portfolio. The increase is primarily related to net hedging gains experienced in 2009 as a result of wider spreads between swap and mortgage rates due to positive convexity in the first quarter 2009. The change in MSR value due to runoff declined to $37.0 million in 2009 from $74.5 million in 2008.
The net securities loss in 2009 was $.3 million compared to a net $65.0 million gain in 2008. The net securities gain in 2008 was due to the redemption of shares in connection with Visa Inc.’s initial public offering. Other noninterest income declined $29.8 million to $57.2 million in 2009 and was affected by debt repurchase gains of $12.6 million that occurred in 2008, an increase in charges related to consumer lending repurchase reserves, and a decrease in the earnings rate of BOLI.
Provision expense for loan losses increased by $100.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, from $460.0 million in the first half of 2008 reflecting deterioration primarily in the national commercial and consumer construction lending, national home equity, and C&I portfolios.
Noninterest expense decreased to $829.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, from $897.2 million in 2008, primarily due to a decline of $116.4 million in personnel costs. In the first half of 2009, personnel expense was $448.2 million compared to $564.5 million in the first half of 2008 driven by mortgage banking headcount reduction from the sale of the national mortgage and servicing platforms to MetLife which was partially negated by an increase in capital market’s production. Severance costs included in restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives declined by $9.7 million from the prior year.
Noninterest expense charges related to restructuring, repositioning and efficiency initiatives (excluding personnel costs) were down $20.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 from $20.7 million in 2008. Occupancy, equipment rental and depreciation, and other operational costs decreased from 2008 as a result of the sale of national mortgage origination and servicing platforms to MetLife.
Partially offsetting the decreases noted above was an increase of $104.6 million in other expenses. This increase is a result of a combination of various items. Provision for mortgage banking foreclosure and repurchases related to legacy origination increased from the prior year as well as losses on OREO valuation adjustments and dispositions. FDIC premiums were up $22.8 million in the first half of 2009 primarily as a result of the 2009 special assessment. All other expenses increased by $45.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 compared to June 30, 2008. The increase in other expense was affected by the $30.0 million reversal of the contingent liability for certain Visa legal matters in 2008, charges related to the increase in PMI reinsurance reserves in 2009, and an increase in processing costs related to the regional banking mortgage origination business in 2009.
Income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2009 were primarily affected by the effective tax rate as well as permanent tax credits. The tax rate for the first half of 2008 cannot be compared to that of 2009 due to the level of pre-tax income. The first half of 2008 was positively impacted by favorable state tax settlements.
BUSINESS LINE REVIEW
Regional Banking
Total revenues for the six-month period were $406.2 million, a decrease of 6 percent from $430.7 million in 2008. Net interest income decreased slightly to $248.5 million in the first half of 2009 from $250.8 million in 2008. Noninterest income decreased $22.2 million to $157.7 million during the first six months of 2009. Total service charges declined $9.0 million from lower consumer NSF fees as trust fees declined $3.6 million consistent with the decline in the market value of managed assets. Annuity fees, insurance premiums, and other miscellaneous income contributed to the decline.

78


Table of Contents

Provision expense for loan losses decreased $15.9 million in 2009 from $164.7 million in 2008 reflecting proactive recognition and management of problem assets. Noninterest expense increased to $336.7 million in 2009 compared to $292.9 million in 2008. The increase is primarily a result of expenses including higher FDIC premiums, including the 2009 special assessment, increased credit and technology-related costs, and an adjustment related to employee life insurance benefits.
Capital Markets
Total revenues for 2009 increased to $455.2 million compared to $297.8 million for the first half of 2008. Net interest income was $48.9 million in 2008, an increase of 25 percent from 2008. The increase in net interest income is largely due to higher spreads on the correspondent banking loan portfolio.
Fixed income revenue increased to $367.1 million in 2009 from $257.2 million in 2008 as production increased reflecting the benefits of Capital Markets’ extensive distribution network combined with continued market volatility and illiquidity during the first half of 2009. Other revenue increased to $39.2 million from $1.3 million in 2008 as the prior year included a $36.2 million LOCOM negative adjustment on the trust preferred warehouse. Provision for loan losses was $35.1 million in 2009 compared to $33.6 million in 2008 reflecting incremental deterioration in the trust preferred portfolio and correspondent banking loans. Noninterest expense was $266.4 million, an increase of $49.6 million from $216.8 million in 2008. The increase is primarily driven by increased production in the first half of 2009 which was partially mitigated in 2009 by a reduced rate of incentive provisioning.
National Specialty Lending
Total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2009, were $49.0 million compared to $93.6 million in 2008. Net interest income was $64.7 million in 2009 compared to $107.7 million in 2008. The decline in net interest income is primarily due to an increase in nonaccrual loans and the wind-down of the national origination business. Provision for loan losses increased to $364.9 million in 2009 compared to $257.5 million in 2008, reflecting continued deterioration in the national construction and consumer lending portfolios.
Noninterest income was a loss of $15.7 million for 2009 compared to a loss of $14.0 million in 2008. The first half of 2009 reflected increased charges related to higher estimated repurchase activity from prior consumer loan sales. Repurchase costs were lower in 2008 but the prior year reflected a negative fair value adjustment to the residual interests retained from prior consumer loan sales. Noninterest expense rose to $72.9 million in 2009 compared to $56.0 million in 2008. Noninterest expense declines related to the wind-down of operations were more than offset by increased foreclosure losses and rising costs to manage and resolve problem assets.
Mortgage Banking
Total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2008, were $162.2 million compared to $420.1 million in 2008. Net interest income was down $46.6 million to $21.8 million consistent with the decline in the size of the mortgage warehouse. Noninterest income was $140.4 million in 2009 compared to $351.7 million in 2008 principally from decreased origination income. Provision for loan losses increased to $11.1 million in 2009 compared to $4.2 million in 2008 reflecting deterioration of permanent mortgages in the portfolio.
Origination income was $13.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease from $218.2 million. In 2009, origination income primarily includes origination activity related to the regional banking footprint and fair value adjustments on the remaining warehouse. In the first half of 2009, income from origination activity within the regional banking footprint was $14.1 million and unhedged negative fair value adjustments to the remaining mortgage warehouse were approximately $8 million.
Servicing income increased to $116.8 million in the first half of 2009 from $112.3 million despite a 55 percent decrease in the servicing portfolio. The increase is primarily related to net hedging gains experienced in 2009 as a result of wider spreads between swap and mortgage rates due to positive convexity in the first quarter 2009. The change in MSR value due to runoff declined to $37.0 million in 2009 from $74.5 million in 2008.
Noninterest expense in 2009 was $111.0 million compared to $299.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. Nearly all noninterest expense categories decreased as a result of the sale of national mortgage origination and servicing platforms in 2008. The exceptions were increased foreclosure and repurchase provision related to

79


Table of Contents

legacy origination, a rise in charges to increase the reserve related to PMI reinsurance contracts, and an increase in contract employment expenses to facilitate transition of remaining operational tasks after the sale to MetLife.
Corporate
Total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2009, were $23.3 million compared to $72.9 million in 2008, primarily a result of the Visa securities gain in the prior year. Net interest income for 2009 was $11.8 million, a $10.9 million increase over 2008. The increase in net interest income is primarily a result of a decrease in funding costs.
Noninterest income decreased to $11.5 million in 2009 compared to $72.0 million in 2008. The decline in noninterest income was primarily driven by a $65.9 million security gain related to Visa Inc.’s initial public offering in 2008. Additionally, restructuring charges reflected in noninterest income declined $12.3 million in 2009 and deferred compensation income increased $7.5 million compared to 2008. The increase in deferred compensation income is mirrored by an increase in deferred compensation expense noted below. Partially balancing this increase in noninterest income was a year over year decline of $12.6 million related to debt repurchase gains recognized in 2008 and a decrease in the earnings rate of BOLI.
Noninterest expense increased to $42.3 million in the first six months of 2009 compared to $32.3 million in the first half of 2008. Charges recorded in noninterest expense related to restructuring, repositioning, and efficiency initiatives decreased $30.0 million to $3.9 million in 2009 compared to $33.9 million in the first half of 2008. The first half of 2008 included a $30.0 million reversal of a portion of the contingent liability previously established for certain Visa legal matters while 2009 included an increase in deferred compensation expense.
CAPITAL
Management’s objectives are to provide capital sufficient to cover the risks inherent in FHN’s businesses, to maintain excess capital to well-capitalized standards, and to assure ready access to the capital markets.
Average equity increased to $3.4 billion in the second quarter 2009 from $2.8 billion in the second quarter 2008. Period-end equity was $3.4 billion on June 30, 2009, an increase of 13 percent from second quarter 2008. The increase is primarily a result of FHN’s participation in the UST’s Capital Purchase Program (CPP) that generated $866.5 billion of proceeds through the issuance of preferred stock and a common stock warrant. To a lesser extent, the common stock issuance which closed in May 2008 also contributed to the increase in average equity. Pursuant to board authority, FHN may repurchase shares from time to time and will evaluate the level of capital and take action designed to generate or use capital, as appropriate, for the interests of the shareholders, subject to legal, regulatory, and CPP constraints.

80


Table of Contents

Table 8 — Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
                                 
                    Total Number of   Maximum Number
    Total Number           Shares Purchased   of Shares that May
    of Shares   Average Price   as Part of Publicly   Yet Be Purchased
(Volume in thousands)   Purchased   Paid per Share   Announced Programs   Under the Programs
 
2009
                               
April 1 to April 30
    22       11.41       22       39,083  
May 1 to May 31
    *       10.04       *       39,083  
June 1 to June 30
        NA           39,083  
         
Total
    22     $ 11.41       22          
         
 
*   Amount is less than 500 shares
Compensation Plan Programs:
  A consolidated compensation plan share purchase program was announced on August 6, 2004. This plan consolidated into a single share purchase program all of the previously authorized compensation plan share programs as well as the renewal of the authorization to purchase shares for use in connection with two compensation plans for which the share purchase authority had expired. The total amount originally authorized under this consolidated compensation plan share purchase program is 25.1 million shares. On April 24, 2006, an increase to the authority under this purchase program of 4.5 million shares was announced for a new total authorization of 29.6 million shares. The authority has been increased to reflect the stock dividends distributed through April 1, 2009. The shares may be purchased over the option exercise period of the various compensation plans on or before December 31, 2023. Stock options granted after January 2, 2004, must be exercised no later than the tenth anniversary of the grant date. On June 30, 2009, the maximum number of shares that may be purchased under the program was 31.0 million shares.
Other Programs:
  On October 16, 2007, the board of directors approved a 7.5 million share purchase authority that will expire on December 31, 2010. The authority has been increased to reflect the stock dividends distributed through April 1, 2009. Purchases may be made in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions and are subject to market conditions, accumulation of excess equity, prudent capital management, and legal and regulatory constraints. This authority is not tied to any compensation plan, and replaces an older non-plan share purchase authority which was terminated. On June 30, 2009, the maximum number of shares that may be purchased under the program was 8.1 million shares. Until the third anniversary of the sale of the preferred shares issued in the CPP, FHN may not repurchase common or other equity shares (subject to certain limited exceptions) without the UST’s approval.
Banking regulators define minimum capital ratios for bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries. Based on the capital rules and definitions prescribed by the banking regulators, should any depository institution’s capital ratios decline below predetermined levels, it would become subject to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. The system categorizes a depository institution’s capital position into one of five categories ranging from well-capitalized to critically under-capitalized. For an institution to qualify as well-capitalized, Tier 1 Capital, Total Capital, and Leverage capital ratios must be at least 6 percent, 10 percent and 5 percent, respectively. As of June 30, 2009, and June 30, 2008, FHN and FTBNA had sufficient capital to qualify as well-capitalized institutions as shown in Note 7 — Regulatory Capital.
RISK MANAGEMENT
FHN has an enterprise-wide approach to risk governance, measurement, management, and reporting including an economic capital allocation process that is tied to risk profiles used to measure risk-adjusted returns. The Enterprise-wide Risk/Return Management Committee oversees risk management governance. Committee membership includes the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers of FHN. The Chief Risk Officer oversees reporting for the committee. Risk management objectives include evaluating risks inherent in business strategies, monitoring proper balance of risks and returns, and managing risks to minimize the probability of future negative outcomes. The Enterprise-wide Risk/Return Management Committee oversees and receives regular reports from the Credit Risk Management Committee, Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO), Capital Management Committee, Compliance Risk Committee, Operational Risk Committee, and the Executive Program Governance Forum. The Chief Credit Officer, Executive Vice President Funds Management and Corporate Treasurer (chairs both ALCO and Capital Management Committee), Senior Vice President Corporate Compliance, Chief Risk Officer,

81


Table of Contents

and Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer chair these committees respectively. Reports regarding Credit, Asset/Liability Management, Market Risk, Capital Management, Compliance, and Operational Risks are provided to the Credit Policy and Executive Committee, and/or Audit Committee of the Board and to the full Board.
Risk management practices include key elements such as independent checks and balances, formal authority limits, policies and procedures, and portfolio management all executed through experienced personnel. The Internal Audit Department, Credit Risk Assurance Group, Credit Policy and Regulations Group, and Credit Portfolio Management Group also evaluate risk management activities. These evaluations are reviewed with management and the Audit Committee, as appropriate.
The Compensation Committee, Chief Risk Officer, and Chief Credit Officer will convene periodically, as required by the U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP), to review and assess key business risks and the relation of those risks to compensation plans across the company. The TARP rules recently changed, and the first of such meetings is expected to occur in the third quarter of 2009. A somewhat similar meeting, limited to the compensation plans of certain executives, took place in January under prior rules.
MARKET UNCERTAINTIES AND PROSPECTIVE TRENDS
Given the significant current uncertainties that exist within the housing and credit markets, it is anticipated that 2009 will continue to be challenging for FHN. While the ongoing reduction of mortgage banking operations is expected to significantly decrease sensitivity to market pricing uncertainty, FHN will continue to be affected by market factors as it addresses the remaining mortgage loan warehouse and attempts to reduce the remaining servicing portfolio. Despite the significant reduction of mortgage banking operations, the current economic downturn could increase borrower defaults resulting in elevated loan loss provision, loan repurchase obligations and losses related to private mortgage insurance contracts. As difficulties in the credit markets persist, FHN will continue to adapt its liquidity management strategies. Further deterioration of general economic conditions could result in increased credit costs depending on the length and depth of this market cycle.
INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT
Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in prevailing interest rates will adversely affect assets, liabilities, capital, income, and/or expense at different times or in different amounts. ALCO, a committee consisting of senior management that meets regularly, is responsible for coordinating the financial management of interest rate risk. FHN primarily manages interest rate risk by structuring the balance sheet to attempt to maintain the desired level of associated earnings while operating within prudent risk limits and thereby preserving the value of FHN’s capital.
Net interest income and the financial condition of FHN are affected by changes in the level of market interest rates as the repricing characteristics of loans and other assets do not necessarily match those of deposits, other borrowings, and capital. When earning assets reprice more quickly than liabilities, net interest income will benefit in a rising interest rate environment and will be negatively impacted when interest rates decline. In the case of floating rate assets and liabilities with similar repricing frequencies, FHN may also be exposed to basis risk which results from changing spreads between earning and borrowing rates. Generally, when interest rates decline, Mortgage Banking faces increased prepayment risk associated with MSR.
Due to the third quarter 2008 sale of certain mortgage banking operations, Mortgage Banking revenue mix was significantly impacted. Through August 2008, Mortgage Banking revenue was primarily generated by originating, selling, and servicing residential mortgage loans and was highly sensitive to changes in interest rates due to the direct effect changes in interest rates have on loan demand. After the 2008 divestiture, Mortgage Banking income was primarily composed of servicing residential mortgage loans and fair value adjustments to the remaining warehouse. Given the repositioning of mortgage banking operations, origination activity has been significantly reduced thereby reducing interest rate risk exposure in periods after the divestiture. In general, low or declining interest rates typically lead to increased origination fees and profit from the sale of loans but potentially lower servicing-related income due to the impact of higher loan prepayments on the value of mortgage servicing assets. Conversely, high or rising interest rates typically reduce mortgage loan demand and hence income from originations and sales of loans while servicing-related income may rise due to lower prepayments. Net interest income earned on warehouse loans held for sale and on swaps and similar derivative instruments used to protect the value of MSR increases when the yield curve steepens and decreases when the yield curve flattens or inverts.

82


Table of Contents

Lastly, a steepening yield curve generally has a positive impact on the demand for fixed income securities and, therefore, Capital Markets’ revenue. Generally, the effects of a steepening yield curve on FHN’s consolidated pre-tax income are positive, especially when driven by falling short term rates, benefiting Capital Markets’ and Mortgage Banking’s results.
As a result of the MetLife transaction, mortgage banking origination activity was significantly reduced in periods after third quarter 2008 as FHN focuses on origination within its regional banking footprint. Accordingly, the following discussion of pipeline and warehouse related derivatives is primarily applicable to reporting periods occurring through the third quarter 2008. In certain cases, derivative financial instruments are used to aid in managing the exposure of the balance sheet and related net interest income and noninterest income to changes in interest rates. As discussed in Critical Accounting Policies, derivative financial instruments are used by mortgage banking for two purposes. First, forward sales contracts and futures contracts are used to protect against changes in fair value of the pipeline and mortgage warehouse, primarily used from the time an interest rate is committed to the customer until the mortgage is sold into the secondary market due to increases in interest rates. Second, interest rate contracts, forward sales contracts, and futures contracts, are utilized to protect against MSR prepayment risk that generally accompanies declining interest rates. As interest rates fall, the value of MSR should decrease and the value of the servicing hedge should increase. The converse is also true.
Derivative instruments are also used to protect against the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of a portion of Capital Markets’ securities inventory due to changes in interest rates. FHN does not use derivative instruments to protect against changes in fair value of loans or loans held for sale other than the mortgage pipeline, warehouse and certain small issuer trust preferred loans.
LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT
ALCO focuses on the funding of assets with liabilities of the appropriate duration, while mitigating the risk of not meeting unexpected cash needs. The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the continuous availability of funds to meet the demands of depositors, other creditors, and borrowers, and the requirements of ongoing operations. This objective is met by maintaining liquid assets in the form of trading securities and securities available for sale, growing core deposits, and the repayment of loans. ALCO is responsible for managing these needs by taking into account the marketability of assets; the sources, stability and availability of funding; and the level of unfunded commitments. Subject to market conditions and compliance with applicable regulatory requirements from time to time, funds are available from a number of sources, including core deposits, the securities available for sale portfolio, the Federal Reserve Banks, including access to Federal Reserve Bank programs such as the Term Auction Facility (TAF), the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), availability to the overnight and term Federal Funds markets, and dealer and commercial customer repurchase agreements.
Core deposits are a significant source of funding and have been a stable source of liquidity for banks. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures these deposits to the extent authorized by law. Generally, these limits were temporarily increased to $250 thousand per account owner through 2013. Total loans, excluding loans held for sale and real estate loans pledged against other collateralized borrowings, to core deposits ratio was 140 percent in second quarter 2009 and 167 percent in second quarter 2008. Should loan growth exceed core deposit growth, alternative sources of funding loan growth may be necessary in order to maintain an adequate liquidity position. The ratio is expected to continue to decline as the national loan portfolios decrease.
In 2005, FTBNA established a bank note program providing additional liquidity of $5.0 billion. On June 30, 2009, $1.0 billion was outstanding through the bank note program with $.1 billion scheduled to mature in the second half of 2009. During 2008 and continuing into 2009, market and other conditions have been such that FTBNA has not been able to utilize the bank note program, and instead has obtained less credit sensitive sources of funding including secured sources such as the TAF program. FTBNA expects that its inability to use the bank note program will continue for some time, and cannot predict when that inability will end.
FHN and FTBNA have the ability to generate liquidity by issuing preferred or common equity or incurring other debt subject to market conditions and compliance with applicable regulatory requirements from time to time. FHN also evaluates alternative sources of funding, including loan sales, syndications, and FHLB borrowings in its management of liquidity.

83


Table of Contents

Parent company liquidity is maintained by cash flows stemming from dividends and interest payments collected from subsidiaries along with net proceeds from stock sales through employee plans, which represent the primary sources of funds to pay cash dividends to shareholders and interest to debt holders. The amount paid to the parent company through FTBNA common dividends is managed as part of FHN’s overall cash management process, subject to applicable regulatory restrictions described in the next paragraph. As discussed above, the parent company also has the ability to enhance its liquidity position by raising equity or incurring debt subject to market conditions and compliance with applicable regulatory requirements from time to time.
Certain regulatory restrictions exist regarding the ability of FTBNA to transfer funds to FHN in the form of cash, common dividends, loans, or advances. At any given time, the pertinent portions of those regulatory restrictions allow FTBNA to declare preferred or common dividends without prior regulatory approval in an amount equal to FTBNA’s retained net income for the two most recent completed years plus the current year to date. For any period, FTBNA’s ‘retained net income’ generally is equal to FTBNA’s regulatory net income reduced by the preferred and common dividends declared by FTBNA. Excess dividends in either of the two most recent completed years may be offset with available retained net income in the two years immediately preceding it. Applying the applicable rules, FTBNA’s total amount available for dividends was negative $385 million at June 30, 2009. Earnings (or losses) and dividends declared during 2009 will change the amount available during 2009 until December 31.
FTBNA has requested approval from the OCC to declare and pay dividends on its preferred stock outstanding payable in October 2009. FTBNA has not requested approval to pay common dividends to its sole common stockholder, FHN. Although FHN has funds available for dividends even without FTBNA dividends, availability of funds is not the sole factor considered by FHN’s Board in deciding whether or not to declare a dividend of any particular size; the Board also must consider FHN’s current and prospective capital, liquidity and other needs. Under the terms of the CPP, FHN is not permitted to increase its cash common dividend rate for a period of three years from the date of issuance without permission of the Treasury. At the time of the preferred share and common stock warrant issuance, FHN did not pay a common cash dividend.
On July 21, 2009, the Board declared a dividend in shares of common stock at a rate of 1.5901% to be distributed on October 1, 2009 to shareholders of record on September 11, 2009. The Board currently intends to reinstate a cash dividend at an appropriate and prudent level once earnings and other conditions improve sufficiently, consistent with legal, regulatory, CPP, and other constraints. The Board has also approved the payment of the 5% (annualized) dividend on the CPP preferred payable on August 17, 2009.
The Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows provide information on cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2009, and 2008. In 2009, positive cash flows from investing and operating activities was exceeded by negative cash flows from financing activities, primarily as a result of deceases in long-term debt and short-term borrowing balances. The decline in long-term debt and short-term borrowings is primarily a result of the contracting balance sheet. For 2009, net cash provided by investing and operating activities were $1.0 billion, and $.4 billion, respectively, which were partially offset by $1.8 billion negative cash flows from financing activities.
Positive cash flows from investing activities was primarily affected by a $1.2 billion decrease in loans, and was partially offset by cash used through an increase in interest-bearing cash. The significant decrease in loans is attributable to the wind-down of the national construction and consumer portfolio. Cash provided by operating activities was $.4 billion and was primarily driven by an increase in provision for loan losses and decreases in capital markets receivables and derivatives. Cash used by financing activities was $1.8 billion as cash flows from short-term borrowings decreased by $1.1 billion but was primarily offset by a $.7 billion increase in deposits. Funding from long-term debt decreased by $1.5 billion as bank notes matured consistent with balance sheet contraction.
In second quarter 2008, negative cash flows from financing activities and investing activities exceed cash provided by operating activities, driven by a $1.7 billion decline in wholesale deposits. Cash flows from operating activities were $.9 billion primarily due to a decline in loans held for sale and an increase in loan loss provision.

84


Table of Contents

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements and Other Contractual Obligations
First Horizon Home Loans, the former mortgage banking division of FHN, originated conventional conforming and federally insured single-family residential mortgage loans. Likewise, FTN Financial Capital Assets Corporation purchases the same types of loans from customers. Substantially all of these mortgage loans were exchanged for securities, which are issued through investors, including government sponsored enterprises (GSE), such as Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) for federally insured loans and Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) for conventional loans, and then sold in the secondary markets. Each GSE has specific guidelines and criteria for sellers and servicers of loans backing their respective securities. Many private investors were also active in the secondary market as issuers and investors. The risk of credit loss with regard to the principal amount of the loans sold was generally transferred to investors upon sale to the secondary market. To the extent that transferred loans were subsequently determined not to meet the agreed upon qualifications or criteria, the purchaser had the right to return those loans to FHN. In addition, certain mortgage loans were sold to investors with limited or full recourse in the event of mortgage foreclosure (refer to discussion of foreclosure reserves under Critical Accounting Policies). After sale, these loans were not reflected on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition.
FHN’s use of government agencies as an efficient outlet for mortgage loan production was an essential source of liquidity for FHN and other participants in the housing industry in recent years. The use of origination and subsequent sale or securitization of these loans to government agencies has significantly declined due to FHN’s sale of national mortgage origination offices in third quarter 2008. During second quarter 2009 and second quarter 2008, approximately $22.2 million and $6.9 billion, respectively, of conventional and federally insured mortgage loans were securitized and sold by FHN through these investors.
Historically, certain of FHN’s originated loans, including non-conforming first-lien mortgages, second-lien mortgages and HELOC did not conform to the requirements for sale or securitization through government agencies. FHN pooled and securitized these non-conforming loans in proprietary transactions. After securitization and sale, these loans were not reflected on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition. These transactions, which were conducted through single-purpose business trusts, were an efficient way for FHN to monetize these assets. On June 30, 2009 and 2008, the outstanding principal amount of loans in these off-balance sheet business trusts was $20.3 billion and $23.9 billion, respectively. FHN has substantially reduced its origination of these loans in response to disruptions in the credit markets and did not execute a securitization of these loans in 2008 and through the second quarter of 2009. Given the historical significance of FHN’s origination of non-conforming loans, the use of single-purpose business trusts to securitize these loans was an important source of liquidity to FHN. See Note 13 — Loan Sales and Securitizations for additional information.
FHN has also sold HELOC and second-lien mortgages without recourse through whole loan sales. On June 30, 2009, the outstanding principal balance of these loans was $1.0 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. On June 30, 2008, the outstanding principal balance of these HELOC and second-lien mortgages was $1.1 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. FHN does not guarantee the receipt of the scheduled principal and interest payments on the underlying loans but does have an obligation to repurchase the loans for which there is a breach of warranties provided to the buyers. As of June 30, 2009, FHN has recognized a liability of $24.4 million related to these repurchase obligations.
A wholly-owned subsidiary of FHN has agreements with several providers of private mortgage insurance whereby the subsidiary has agreed to accept insurance risk for specified loss corridors for loans originated in each contract year in exchange for a portion of the private mortgage insurance premiums paid by borrowers (i.e., reinsurance arrangements). The loss corridors vary for each primary insurer for each contract year. No new reinsurance arrangements have been initiated after 2008. As of June 30, 2009, FHN has reserved $60.8 million for its estimated liability under the reinsurance arrangements. As of June 30, 2009, in accordance with the terms of the contracts with the primary insurers, FHN has placed $59.2 million of prior premium collections in trust for payment of claims arising under the reinsurance arrangements.
FHN has various other financial obligations, which may require future cash payments. Purchase obligations represent obligations under agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on FHN and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the transaction. In addition, FHN enters into commitments

85


Table of Contents

to extend credit to borrowers, including loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit. These commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, in that these commitments often expire without being drawn upon.
MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT
Capital markets buys and sells various types of securities for its customers. When these securities settle on a delayed basis, they are considered forward contracts. Securities inventory positions are generally procured for distribution to customers by the sales staff, and ALCO policies and guidelines have been established with the objective of limiting the risk in managing this inventory.
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The capital management objectives of FHN are to provide capital sufficient to cover the risks inherent in FHN’s businesses, to maintain excess capital to well-capitalized standards and to assure ready access to the capital markets. Management has a Capital Management committee, chaired by the Executive Vice President Funds Management and Corporate Treasurer, that is responsible for capital management oversight and provides a forum for addressing management issues related to capital adequacy. The committee reviews sources and uses of capital, key capital ratios, segment economic capital allocation methodologies, and other factors in monitoring and managing current capital levels, as well as potential future sources and uses of capital. The committee also recommends capital management policies, which are submitted for approval to the Enterprise-wide Risk/Return Management Committee and the Board.
OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT
Operational risk is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events. This risk is inherent in all businesses. Management, measurement, and reporting of operational risk are overseen by the Operational Risk Committee, which is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer. Key representatives from the business segments, legal, risk management, information technology risk, corporate real estate, employee services, records management, bank operations, funds management, and insurance are represented on the committee. Subcommittees manage and report on business continuity planning, information technology risk, insurance, records management, customer complaint, and reputation risks. Summary reports of the committee’s activities and decisions are provided to the Enterprise-wide Risk/Return Management Committee. Emphasis is dedicated to refinement of processes and tools to aid in measuring and managing material operational risks and providing for a culture of awareness and accountability.
COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT
Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or loss to reputation as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards, and codes of conduct applicable to banking activities. Management, measurement, and reporting of compliance risk are overseen by the Compliance Risk Committee, which is chaired by the SVP of Corporate Compliance. Key executives from the business segments, legal, risk management, and service functions are represented on the committee. Summary reports of the committee’s activities and decisions are provided to the Enterprise-wide Risk/Return Management Committee, and to the Audit Committee of the Board, as applicable. Reports include the status of regulatory activities, internal compliance program initiatives, and evaluation of emerging compliance risk areas.
CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT
Credit risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in a borrower or counterparty’s ability to meet its financial obligations under agreed upon terms. FHN is subject to credit risk in lending, trading, investing, liquidity/funding, and asset management activities. The nature and amount of credit risk depends on the types of transactions, the structure of those transactions and the parties involved. In general, credit risk is incidental to trading, liquidity/funding and asset management activities, while it is central to the profit strategy in lending. As a result, the majority of credit risk is associated with lending activities.
FHN assesses and manages credit risk through a series of policies, processes, measurement systems, and controls. The Credit Risk Management Committee (CRMC) is responsible for overseeing the management of existing and emerging credit risks in the company within the broad risk tolerances established by the Board of Directors.

86


Table of Contents

The Credit Risk Management function, led by the Chief Credit Officer, provides strategic and tactical credit leadership by maintaining policies, overseeing credit approval and servicing, and managing portfolio composition and performance.
A series of regularly scheduled portfolio review meetings are in place to provide oversight regarding the accuracy of credit risk grading and the adequacy of commercial credit servicing. A series of watch list meetings are in place to oversee the management of emerging potential problem commercial assets. The Credit Risk Management function assesses the portfolio trends and the results of these meetings and utilizes this information to inform management regarding the current state of credit quality as part of the estimation process for determining the allowance for loan losses.
All of the above activities are subject to independent review by FHN’s Credit Risk Assurance Group, which encompasses both Credit Review and Credit Quality Control functions. The EVP of Credit Risk Assurance is appointed by and reports to the Credit Policy & Executive Committee of the Board. Credit Risk Assurance is charged with providing the Board and executive management with independent, objective, and timely assessments of FHN’s portfolio quality, adequacy of credit policies, and credit risk management processes.
Management strives to identify potential problem loans and nonperforming loans early enough to correct the deficiencies and prevent further credit deterioration. It is management’s objective that both charge-offs and asset write-downs are recorded promptly, based on management’s assessments of current collateral values and the borrower’s ability to repay.
FHN has a significant concentration of loans secured by residential real estate (51 percent of total loans) primarily in three portfolios. The retail real estate residential portfolio including real estate loans pledged against other collateralized borrowings (43 percent of total loans) was primarily comprised of home equity lines and loans. While this portfolio has been stressed by the downturn in the housing market and rising unemployment, it contains loans extended to strong borrowers with high credit scores and is geographically diversified. The OTC portfolio (3 percent of total loans) has been negatively impacted by the downturn in the housing industry, certain discontinued product types, and the decreased availability of permanent mortgage financing. The Residential CRE portfolio (5 percent of total loans) has also been negatively impacted by the housing industry downturn as builder liquidity has been severely stressed.
As of June 30, 2009, FHN had trust preferred loans to banks and insurance related businesses totaling $.5 billion (2 percent of total loans) that are included within the Commercial, Financial, and Industrial portfolio. Due to higher credit losses experienced throughout the financial services industry and the limited availability of market liquidity, these loans have experienced some stress during the economic downturn.
On June 30, 2009, FHN did not have any concentrations of Commercial, Financial, and Industrial loans in any single industry of 10 percent or more of total loans.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
FHN’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition. The consolidated condensed financial statements of FHN are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and follow general practices within the industries in which it operates. The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make certain judgments and assumptions in determining accounting estimates. Accounting estimates are considered critical if (a) the estimate requires management to make assumptions about matters that were highly uncertain at the time the accounting estimate was made, and (b) different estimates reasonably could have been used in the current period, or changes in the accounting estimate are reasonably likely to occur from

87


Table of Contents

period to period, that would have a material impact on the presentation of FHN’s financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations.
It is management’s practice to discuss critical accounting policies with the Board of Directors’ Audit Committee including the development, selection and disclosure of the critical accounting estimates. Management believes the following critical accounting policies are both important to the portrayal of the company’s financial condition and results of operations and require subjective or complex judgments. These judgments about critical accounting estimates are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements.
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
Management’s policy is to maintain the ALLL at a level sufficient to absorb estimated probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. Management performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its loan portfolio to identify trends and to assess the overall collectibility of the loan portfolio. Accounting standards require that loan losses be recorded when management determines it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Management believes the accounting estimate related to the ALLL is a “critical accounting estimate” because: changes in it can materially affect the provision for loan losses and net income, it requires management to predict borrowers’ likelihood or capacity to repay, and it requires management to distinguish between losses incurred as of a balance sheet date and losses expected to be incurred in the future. Accordingly, this is a highly subjective process and requires significant judgment since it is often difficult to determine when specific loss events may actually occur. The ALLL is increased by the provision for loan losses and recoveries and is decreased by charged-off loans. Principal loan amounts are charged off against the ALLL in the period in which the loan or any portion of the loan is deemed to be uncollectible. This critical accounting estimate applies to all of FHN’s business line segments. The Credit Policy and Executive Committee of FHN’s board of directors reviews quarterly the level of the ALLL.
FHN’s methodology for estimating the ALLL is not only critical to the accounting estimate, but to the credit risk management function as well. Key components of the estimation process are as follows: (1) commercial loans determined by management to be individually impaired loans are evaluated individually and specific reserves are determined based on the difference between the outstanding loan amount and the estimated net realizable value of the collateral (if collateral dependent) or the present value of expected future cash flows; (2) individual commercial loans not considered to be individually impaired are segmented based on similar credit risk characteristics and evaluated on a pool basis; (3) reserve rates for the commercial segment are calculated based on historical net charge-offs and are subject to adjustment by management to reflect current events, trends, and conditions (including economic considerations and trends); (4) management’s estimate of probable incurred losses reflects the reserve rate applied against the balance of loans in the commercial segment of the loan portfolio; (5) retail loans are segmented based on loan type; (6) reserve amounts for each retail portfolio segment are calculated using analytical models based on net loss experience and are subject to adjustment by management to reflect current events, trends, and conditions (including economic considerations and trends); and (7) the reserve amount for each retail portfolio segment reflects management’s estimate of probable incurred losses in the retail segment of the loan portfolio.
Given the substantial instability in the current housing market and significant deterioration experienced in the commercial, OTC and home equity portfolios, FHN proactively reviews and analyzes these portfolios to more promptly identify and resolve problem loans.
For commercial loans, reserves are established using historical net loss factors by grade level, loan product, and business segment. Relationship managers risk rate each loan using grades that reflect both the probability of default and estimated loss severity in the event of default. Portfolio reviews are conducted to provide independent oversight of risk grading decisions for larger credits. Loans with emerging weaknesses receive increased oversight through our “Watch List” process. For new “Watch List” loans, senior credit management reviews risk grade appropriateness and action plans. After initial identification, relationship managers prepare regular updates for review and discussion by more senior business line and credit officers. This oversight is intended to bring consistent grading and allow timely identification of loans that need to be further downgraded or placed on nonaccrual status. When a loan becomes classified, the asset generally transfers to the specialists in our Loan Rehab and Recovery group where the accounts receive more detailed monitoring; at this time, new appraisals are

88


Table of Contents

typically ordered for real estate collateral dependent credits. Loans are placed on non-accrual if it becomes evident that full collection of principal and interest is at risk or if the loans become 90 days or more past due.
Generally, classified commercial non-accrual loans over $1 million are deemed to be impaired in accordance with SFAS No. 114 “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” and are assessed for impairment measurement. For impaired assets viewed as collateral dependent, fair value estimates are obtained from a recently received and reviewed appraisal. Appraised values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal and for our estimate of any further deterioration in values since the most recent appraisal. Upon the determination of impairment, FHN charges off the full difference between book value and our best estimate of the asset’s net realizable value . As of June 30, 2009, the total amount of SFAS No. 114 commercial loans was $547.7 million; $522.2 million of these loans are carried at NRV and do not carry reserves.
For OTC real estate construction loans, reserve levels are established based on portfolio modeling and regular portfolio reviews. OTC loans that reach 90 days past due are placed on nonaccrual. A new appraisal is ordered for loans that reach 90 days past due or are classified as substandard during the regular portfolio review. Loans are initially written down to current appraised value. Periodically, loans are assessed for further charge down.
For home equity loans and lines, reserve levels are established through the use of segmented roll-rate models. Loans are classified substandard at 90 days delinquent. Our collateral position is assessed prior to the asset becoming 180 days delinquent. If the value does not support foreclosure, balances are charged-off and other avenues of recovery are pursued. If the value supports foreclosure, the loan is charged down to net realizable value and is placed on non-accrual status. When collateral is taken to OREO, the asset is assessed for further write down relative to appraised value.
FHN believes that the critical assumptions underlying the accounting estimate made by management include: (1) the commercial loan portfolio has been properly risk graded based on information about borrowers in specific industries and specific issues with respect to single borrowers; (2) borrower specific information made available to FHN is current and accurate; (3) the loan portfolio has been segmented properly and individual loans have similar credit risk characteristics and will behave similarly; (4) known significant loss events that have occurred were considered by management at the time of assessing the adequacy of the ALLL; (5) the adjustments for economic conditions utilized in the allowance for loan losses estimate are used as a measure of actual incurred losses; (6) the period of history used for historical loss factors is indicative of the current environment; and (7) the reserve rates, as well as other adjustments estimated by management for current events, trends, and conditions, utilized in the process reflect an estimate of losses that have been incurred as of the date of the financial statements.
While management uses the best information available to establish the ALLL, future adjustments to the ALLL and methodology may be necessary if economic or other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the estimates or, if required by regulators, based upon information at the time of their examinations. Such adjustments to original estimates, as necessary, are made in the period in which these factors and other relevant considerations indicate that loss levels vary from previous estimates.
MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS AND OTHER RELATED RETAINED INTERESTS
When FHN sold mortgage loans in the secondary market to investors, it generally retained the right to service the loans sold in exchange for a servicing fee that is collected over the life of the loan as the payments are received from the borrower. An amount was capitalized as MSR on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition at current fair value. The changes in fair value of MSR are included as a component of Mortgage Banking — Noninterest Income on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income.
MSR Estimated Fair Value
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 140,” FHN elected fair value accounting for all classes of mortgage servicing rights. The fair value of MSR typically rises as market interest rates increase and declines as market interest rates decrease; however, the extent to which this occurs depends in part on (1) the magnitude of

89


Table of Contents

changes in market interest rates, and (2) the differential between the then current market interest rates for mortgage loans and the mortgage interest rates included in the mortgage-servicing portfolio.
Since sales of MSR tend to occur in private transactions and the precise terms and conditions of the sales are typically not readily available, there is a limited market to refer to in determining the fair value of MSR. As such, FHN relies primarily on a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its MSR. This model calculates estimated fair value of the MSR using predominant risk characteristics of MSR, such as interest rates, type of product (fixed vs. variable), age (new, seasoned, moderate), agency type and other factors. FHN uses assumptions in the model that it believes are comparable to those used by other participants in the mortgage banking business and reviews estimated fair values and assumptions with third-party brokers and other service providers on a quarterly basis. FHN also compares its estimates of fair value and assumptions to recent market activity and against its own experience.
Estimating the cash flow components of net servicing income from the loan and the resultant fair value of the MSR requires FHN to make several critical assumptions based upon current market and loan production data.
Prepayment Speeds: Generally, when market interest rates decline and other factors favorable to prepayments occur, there is a corresponding increase in prepayments as customers refinance existing mortgages under more favorable interest rate terms. When a mortgage loan is prepaid the anticipated cash flows associated with servicing that loan are terminated, resulting in a reduction of the fair value of the capitalized MSR. To the extent that actual borrower prepayments do not react as anticipated by the prepayment model (i.e., the historical data observed in the model does not correspond to actual market activity), it is possible that the prepayment model could fail to accurately predict mortgage prepayments and could result in significant earnings volatility. To estimate prepayment speeds, FHN utilizes a third-party prepayment model, which is based upon statistically derived data linked to certain key principal indicators involving historical borrower prepayment activity associated with mortgage loans in the secondary market, current market interest rates and other factors. For purposes of model valuation, estimates are made for each product type within the MSR portfolio on a monthly basis.
Table 9 — Mortgage Banking Prepayment Assumptions
                 
    Three Months Ended
    June 30
    2009   2008
 
Prepayment speeds
               
Actual
    24.9 %     14.4 %
Estimated*
    31.4       31.5  
 
*   Estimated prepayment speeds represent monthly average prepayment speed estimates for each of the periods presented.
Discount Rate: Represents the rate at which expected cash flows are discounted to arrive at the net present value of servicing income. Discount rates will change with market conditions (i.e., supply vs. demand) and be reflective of the yields expected to be earned by market participants investing in MSR.
Cost to Service: Expected costs to service are estimated based upon the incremental costs that a market participant would use in evaluating the potential acquisition of MSR.
Float Income: Estimated float income is driven by expected float balances (principal, interest and escrow payments that are held pending remittance to the investor or other third party) and current market interest rates, including the thirty-day London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and five-year swap interest rates, which are updated on a monthly basis for purposes of estimating the fair value of MSR.
FHN engages in a process referred to as “price discovery” on a quarterly basis to assess the reasonableness of the estimated fair value of MSR. Price discovery is conducted through a process of obtaining the following information: (a) quarterly informal (and an annual formal) valuation of the servicing portfolio by prominent independent mortgage-servicing brokers, and (b) a collection of surveys and benchmarking data made available by independent third parties that include peer participants in the mortgage banking business. Although there is no single source of market information that can be relied upon to assess the fair value of MSR, FHN reviews all information obtained

90


Table of Contents

during price discovery to determine whether the estimated fair value of MSR is reasonable when compared to market information. On June 30, 2009, and 2008, FHN determined that its MSR valuations and assumptions were reasonable based on the price discovery process.
The FHN Earnings at Risk Committee reviews the overall assessment of the estimated fair value of MSR monthly and is responsible for approving the critical assumptions used by management to determine the estimated fair value of FHN’s MSR. In addition, the MSR Committee reviews the initial capitalization rates for newly originated MSR, if any, the assessment of the fair value of MSR, and the source of significant changes to the MSR carrying value each quarter.
Hedging the Fair Value of MSR
FHN enters into financial agreements to hedge MSR in order to minimize the effects of loss in value of MSR associated with increased prepayment activity that generally results from declining interest rates. In a rising interest rate environment, the value of the MSR generally will increase while the value of the hedge instruments will decline. Specifically, FHN enters into interest rate contracts (including swaps, swaptions and mortgage forward sales contracts) to hedge against the effects of changes in fair value of its MSR. Substantially all capitalized MSR are hedged. The hedges are economic hedges only, and are terminated and reestablished as needed to respond to changes in market conditions. Changes in the value of the hedges are recognized as a component of net servicing income in mortgage banking noninterest income. Successful economic hedging will help minimize earnings volatility that may result from carrying MSR at fair value. Subsequent to the sale of certain mortgage banking operations to MetLife, FHN determines the fair value of the derivatives used to hedge MSR (and excess interests as discussed below) using quoted prices for identical instruments in valuing forwards and using inputs observed in active markets for similar instruments with typical inputs including the LIBOR curve, option volatility and option skew in valuing swaps and swaptions. Prior to the MetLife transaction, fair values of these derivatives were obtained through proprietary pricing models which were compared to market value quotes received from third party broker-dealers in the derivative markets.
In conjunction with the repositioning of its mortgage banking operations, FHN no longer retains servicing on the loans it sells. In prior periods, FHN generally experienced increased loan origination and production in periods of low interest rates which resulted in the capitalization of new MSR associated with new production. This provided for a “natural hedge” in the mortgage-banking business cycle. New production and origination did not prevent FHN from recognizing losses due to reduction in carrying value of existing servicing rights as a result of prepayments; rather, the new production volume resulted in loan origination fees and the capitalization of MSR as a component of realized gains related to the sale of such loans in the secondary market, thus the natural hedge, which tended to offset a portion of the reduction in MSR carrying value during a period of low interest rates. In a period of increased borrower prepayments, these losses could have been significantly offset by a strong replenishment rate and strong net margins on new loan originations. To the extent that First Horizon Home Loans was unable to maintain a strong replenishment rate, or in the event that the net margin on new loan originations declined from historical experience, the value of the natural hedge might have diminished, thereby significantly impacting the results of operations in a period of increased borrower prepayments.
FHN does not specifically hedge the change in fair value of MSR attributed to other risks, including unanticipated prepayments (representing the difference between actual prepayment experience and estimated prepayments derived from the model, as described above), discount rates, cost to service, and other factors. To the extent that these other factors result in changes to the fair value of MSR, FHN experiences volatility in current earnings due to the fact that these risks are not currently hedged.
Excess Interest (Interest-Only Strips) Fair Value — Residential Mortgage Loans
In certain cases, when FHN sold mortgage loans in the secondary market, it retained an interest in the mortgage loans sold primarily through excess interest. These financial assets represent rights to receive earnings from serviced assets that exceed contractually specified servicing fees and are legally separable from the base servicing rights. Consistent with MSR, the fair value of excess interest typically rises as market interest rates increase and declines as market interest rates decrease. Additionally, similar to MSR, the market for excess interest is limited, and the precise terms of transactions involving excess interest are typically not readily available. Accordingly, FHN relies primarily on a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its excess interest.

91


Table of Contents

Estimating the cash flow components and the resultant fair value of the excess interest requires FHN to make certain critical assumptions based upon current market and loan production data. The primary critical assumptions used by FHN to estimate the fair value of excess interest include prepayment speeds and discount rates, as discussed above. FHN’s excess interest is included as a component of trading securities on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Condition, with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in current earnings as a component of mortgage banking income on the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income.
Hedging the Fair Value of Excess Interest
FHN utilizes derivatives (including swaps, swaptions and mortgage forward sales contracts) that change in value inversely to the movement of interest rates to protect the value of its excess interest as an economic hedge. Realized and unrealized gains and losses associated with the change in fair value of derivatives used in the economic hedge of excess interest are included in current earnings in mortgage banking noninterest income as a component of servicing income. Excess interest is included in trading securities with changes in fair value recognized currently in earnings in mortgage banking noninterest income as a component of servicing income.
The extent to which the change in fair value of excess interest is offset by the change in fair value of the derivatives used to hedge this asset depends primarily on the hedge coverage ratio maintained by FHN. Also, as noted above, to the extent that actual borrower prepayments do not react as anticipated by the prepayment model (i.e., the historical data observed in the model does not correspond to actual market activity), it is possible that the prepayment model could fail to accurately predict mortgage prepayments, which could significantly impact FHN’s ability to effectively hedge certain components of the change in fair value of excess interest and could result in significant earnings volatility.
PIPELINE AND WAREHOUSE
As a result of the MetLife transaction, mortgage banking origination activity was significantly reduced in periods after third quarter 2008 as FHN focuses on origination within its regional banking footprint. Accordingly, the following discussion of pipeline and warehouse related derivatives is primarily applicable to reporting periods in 2008.
During the period of loan origination and prior to the sale of mortgage loans in the secondary market, FHN has exposure to mortgage loans that are in the “mortgage pipeline” and the “mortgage warehouse”. The mortgage pipeline consists of loan applications that have been received, but have not yet closed as loans. Pipeline loans are either “floating” or “locked”. A floating pipeline loan is one on which an interest rate has not been locked by the borrower. A locked pipeline loan is one on which the potential borrower has set the interest rate for the loan by entering into an interest rate lock commitment. Once a mortgage loan is closed and funded, it is included within the mortgage warehouse, or the “inventory” of mortgage loans that are awaiting sale and delivery into the secondary market.
Interest rate lock commitments are derivatives pursuant to SFAS 133 and are therefore recorded at estimates of fair value. Effective January 1, 2008, FHN applied the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, “Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings” (SAB No. 109) prospectively for derivative loan commitments issued or modified after that date. SAB No. 109 requires inclusion of expected net future cash flows related to loan servicing activities in the fair value measurement of a written loan commitment. Also on January 1, 2008, FHN adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS No. 157), which affected the valuation of interest rate lock commitments previously measured under the guidance of EITF 02-3, “Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities”.
FHN adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (SFAS No. 159) on January 1, 2008. Prior to adoption of SFAS No. 159, all warehouse loans were carried at the lower of cost or market, where carrying value was adjusted for successful hedging under SFAS No. 133 and the comparison of carrying value to market was performed for aggregate loan pools. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 159, FHN elected to prospectively account for substantially all of its mortgage loan warehouse products at fair value upon origination and correspondingly discontinued the application of SFAS No. 133 hedging relationships for these new originations.

92


Table of Contents

The fair value of interest rate lock commitments and the fair value of warehouse loans are impacted principally by changes in interest rates, but also by changes in borrower’s credit, and changes in profit margins required by investors for perceived risks (i.e., liquidity). FHN does not hedge against credit and liquidity risk in the pipeline or warehouse. Third party models are used to manage the interest rate risk.
In conjunction with the adoption of FSP FAS 157-4, FHN revised its methodology for determining the fair value of certain loans within its mortgage warehouse. FHN now determines the fair value of the applicable loans using a discounted cash flow model using observable inputs, including current mortgage rates for similar products, with adjustments for differences in loan characteristics reflected in the model’s discount rates. Upon implementation, this change in methodology had a minimal effect on the valuation of the applicable loans. For all other loans held in the warehouse (and in prior periods for the loans converted to the discounted cash flow methodology), the fair value of loans whose principal market is the securitization market is based on recent security trade prices for similar product with a similar delivery date, with necessary pricing adjustments to convert the security price to a loan price. Loans whose principal market is the whole loan market are priced based on recent observable whole loan trade prices or published third party bid prices for similar product, with necessary pricing adjustments to reflect differences in loan characteristics. Typical adjustments to security prices for whole loan prices include adding the value of MSR to the security price or to the whole loan price if the price is servicing retained, adjusting for interest in excess of (or less than) the required coupon or note rate, adjustments to reflect differences in the characteristics of the loans being valued as compared to the collateral of the security or the loan characteristics in the benchmark whole loan trade, adding interest carry, reflecting the recourse obligation that will remain after sale, and adjusting for changes in market liquidity or interest rates if the benchmark security or loan price is not current. Additionally, loans that are delinquent or otherwise significantly aged are discounted to reflect the less marketable nature of these loans.
The fair value of FHN’s warehouse (first-lien mortgage loans held for sale) changes with fluctuations in interest rates from the loan closing date through the date of sale of the loan into the secondary market. Typically, the fair value of the warehouse declines in value when interest rates increase and rises in value when interest rates decrease. To mitigate this risk, FHN entered into forward sales contracts and futures contracts to provide an economic hedge against those changes in fair value on a significant portion of the warehouse. These derivatives are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current earnings as a component of the gain or loss on the sale of loans in mortgage banking noninterest income.
Interest rate lock commitments generally have a term of up to 60 days before the closing of the loan. During this period, the value of the lock changes with changes in interest rates. The interest rate lock commitment does not bind the potential borrower to entering into the loan, nor does it guarantee that FHN will approve the potential borrower for the loan. Therefore, when determining fair value, FHN makes estimates of expected “fallout” (locked pipeline loans not expected to close), using models, which consider cumulative historical fallout rates and other factors. Fallout can occur for a variety of reasons including falling rate environments when a borrower will abandon an interest rate lock commitment at one lender and enter into a new lower interest rate lock commitment at another, when a borrower is not approved as an acceptable credit by the lender, or for a variety of other non-economic reasons. Changes in the fair value of interest rate lock commitments are recorded in current earnings as gain or loss on the sale of loans in mortgage banking noninterest income.
Because interest rate lock commitments are derivatives, they do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. However, FHN economically hedges the risk of changing interest rates by entering into forward sales and futures contracts. The extent to which FHN is able to economically hedge changes in the mortgage pipeline depended largely on the hedge coverage ratio that was maintained relative to mortgage loans in the pipeline. The hedge coverage ratio could change significantly due to changes in market interest rates and the associated forward commitment prices for sales of mortgage loans in the secondary market. Increases or decreases in the hedge coverage ratio could result in significant earnings volatility to FHN.
Due to the reduced level of origination activity after the sale of national origination offices to MetLife, interest rate commitments are immaterial as of June 30, 2009. For the period ended June 30, 2008, the valuation model utilized to estimate the fair value of loan applications locked recognizes the full fair value of the ultimate loan adjusted for

93


Table of Contents

estimated fallout and estimated cost assumptions a market participant would use to convert the lock into a loan. The fair value of interest rate lock commitments as of June 30, 2008 was $12.5 million.
FORECLOSURE AND REPURCHASE RESERVES
As discussed above, FHN originated mortgage loans with the intent to sell those loans to GSE and other private investors in the secondary market. Certain of the mortgage loans were sold with limited or full recourse in the event of foreclosure. On June 30, 2009 and 2008, the outstanding principal balance of mortgage loans sold with limited recourse arrangements where some portion of the principal is at risk and serviced by FHN was $3.3 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively. Additionally, on June 30, 2009 and 2008, $1.2 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, of mortgage loans were outstanding which were sold under limited recourse arrangements where the risk is limited to interest and servicing advances. On June 30, 2009 and 2008, $72.2 million and $92.4 million, respectively, of mortgage loans were outstanding which were serviced under full recourse arrangements.
Loans sold with limited recourse include loans sold under government guaranteed mortgage loan programs including the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and Veterans Administration (VA). FHN continues to absorb losses due to uncollected interest and foreclosure costs and/or limited risk of credit losses in the event of foreclosure of the mortgage loan sold. Generally, the amount of recourse liability in the event of foreclosure is determined based upon the respective government program and/or the sale or disposal of the foreclosed property collateralizing the mortgage loan. Another instance of limited recourse is the VA/No bid. In this case, the VA guarantee is limited and FHN may be required to fund any deficiency in excess of the VA guarantee if the loan goes to foreclosure.
Loans sold with full recourse generally include mortgage loans sold to investors in the secondary market which are uninsurable under government guaranteed mortgage loan programs, due to issues associated with underwriting activities, documentation, or other concerns.
Management closely monitors historical experience, borrower payment activity, current economic trends and other risk factors, and establishes a reserve for foreclosure losses for loans sold with limited recourse, loans serviced with full recourse, and loans sold with general representations and warranties, including early payment defaults. Management believes the foreclosure reserve is sufficient to cover incurred foreclosure losses relating to loans being serviced as well as loans sold where the servicing was not retained. The reserve for foreclosure losses is based upon a historical progression model using a rolling 12-month average, which predicts the probability or frequency of a mortgage loan entering foreclosure. In addition, other factors are considered, including qualitative and quantitative factors (e.g., current economic conditions, past collection experience, risk characteristics of the current portfolio and other factors), which are not defined by historical loss trends or severity of losses. On June 30, 2009 and 2008, the foreclosure reserve was $52.5 million and $38.5 million, respectively. Table 10 provides a summary of reserves for foreclosure losses for the periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008. The servicing portfolio has decreased from $98.4 billion on June 30, 2008, to $48.6 billion on June 30, 2009, as FHN has reduced its servicing portfolio through sales through June 30, 2009, while the foreclosure reserve has experienced increases primarily due to increases in both frequency and severity of projected losses.
Table 10 — Reserves for Foreclosure and Repurchase Losses
                                 
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30   June 30
(Dollars in thousands)   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
Beginning balance
  $ 37,836     $ 20,614     $ 36,956     $ 16,160  
Provision for foreclosure and repurchase losses
    29,098       15,927       37,984       21,756  
Transfers*
          6,509             7,361  
Charge-offs
    (15,126 )     (4,587 )     (23,280 )     (7,097 )
Recoveries
    684             832       283  
 
Ending balance
  $ 52,492     $ 38,463     $ 52,492     $ 38,463  
 
*   Primarily represents reserves established against servicing advances for which the related MSR has been legally sold. Amounts are transferred to the foreclosure reserve when the advances are delivered to the buyer but recourse to FHN remains.

94


Table of Contents

Additionally, FHN has also sold HELOC and second-lien mortgages without recourse through whole loan sales. On June 30, 2009, the outstanding principal balance of these loans was $1.0 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. On June 30, 2008, the outstanding principal balance of these HELOC and second-lien mortgages was $1.1 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. FHN does not guarantee the receipt of the scheduled principal and interest payments on the underlying loans but does have an obligation to repurchase the loans for which there is a breach of warranties provided to the buyers. As of June 30, 2009, FHN has recognized a liability of $24.4 million related to these repurchase obligations.
GOODWILL AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPAIRMENT
FHN’s policy is to assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis or between annual assessments if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Impairment is the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. Accounting standards require management to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit in making the assessment of impairment at least annually. As of October 1, 2008, FHN engaged an independent valuation firm to assist in the computation of the fair value estimates of each reporting unit as part of its annual impairment assessment. The valuation utilized three separate methodologies and applied a weighted average to each in order to determine fair value for each reporting unit. The valuation as of October 1, 2008 indicated no goodwill impairment in any of the reporting units. Based on further analysis and events subsequent to the measurement date of October 1, 2008, no additional goodwill impairment was indicated as of December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 or June 30, 2009.
Management believes the accounting estimates associated with determining fair value as part of the goodwill impairment test is a “critical accounting estimate” because estimates and assumptions are made about FHN’s future performance and cash flows, as well as other prevailing market factors (interest rates, economic trends, etc.). FHN’s policy allows management to make the determination of fair value using appropriate valuation methodologies and inputs, including utilization of market observable data and internal cash flow models. Independent third parties may be engaging to assist in the valuation process. If a charge to operations for impairment results, this amount would be reported separately as a component of noninterest expense. This critical accounting estimate applies to the Regional Banking and Capital Markets business segments. The National Specialty Lending, Mortgage Banking, and Corporate segments have no associated goodwill. Reporting units have been defined as the same level as the operating business segments.
The impairment testing process conducted by FHN begins by assigning net assets and goodwill to each reporting unit. FHN then completes “step one” of the impairment test by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit (as determined based on the discussion below) with the recorded book value (or “carrying amount”) of its net assets, with goodwill included in the computation of the carrying amount. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of that reporting unit is not considered impaired, and “step two” of the impairment test is not necessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, step two of the impairment test is performed to determine the amount of impairment. Step two of the impairment test compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the “implied fair value” of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is computed by assuming all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit would be adjusted to the current fair value, with the offset as an adjustment to goodwill. This adjusted goodwill balance is the implied fair value used in step two. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
In connection with obtaining the independent valuation, management provided certain data and information that was utilized in the estimation of fair value. This information included budgeted and forecasted earnings of FHN at the reporting unit level. Management believes that this information is a critical assumption underlying the estimate of fair value. Other assumptions critical to the process were also made, including discount rates, asset and liability growth rates, and other income and expense estimates.

95


Table of Contents

While management uses the best information available to estimate future performance for each reporting unit, future adjustments to management’s projections may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the estimates.
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
A liability is contingent if the amount or outcome is not presently known, but may become known in the future as a result of the occurrence of some uncertain future event. FHN estimates its contingent liabilities based on management’s estimates about the probability of outcomes and their ability to estimate the range of exposure. Accounting standards require that a liability be recorded if management determines that it is probable that a loss has occurred and the loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, it must be probable that the loss will be confirmed by some future event. As part of the estimation process, management is required to make assumptions about matters that are by their nature highly uncertain.
The assessment of contingent liabilities, including legal contingencies and income tax liabilities, involves the use of critical estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Management’s estimates are based on their belief that future events will validate the current assumptions regarding the ultimate outcome of these exposures. However, there can be no assurance that future events, such as court decisions or I.R.S. positions, will not differ from management’s assessments. Whenever practicable, management consults with third party experts (attorneys, accountants, claims administrators, etc.) to assist with the gathering and evaluation of information related to contingent liabilities. Based on internally and/or externally prepared evaluations, management makes a determination whether the potential exposure requires accrual in the financial statements.
ACCOUNTING CHANGES
In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 166, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” (SFAS No. 166). SFAS No. 166 provides for the removal of the qualifying special purpose entity (QSPE) concept from GAAP, resulting in the evaluation of all former QSPEs for consolidation on and after January 1, 2010 in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)” (SFAS No. 167). SFAS No. 166 modifies the criteria for achieving sale accounting for transfers of financial assets and defines the term participating interest to establish specific conditions for reporting a transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale. SFAS No. 166 also provides that a transferor should recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained (including a transferor’s beneficial interest) and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale. SFAS No. 166 requires enhanced disclosures which are generally consistent with, and supersede, the disclosures previously required by FSP FAS 140-4. SFAS No. 166 is effective prospectively for new transfers of financial assets occurring in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009, and in interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 166’s disclosure requirements should be applied to transfers that occurred both before and after its effective date, with comparative disclosures required only for periods subsequent to initial adoption for those disclosures not previously required under FSP FAS 140-4. FHN is currently assessing the effects of adopting SFAS No. 166.
In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167 which revises the criteria for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (VIE) by replacing the prior quantitative-based risks and rewards test required under FASB Interpretation No. 46-R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — revised December 2003” (FIN 46-R) with a qualitative analysis. While SFAS No. 167 retains the guidance in FIN 46-R which requires a reassessment of whether an entity is a VIE only when certain triggering events occur, it adds an additional criterion which triggers a reassessment of an entity’s status when an event occurs such that the holders of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power from voting rights or similar rights of those investments to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. Additionally, SFAS No. 167 requires continual reconsideration of conclusions regarding which interest holder is the VIE’s primary beneficiary. SFAS No. 167 requires separate presentation on the face of the balance sheet of the assets of a consolidated VIE that can only be used to settle the VIE’s obligations and the liabilities of a consolidated VIE for which creditors or beneficial interest holders have no recourse to the general credit of the primary beneficiary. SFAS No. 167 also requires enhanced disclosures which are generally consistent with, and supersede, the disclosures previously required by FSP FAS 140-4. SFAS No. 167 is effective for periods beginning after November 15, 2009, and requires

96


Table of Contents

reevaluation under its amended consolidation requirements of all QSPEs and entities currently subject to FIN 46-R as of the beginning of the first annual period that begins after November 15, 2009. If consolidation of a VIE is required upon initial adoption, the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of the VIE should be measured at their carrying amounts as if SFAS No. 167 had been applied from inception of the VIE, with any difference between the net amounts recognized and the amount of any previously recognized interests reflected as a cumulative effect adjustment to undivided profits. However, if determining the carrying amounts is not practicable, the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of the VIE may be measured at fair value. Further, if determining the carrying amounts is not practicable, and if the activities of the VIE are primarily related to securitizations or other forms of asset-backed financings and the assets of the VIE can be used only to settle obligations of the entity, then the assets and liabilities of the VIE may be measured at their unpaid principal balances. The fair value option provided under SFAS No. 159 may also be elected for financial assets and financial liabilities requiring consolidation as a result of initial adoption, provided that the election is made for all eligible financial assets and financial liabilities of the VIE. If initial application of SFAS No. 167 results in deconsolidation of a VIE, any retained interest in the VIE should be measured at its carrying value as if SFAS No. 167 had been applied from inception of the VIE. Comparative disclosures are required only for periods subsequent to initial adoption for those disclosures not previously required under FSP FAS 140-4. FHN is currently assessing the effects of adopting SFAS No. 167.
In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162” (SFAS No. 168). SFAS No. 168 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the single source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP, other than guidance issued by the SEC. Under SFAS No. 168, all guidance contained in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification carries an equal level of authority, with SFAS No. 168 superseding all then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards as of its effective date. SFAS No. 168 is effective for periods ending after September 15, 2009. The effect of adopting SFAS No. 168 will not be material to FHN.
In December 2008, FASB Staff Position No. FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets” (FSP FAS 132(R)-1), was issued. FSP FAS 132(R)-1 provides detailed disclosure requirements to enhance the disclosures about an employer’s plan assets currently required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132(R), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits” (SFAS No. 132(R)). FSP FAS 132(R)-1 is effective prospectively for annual periods ending after December 15, 2009. FHN is currently assessing the effects of adopting FSP FAS 132(R)-1.
Other Events
In third quarter 2009, FHN entered into an agreement to transfer to the original purchaser, or its designated successor servicers, servicing rights retained from certain prior second lien and HELOC loan sales. This agreement effectively caps all repurchase obligations and indemnification rights related to these loans that were previously transferred to the original purchaser.

97


Table of Contents

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
The information called for by this item is contained in (a) Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included as Item 2 of Part I of this report at pages 62-97, (b) the section entitled “Risk Management — Interest Rate Risk Management” of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition section of FHN’s 2008 Annual Report to shareholders, and (c) the “Interest Rate Risk Management” subsection of Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in FHN’s 2008 Annual Report to shareholders.
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
(a)   Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. FHN’s management, with the participation of FHN’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of FHN’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report. Based on that evaluation, the chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that FHN’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that material information relating to FHN and FHN’s consolidated subsidiaries is made known to such officers by others within these entities, particularly during the period this quarterly report was prepared, in order to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
(b)   Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There have not been any changes in FHN’s internal control over financial reporting during FHN’s last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, FHN’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 4(T). Controls and Procedures
     Not applicable

98


Table of Contents

Part II.
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1A Risk Factors
The following paragraphs supplement the “Regulatory and Legal Risks” discussion in Item 1A of our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. These supplemental paragraphs relate principally to the third paragraph of that annual report discussion.
On June 29, 2009, the U.S. Supreme Court announced a decision in a case known as Cuomo v. Clearing House Association L.L.C. In its decision the Court determined that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) does not have the exclusive ability to enforce certain state and local laws applicable to certain business activities of national banks which are not pre-empted by federal law. The Supreme Court’s decision modified the position of the OCC and lower court decisions that had affirmed the OCC’s regulations regarding its visitorial power, and limited the application of a 2007 Supreme Court decision known as Watters v. Wachovia Bank N.A. which had been viewed as indirectly supportive of the OCC’s position.
It is not possible at this time to gauge what effects the Cuomo decision will have upon us. Although our regional banking business operates primarily in the state of Tennessee, we have branches in other states, we have customers in several more, and a component of our long-term strategy is possible further expansion into states that neighbor Tennessee. In addition, our capital markets business has customers and offices in many states, and our mortgage banking and national specialty lending businesses hold assets originated across the U.S.
Cuomo holds that the National Bank Act allows states to enforce non-pre-empted laws through judicial proceedings against national banks. Most states and some communities have in place various laws pertaining to lending and other business activities conducted by banks, some of which may not be pre-empted by federal law. Dealing with potential state and local enforcement activity relating to non-pre-empted laws would, at a minimum, increase the compliance costs for national banks.
Items 1, 3, and 5
As of the end of the second quarter 2009, the answers to Items 1, 3, and 5 were either inapplicable or negative, and therefore these items are omitted.
Item 2 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
  (a)   None
 
  (b)   Not applicable
 
  (c)   The Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities Table is incorporated herein by reference to the table included in Item 2 of Part I — First Horizon National Corporation — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations at page 62.
Item 4 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Securities Holders
  (a)   The Company’s annual meeting of shareholders was held on April 21, 2009.
 
  (b)   Proxies for the annual meeting were solicited in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. There was no solicitation in opposition to management’s five nominees listed in the Proxy Statement: Mark A. Emkes; D. Bryan Jordan; R. Brad Martin; Vicki R. Palmer; and William B. Sansom. All of management’s nominees were

99


Table of Contents

      elected. Six directors continued in office: Robert B. Carter; Simon F. Cooper; James A. Haslam, III; Colin V. Reed; Michael D. Rose; and Luke Yancy III.
 
  (c)   In addition to the election of directors, the shareholders ratified the appointment of KPMG LLP as independent auditor for the year 2009 (vote item 2 in the Proxy Statement), and approved an advisory proposal regarding executive compensation (vote item 3 in the Proxy Statement). The specific shareholder vote related to the election, approval, and ratification items is summarized below:
                                         
                                    Broker
Vote Item   Nominee   For   Withheld   Abstain   Nonvote
1. Election of Directors [All elected]
  Mark A. Emkes     174,763,688       3,008,162       0       0  
  D. Bryan Jordan     175,661,744       2,110,106       0       0  
  R. Brad Martin     172,680,557       5,091,293       0       0  
 
  Vicki R. Palmer     166,948,457       10,823,393       0       0  
 
  William B. Sansom     172,791,973       4,979,877       0       0  
                                         
                                    Broker
Vote Item   Auditor   For   Against   Abstain   Nonvote
2. Ratification of Auditor [Ratified]
  KPMG LLP     167,692,611       11,434,432       663,638       0  
                                         
                                    Broker
Vote Item   Details   For   Against   Abstain   Nonvote
3. Advisory
  Advisory proposal                                
Proposal on
  to approve                                
Executive
  compensation of                                
Compensation
  certain executive                                
[Approved]
  officers as                                
 
  described in the                                
 
  Proxy Statement     170,068,920       7,399,738       2,322,023       0  
  (d)   Not applicable.
Item 6 Exhibits
(a)   Exhibits.
     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
3.1
  Restated Charter of First Horizon National Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 23, 2009.
 
   
3.2
  Bylaws of First Horizon National Corporation, as amended and restated April 20, 2009, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 23, 2009.
 
   
4
  Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures.*

100


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
10.1(d)**
  [1995] Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.1(e)**
  2000 Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.1(f)**
  [1991] Bank Advisory Director Deferral Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.1(g)**
  [1996] Bank Director and Advisory Board Member Deferral Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.1(h)**
  2002 Bank Director and Advisory Board Member Deferral Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.2(b)**
  1992 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.2(c)**
  1995 Employee Stock Option Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.2(d)**
  1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.2(e)**
  2000 Employee Stock Option Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.2(f)**
  2003 Equity Compensation Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.6(a)**
  2002 Management Incentive Plan, as restated for amendments through July 14, 2008.
 
   
13
  The “Risk Management-Interest Rate Risk Management” subsection of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section and the “Interest Rate Risk Management” subsection of Note 26 to the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements, contained, respectively, at pages 29-32 and pages 140-141 in the Corporation’s 2008 Annual Report to shareholders furnished to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 21, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference. Portions of the Annual Report not incorporated herein by reference are deemed not to be “filed” with the Commission with this report.
 
   
31(a)
  Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of CEO (pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
 
   
31(b)
  Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of CFO (pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
 
   
32(a)
  18 USC 1350 Certifications of CEO (pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
 
   
32(b)
  18 USC 1350 Certifications of CFO (pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
 
*   The Corporation agrees to furnish copies of the instruments, including indentures, defining the rights of the holders of the long-term debt of the Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
 
**   This is a management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as an exhibit.
In many agreements filed as exhibits, each party makes representations and warranties to other parties. Those representations and warranties are made only to and for the benefit of those other parties in the context of a business contract. Exceptions to such representations and warranties may be partially or fully waived by such parties, or not enforced by such parties, in their discretion. No such representation or warranty may be relied upon by any other person for any purpose.

101


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
         
  FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Registrant)
 
 
DATE: August 6, 2009  By:   /s/ William C. Losch III    
    Name:   William C. Losch III   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial Officer) 
 

102


Table of Contents

         
EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
3.1
  Restated Charter of First Horizon National Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 23, 2009.
 
   
3.2
  Bylaws of First Horizon National Corporation, as amended and restated April 20, 2009, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 23, 2009.
 
   
4
  Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures.*
 
   
10.1(d)**
  [1995] Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.1(e)**
  2000 Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.1(f)**
  [1991] Bank Advisory Director Deferral Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.1(g)**
  [1996] Bank Director and Advisory Board Member Deferral Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.1(h)**
  2002 Bank Director and Advisory Board Member Deferral Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.2(b)**
  1992 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.2(c)**
  1995 Employee Stock Option Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.2(d)**
  1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.2(e)**
  2000 Employee Stock Option Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.2(f)**
  2003 Equity Compensation Plan, as restated for amendments through December 15, 2008.
 
   
10.6(a)**
  2002 Management Incentive Plan, as restated for amendments through July 14, 2008.
 
   
13
  The “Risk Management-Interest Rate Risk Management” subsection of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section and the “Interest Rate Risk Management” subsection of Note 26 to the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements, contained, respectively, at pages 29-32 and pages 140-141 in the Corporation’s 2008 Annual Report to shareholders furnished to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 21, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference. Portions of the Annual Report not incorporated herein by reference are deemed not to be “filed” with the Commission with this report.
 
   
31(a)
  Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of CEO (pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
 
   
31(b)
  Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of CFO (pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
 
   
32(a)
  18 USC 1350 Certifications of CEO (pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
 
   
32(b)
  18 USC 1350 Certifications of CFO (pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
 
*   The Corporation agrees to furnish copies of the instruments, including indentures, defining the rights of the holders of the long-term debt of the Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

103


Table of Contents

**   This is a management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as an exhibit.
In many agreements filed as exhibits, each party makes representations and warranties to other parties. Those representations and warranties are made only to and for the benefit of those other parties in the context of a business contract. Exceptions to such representations and warranties may be partially or fully waived by such parties, or not enforced by such parties, in their discretion. No such representation or warranty may be relied upon by any other person for any purpose.

104

EXHIBIT 10.1(d)
FIRST TENNESSEE NATIONAL CORPORATION
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS’
DEFERRED COMPENSATION STOCK OPTION PLAN
(As Restated for Amendments through December 15, 2008)
 
1.   Purpose . The Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan of the First Tennessee National Corporation has been adopted to advance the interests of shareholders by encouraging non-employee members of the Board of Directors to acquire proprietary interests in the Company in the form of Stock Options granted in lieu of Retainer/Fees that otherwise would have been paid in cash for serving on the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.
2.   Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:
  (a)   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  (b)   “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $1.25 per share, of the Company.
 
  (c)   “Company” means the First Tennessee National Corporation, a corporation established under the laws of the State of Tennessee.
 
  (d)   “Deferred Compensation Stock Option” or “Stock Option” means a right granted at the election of a Non-Employee Director pursuant to Section 6.
 
  (e)   “Disability” means total and permanent disability, which if the Participant were an employee of the Company, would be treated as a total and permanent disability under the terms of the Company’s long-term disability plan for employees, as may be in effect from time to time.
 
  (f)   “Early Retirement” means retirement from Board service after the age of 55 with 120 or more full months of aggregate Board service.
 
  (g)   “Fair Market Value” means the average of the high and low sales prices at which shares of Common Stock are traded, as publicly reported by the Wall Street Journal , on the applicable date or, if there were no sales of Common Stock reported for such date, the last prior date for which a sale is reported.
 
  (h)   “Grant Date” means the applicable date, as specified in Section 7, on which a Stock Option is granted to a Non-Employee Director by reason of an election made pursuant to Section 6.
 
  (i)   “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company at the time such person elects to receive Retainer/Fees in the form of Stock Options.
 
  (j)   “Normal Retirement” means the date at which any Non-Employee Director is no longer qualified to serve on the Board based on the then-current retirement age policy contained in the Company’s by-laws or, if not in the by-laws, as adopted by the Board.
 
  (k)   “Participant” means a person who has received one or more Stock Options or the legal representative, heir or estate of such person.
 
  (l)   “Plan” means the Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan.

1


 

  (m)   “Retainer/Fees” means the retainer and meeting attendance fees payable to a Non-Employee Director for service as member of the Board and/or member of any committee of the Board.
 
  (n)   “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
3.   Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective on the date it is approved by the shareholders of the Company and shall remain in effect through the last Grant Date occurring in calendar year 1999, unless the Plan is terminated by the Board earlier than such date subject to the provisions of Section 11. If shareholder approval is not obtained by June 30, 1995, the Plan shall be nullified and all elections to receive Stock Options shall be rescinded and all Non-Employee Directors shall receive cash equal to all Retainer/Fees that had been the subject of an election hereunder. Upon termination of the Plan, the applicable terms of the Plan shall continue to apply to all Stock Options which are outstanding on the date the Plan is terminated and to any Stock Options which are granted subsequent to such date pursuant to Section 11.
4.   Plan Operation . The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of a “formula” plan” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act as currently applicable to the Plan and accordingly is intended to be self-governing. To this end the Plan is expected to require no discretionary action by any administrative body except as contemplated by Section 5(b). However, should any questions of interpretation arise, they shall be resolved by the Human Resources Committee of the Board or such other Committee as the Board may from time to time designate. The Plan shall be interpreted to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act, as then applicable to the Company’s employee benefit plans, and any action under this Plan that would be inconsistent with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable shall be null and void.
5.   Common Stock Available for Stock Options .
  (a)   A maximum of 450,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued upon the exercise of Stock Options granted under the Plan. Shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed issued until the applicable Stock Option has been exercised and, accordingly, any shares of Common Stock represented by Stock Options which expire unexercised or which are canceled shall remain available for issuance under the Plan.
 
  (b)   Any increase in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock through stock splits or stock dividends having a record date on or after July 14, 2008 shall be reflected proportionately in an increase in the aggregate number of shares then available for the grant of Stock Options under the Plan, or becoming available through the termination or forfeiture of Stock Options previously granted but unexercised and in the number subject to Stock Options then outstanding, and a proportionate reduction shall be made in the per-share exercise price as to any outstanding Stock Options or portions thereof not yet exercised. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section, the number of shares subject to each outstanding option may be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares or to the nearest fraction of a whole share specified by the Committee, all as the Committee may determine from time to time. The Committee may approve different rounding methods for different tranches of options or for options of different sizes within any single tranche. If changes in capitalization other than those considered above shall occur, the Board, as it deems appropriate to preserve Participant’s benefits and to meet the intent of the Plan, may make equitable adjustments to the number of shares available under the Plan and covered by outstanding Stock Options and to the exercise prices of outstanding Stock Options in the event of any change in capitalization or similar action affecting Common Stock. Such actions may include, but are not limited to, any combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, spin-off or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to shareholders, or any other change affecting the Common Stock. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, in the case of any stock dividend paid or payable at a rate of 10% or less:
  (i)   The Company may implement any required adjustment of an option by either of the following alternative methods applicable to that option, in lieu of the method provided above.

2


 

  (a)   The Company may defer making any formal adjustment to individual options until such time as it is deemed administratively practicable and convenient. If the Company expects a series of quarterly or other periodic stock dividends to occur, the Company may make a single adjustment that would have the same cumulative effect as having made adjustments for all such stock dividends, except that the Company may make a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares rather than having to account for rounding at the time of each such stock dividend.
  (b)   Prior to making any such formal adjustment(s) to such individual option or in lieu of making any such formal adjustment(s), the Company may make one or more informal adjustments to such individual option at the time that the holder exercises such option (in whole or in part) in accordance with its original terms as if no adjustment had been made for any such stock dividends. In that case, as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Company shall issue to the option holder for no additional consideration such whole number of additional shares to which the option holder would have been entitled if formal adjustments to the holder’s option had been made for each such stock dividend (except for a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares). In any case under this alternative: (1) the Company may impose such limitations on the issuance of such additional shares, including the forfeiture of such additional shares, if it is not administratively practicable for the Company to issue such additional shares after any exercise of a stock option within such period of time as may, in the discretion of the Company, be appropriate to best preserve the status of such options under Section 409A as Grandfathered Options or Excepted Options, as hereinafter defined; and (2) if approved by the Committee, the Company may withhold the issuance of additional shares in such amount as may be appropriate to defray applicable withholding and other taxes with respect to the additional shares or may make other arrangements to defray applicable withholding and other taxes from other sources.
  (ii)   The Committee may delegate to the executive officer of the Company in charge of human resources the task of establishing and implementing appropriate policies, procedures, and methods to implement any such alternative adjustment methods within parameters approved by the Committee.
  (iii)   Regardless of whether formal adjustments to individual options are deferred or whether only informal adjustments are made to individual options, the number of shares available for the issuance of options under the Plan shall be deemed to be increased as if formal adjustments were made at the time of each such stock dividend.
  (iv)   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither this section nor any policies or procedures adopted hereunder shall be deemed to authorize any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (a) the exercise or disposition of the options under Treasury Regulation §1.83-7 or (b) the time any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the options first become substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b). In the event of any partial exercise or disposition of an option or any partial vesting and delivery of shares under an option, the foregoing provisions in this (iv) shall be applied to the options in the same proportions.
6.   Elections to Receive Stock Options . Each Non-Employee may make a one-time irrevocable election to receive Stock Options under the Plan, provided that such election conforms to the following:

3


 

  (a)   Each Non-Employee Director serving as of January 1, 1995, must make his or her election under the Plan no later than December 31, 1996. Such election, if any, shall be applicable to Retainer/Fees otherwise payable to such Non-Employee Director for service from the first day of the month following the date of such election through December 31, 1999, subject to the requirements of Section 9.
 
  (b)   Each Non-Employee Director who is newly appointed or elected to the Board after January 1, 1995, must make his or her election, if any, under the Plan no later than 30 days following the commencement of such person’s Board service. Such election, if any, shall be applicable to Retainer/Fees earned by such Non-Employee Director from the date of such election through December 31, 1999, subject to the requirements of Section 9. The above notwithstanding, no election under the Plan shall be permitted after June 30, 1999.
 
  (c)   In making an irrevocable election to receive Retainer/Fees in the form of Stock Options, the Non-Employee Director must designate that the election is for all or a specified portion of the Retainer/Fees payable to him or her through December 31, 1999.
7.   Effective Grant Dates .
  (a)   The Grant Dates for Stock Options granted pursuant to an election covered by Section 6(a) made by a Non-Employee Director serving on the Board as of January 1, 1995 shall be June 30 and December 31 for each of the calendar years such election is in effect.
 
  (b)   The Grant Dates for Stock Options granted pursuant to an election covered by Section 6(b) made by a Non-Employee Director elected or appointed to the Board after January 1, 1995, shall be:
  (i)   For the initial Stock Option granted, the earliest calendar date specified by Section 7(a) to occur after such election, or, if then required by Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act as then applicable to the Plan, the last day of the second full calendar quarter of Board service after an election pursuant to Section 6 has been made.
  (ii)   For all Stock Options granted subsequent to the initial Stock Option, each subsequent June 30 and December 31 for each of the calendar years such election is in effect.
8.   Stock Option Grants . Stock Options granted under the Plan shall have the following terms and conditions:
  (a)   Each Stock Option shall have a per share exercise price equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.
 
  (b)   Each Stock Option shall cover the number of shares determined by the following formula:
             
 
  Amount of Retainer/Fees Earned
 
  =   Number of Common Shares
    Fair Market Value - 85% x Fair Market Value
      If the number of Common Shares resulting from this calculation is not a whole number, the amount will be rounded up to the next whole number. The “Amount of Retainer/Fees Earned” for purposes of this calculation shall be such amount as was payable to the Participant since the prior applicable Grant Date or since the first day of the month following the date of the election in the case of an election pursuant to Section 6(a), or the date of the election in the case of an election pursuant to Section 6(b).
  (c)   Each Stock Option shall expire on the twentieth anniversary of its Grant Date, subject to earlier or later expiration in accordance with Section 9.

4


 

  (d)   Each Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable upon grant, except, however, that the Board may postpone the exercise of a Stock Option during such period of time that is deemed reasonably necessary to prevent any acts or omissions that the Board reasonably believes could result in the violation of any state or federal law.
9.   Termination of Board Service .
  (a)   If a Non-Employee Director terminates Board service for any reason (or becomes an employee of the Company) prior to a Grant Date upon which he or she would otherwise receive a Stock Option under the Plan, no future Stock Options shall be granted to him or her and any Retainer/Fees that have been earned, but which were to be paid in the form of a Stock Option will be paid in cash instead.
 
  (b)   If a Participant terminates Board service with less than 120 full months of aggregate Board service or prior to Normal or Early Retirement for any reason other than death or Disability, all outstanding Stock Options held by such Participant shall expire on the first anniversary of such person’s termination of Board service.
 
  (c)   If a Participant terminates Board service due to death, Disability or because of Normal or Early Retirement, each outstanding Stock Option held by such Participant shall terminate at the earlier of the fifth anniversary of such Participant’s termination of Board service or the end of the term of the Stock Option.
 
  (d)   The above notwithstanding, any Stock Option held by a Participant at the time of the Participant’s death shall expire on the later of the date provided for by Section 9(b) or 9(c), or the first anniversary of the Participant’s death.
10.   Exercise Payment . A Stock Option, or portion thereof, may be exercised by written notice of the exercise delivered to the Human Resources Committee of the Board, or its designee, accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Such payment may be made by cash, personal check or Common Stock already owned by the Participant, valued at the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, or a combination of such payment methods. As soon as practicable after notice of exercise and receipt of full payment for shares of Common Stock being acquired (or, in the event the Participant has executed a deferral agreement pursuant to Section 12 hereof, at the time specified in such deferral agreement), the Company shall deliver a certificate to the Participant representing the Common Stock purchased through the Stock Option.
 
11.   Termination, Suspension and Amendment of the Plan . The Board may at any time terminate, suspend or amend the Plan, except that the Plan may not be amended in any manner which knowingly would: (a) cause the Plan not to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act as then applicable to the Company’s employee benefit plans; (b) cause Participants not to be deemed “disinterested persons” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act as then applicable to the Company’s employee benefits plans; or (c) adversely affect a Participant’s rights under the Plan, without the consent of the Participant. If the Plan is terminated or suspended prior to December 31, 1999, any Retainer/Fees which have been earned but not paid as of the effective date of termination of the Plan and which are the subject of an election pursuant to Section 6, will be delivered in the form of Stock Options on the appropriate Grant Date, notwithstanding that such date is subsequent to the date the Plan has otherwise been terminated or suspended.
 
12.   Reload Option Grants and Deferral of Receipt of Shares.
  (a)      Reload Grants. Automatically upon the compliance by the Participant with the following, the Participant will receive an additional option (a “Reload Option”) at the time and subject to the terms and conditions described in this Section 12(a):

5


 

  1.   The Participant must exercise a Stock Option, using the attestation method of exercise to pay all or a portion of the exercise price of the Stock Option. Under the “attestation method” the Participant or other person who holds legal title to shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Participant attests to the ownership of a sufficient amount of shares of Common Stock to pay all or a portion of the exercise price of the Stock Option without actually tendering such shares, and as a result the Company issues to the Participant (or defers delivery of) that number of shares equal to the number of shares subject to Stock Option or Reload Option being exercised net of the shares attested to.
 
  2.   The Participant must not have previously received the grant of a Reload Option in connection with the exercise of a portion of the Stock Option.
 
  3.   The Participant must be a current Director of the Corporation at the time of the exercise of the Stock Option.
 
  4.   There must be at least one year remaining in the term of the Stock Option at the time of its exercise.
 
  5.   The Reload Option will be granted on and as of the time and date of the valid exercise of the Stock Option by the Participant.
 
  6.   The exercise price per share of the Reload Option will be the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of Stock Option.
 
  7.   The number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Reload Option will be granted will be equal to the number of shares attested to by the Participant in payment in all or a portion of the exercise price of the Stock Option.
 
  8.   The Reload Option will be exercisable during a term commencing at the time of the valid exercise of the Stock Option and ending on the same date at the same time as the original term of the Stock Option ends.
 
  9.   No Reload Option will be granted upon the exercise of a Reload Option.
 
  10.   A Participant who has received more than one Stock Option and who otherwise complies with this Section 12(a) will receive a Reload Option with respect to each such Stock Option.
 
  11.   The sale or other transfer of certain of the shares received upon the exercise of a Reload Option will be restricted, as follows:
  (i)   No restriction will apply to the shares received upon the exercise of a Reload Option if the Reload Option was granted in connection with the exercise of an option in which the Participant elected to defer receipt of shares.
 
  (ii)   Subject to (v), the restriction will apply to that number of shares received upon the exercise of a Reload Option equal to the product of x times y times z divided by w, where “x” is the number of shares received upon the exercise of the Reload Option, “y” is .50, “z” is the difference between the fair market value of one share at the time of exercise minus the exercise price of one share, and “w” is the fair market value of one share at the time of exercise.
 
  (iii)   The restriction period will last until the earliest to occur of the following: five years following the exercise of the Reload Option, death, disability, Normal Retirement, Early Retirement, a change in control as defined in the Company’s

6


 

    1997 Employee Stock Option Plan or termination of service as a director for any reason.
 
  (iv)   During the restriction period the Participant cannot sell or otherwise transfer the shares, and the shares either will be legended accordingly or will be held in book-entry form by the Company’s transfer agent with appropriate limitations on transfer ability in place.
 
  (v)   In the event that the Participant determines to sell shares of Common Stock to pay the taxes associated with the exercise of a Reload Option, then 50% of the shares so sold to pay the taxes may be shares that otherwise would be restricted pursuant to the provisions hereof.
  (b)      Deferral of Receipt of Shares. A Participant who complies with the following terms and conditions is permitted to defer receipt of shares of Common Stock covered by a Stock Option or a Reload Option and thereby defer recognition of income thereon at the time of the exercise of the Stock Option or Reload Option:
  1.   The Participant must enter into an irrevocable deferral agreement, which provides for the deferral of delivery of shares of Common Stock to the Participant following the Participant’s exercise of a Stock Option or Reload Option, and at least six months must elapse before the Stock Option or Reload Option covered by the deferral agreement is exercised.
 
  2.   The Participant must use the “attestation” method of exercising the Stock Option or Reload Option or portion thereof with respect to which receipt of shares will be deferred.
 
  3.   The shares attested to in payment of the exercise price must be “mature” shares; that is, the shares must either have been purchased in the open market by the Participant or if the shares were acquired directly from the Company pursuant to an employee benefit plan, the shares must have been owned for six months prior to the exercise.
 
  4.   The Participant must be a current Director of the Company both at the time of execution of the deferral agreement and at the time of the exercise of the Stock Option or Reload Option, receipt of the shares of which will be deferred.
 
  5.   The Participant must select a deferral period, which is a period of time that ends on any future date, not in any event to exceed actual retirement (whether Normal Retirement or Early Retirement) plus five years.
 
  6.   For each Participant electing to defer, upon the exercise of the Stock Option or Reload Option, no shares will be transferred to the Participant and a deferral account will be established by the Company, consisting of a subaccount reflecting phantom stock units and a subaccount representing cash equal to the earnings credited to the account with respect to the dividend equivalents and interest thereon. The Participant’s phantom stock subaccount will be credited with phantom stock units, based on the number of shares with respect to which the Stock Option or Reload Option was exercised by the Participant, net of the number of shares attested to in payment of the exercise price, with each phantom stock unit being equivalent to one share of Common Stock. Additional phantom stock units will be credited to the Participant’s phantom stock subaccount at the time of the payment of any stock split or stock dividend that is declared with respect to the Company’s Common Stock, having a payment date that occurs after the exercise of a Stock Option or Reload Option pursuant to this Section 12(b) and before the deferral period with respect thereto has terminated corresponding to such stock split or stock

7


 

      dividend with the result that each Participant shall be issued that number of shares of Common Stock at the termination of the deferral period that the Participant would have owned had he or she exercised the relevant Stock Option or Reload Option without deferring and then maintained ownership of such shares of Common Stock through the payment date of such stock split or stock dividend.
 
  7.   Earnings will be credited to the Participant’s cash subaccount and accrued on the phantom stock units as follows: on each date on which the Company pays a dividend on its shares of Common Stock, an amount equivalent to such dividend will be credited to the Participant’s account with respect to each phantom stock unit. Then, as of January 1st of each year, an additional amount will be credited to the Participant’s account to reflect earnings on the dividend equivalents from the time they were credited to the account for the prior plan year. The rate of earnings will be the rate disclosed under the caption “Annualized Ten Year Treasury Rate” in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release in January of the year following the year with respect to which earnings are to be credited, and the amount will be computed by multiplying the dividend equivalent by the rate by a factor representing the fraction of the year (100% for a January 1st dividend equivalent, 75% for an April 1st dividend equivalent, 50% for a July 1st dividend equivalent, and 25% for a October 1 dividend equivalent) remaining after the dividend equivalent was credited to the Participant’s account. The rate applicable to the portion of the year in which a distribution from the deferral account is made to the Participant will be the rate employed for the previous year. Interest will compound as follows: for any cash credited to the account that existed on the first day of the prior plan year (excluding any dividend equivalent that is credited to the account on such day), earnings will be credited in an amount equal to the amount of such cash multiplied by the applicable ten year treasury rate factor.
 
  8.   Payment from the Participant’s deferral account will be made in a single lump sum, computed as follows: with respect to the Participant’s phantom stock subaccount, one share of Common Stock will be paid to the Participant for each phantom stock unit credited to such subaccount, and with respect to the Participant’s cash subaccount, cash in the amount credited to such subaccount will be paid to the Participant.
 
  9.   Payment from the Participant’s deferral account will be made to the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s death, his or her beneficiary identified in the deferral agreement) on the earliest of the date selected by the Participant, a change in control as defined in the Company’s 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, death, disability, or termination of service as a director for any reason other than Normal Retirement or Early Retirement.
 
  10.   If the Participant does not exercise the option with respect to which a deferral has been elected in accordance with the terms of the deferral agreement, the option will be forfeited by the Participant and canceled by the Company.
  (c)      General. The term “Stock Option” as used in Sections 2(k), 3 (the last sentence), 5, 8(d), 9(b), 9(d), 10 and 12 shall be deemed to include a “Reload Option” for all purposes of such Sections.
13.   General Provisions .
  (a)   Stock Options shall not be transferable or assignable other than by (a) will or the laws of descent and distribution, or (b) to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act as then applicable to the Company’s employee benefits plans, by gift or other transfer to either (i) any trust or estate in which the original award recipient or such person’s spouse or other immediate relative has a substantial beneficial interest or (ii) a spouse or other immediate relative, provided that such a

8


 

      transfer will continue to require such Stock Options to be disclosed pursuant to Item 403 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
 
  (b)   Stock Options shall be evidenced by written agreements or such other appropriate documentation prescribed by the Human Resources Committee of the Board or its designee.
 
  (c)   Neither the Plan nor the granting of Stock Options nor any other action taken pursuant to the Plan, shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company shall retain the services of a Participant for any period of time or at any particular rate of compensation as a member of the Board. Nothing in the Plan shall in any way limit or affect the right of the Board or the shareholders of the Company to remove any Participant from the Board or otherwise terminate his or her service as a member of the Board.
 
  (d)   The validity, construction and effect of the plan and any such actions taken under or relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee and applicable federal law.

9

EXHIBIT 10.1(e)
FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
2000 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS’
DEFERRED COMPENSATION STOCK OPTION PLAN
(As Restated for Amendments through December 15, 2008)
 
1.   Purpose . The 2000 Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan of the First Horizon National Corporation has been adopted to advance the interests of shareholders by encouraging non-employee members of the Board of Directors to acquire proprietary interests in the Company in the form of Stock Options granted in lieu of Retainer/Fees that otherwise would have been paid in cash for serving on the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.
2.   Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:
  (a)   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  (b)   “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.625 per share (appropriately adjusted for subsequent stock splits), of the Company.
 
  (c)   “Company” means the First Horizon National Corporation, a corporation established under the laws of the State of Tennessee.
 
  (d)   “Deferred Compensation Stock Option” or “Stock Option” means a right granted at the election of a Non-Employee Director pursuant to Section 6.
 
  (e)   “Disability” means total and permanent disability, which if the Participant were an employee of the Company, would be treated as a total and permanent disability under the terms of the Company’s long-term disability plan for employees, as may be in effect from time to time.
 
  (f)   “Early Retirement” means retirement from Board service after the age of 55 with 120 or more full months of aggregate Board service.
 
  (g)   “Fair Market Value” means the average of the high and low sales prices at which shares of Common Stock are traded, as publicly reported by the Wall Street Journal , on the applicable date or, if there were no sales of Common Stock reported for such date, the last prior date for which a sale is reported.
 
  (h)   “Grant Date” means the applicable date, as specified in Section 7, on which a Stock Option is granted to a Non-Employee Director by reason of an election made pursuant to Section 6.
 
  (i)   “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company at the time such person elects to receive Retainer/Fees in the form of Stock Options.
 
  (j)   “Normal Retirement” means the date at which any Non-Employee Director is no longer qualified to serve on the Board based on the then-current retirement age policy contained in the Company’s by-laws or, if not in the by-laws, as adopted by the Board.
 
  (k)   “Participant” means a person who has received one or more Stock Options or the legal representative, heir or estate of such person.
 
  (l)   “Plan” means the 2000 Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan.

1


 

  (m)   “Retainer/Fees” means the retainer and meeting attendance fees payable to a Non-Employee Director for service as member of the Board and/or member of any committee of the Board.
 
  (n)   “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
3.   Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective on the date it is approved by the shareholders of the Company and shall remain in effect through the last Grant Date occurring with respect to calendar year 2004, unless the Plan is terminated by the Board earlier than such date subject to the provisions of Section 11. If shareholder approval is not obtained by June 30, 2000, the Plan shall be nullified and all elections to receive Stock Options shall be rescinded and all Non-Employee Directors shall receive cash equal to all Retainer/Fees that had been the subject of an election hereunder. Upon termination of the Plan, the applicable terms of the Plan shall continue to apply to all Stock Options which are outstanding on the date the Plan is terminated and to any Stock Options which are granted subsequent to such date pursuant to Section 11.
 
4.   Plan Operation . The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of a “formula plan” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act as currently applicable to the Plan and accordingly is intended to be self-governing. To this end the Plan is expected to require no discretionary action by any administrative body except as contemplated by Section 5(b). However, should any questions of interpretation arise, they shall be resolved by the Human Resources Committee of the Board or such other Committee as the Board may from time to time designate. The Plan shall be interpreted to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act, as then applicable to the Company’s employee benefit plans, and any action under this Plan that would be inconsistent with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable shall be null and void.
 
5.   Common Stock Available for Stock Options .
  (a)   A maximum of 400,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued upon the exercise of Stock Options granted under the Plan. Shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed issued until the applicable Stock Option has been exercised and, accordingly, any shares of Common Stock represented by Stock Options which expire unexercised or which are canceled shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. For purposes of computing the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Plan, if shares are tendered in payment of all or portion of the exercise price, then the number of shares issued in connection with such exercise is the number of shares subject to option that was exercised, net of the number tendered in payment.
 
  (b)   Any increase in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock occurring through stock splits or stock dividends after the adoption of the Plan shall be reflected proportionately in an increase in the aggregate number of shares then available for the grant of Stock Options under the Plan, or becoming available through the termination or forfeiture of Stock Options previously granted but unexercised and in the number subject to Stock Options then outstanding, and a proportionate reduction shall be made in the per-share exercise price as to any outstanding Stock Options or portions thereof not yet exercised. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section, the number of shares subject to each outstanding option may be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares or to the nearest fraction of a whole share specified by the Committee, all as the Committee may determine from time to time. The Committee may approve different rounding methods for different tranches of options or for options of different sizes within any single tranche. If changes in capitalization other than those considered above shall occur, the Board, as it deems appropriate to preserve Participant’s benefits and to meet the intent of the Plan, may make equitable adjustments to the number of shares available under the Plan and covered by outstanding Stock Options and to the exercise prices of outstanding Stock Options in the event of any change in capitalization or similar action affecting Common Stock. Such actions may include, but are not limited to, any combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, spin-off or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to shareholders, or any other change affecting the Common Stock. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, in the case of any stock dividend paid or payable at a rate of 10% or less:

2


 

  (i)   The Company may implement any required adjustment of an option by either of the following alternative methods applicable to that option, in lieu of the method provided above.
  (a)   The Company may defer making any formal adjustment to individual options until such time as it is deemed administratively practicable and convenient. If the Company expects a series of quarterly or other periodic stock dividends to occur, the Company may make a single adjustment that would have the same cumulative effect as having made adjustments for all such stock dividends, except that the Company may make a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares rather than having to account for rounding at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (b)   Prior to making any such formal adjustment(s) to such individual option or in lieu of making any such formal adjustment(s), the Company may make one or more informal adjustments to such individual option at the time that the holder exercises such option (in whole or in part) in accordance with its original terms as if no adjustment had been made for any such stock dividends. In that case, as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Company shall issue to the option holder for no additional consideration such whole number of additional shares to which the option holder would have been entitled if formal adjustments to the holder’s option had been made for each such stock dividend (except for a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares). In any case under this alternative: (1) the Company may impose such limitations on the issuance of such additional shares, including the forfeiture of such additional shares, if it is not administratively practicable for the Company to issue such additional shares after any exercise of a stock option within such period of time as may, in the discretion of the Company, be appropriate to best preserve the status of such options under Section 409A as Grandfathered Options or Excepted Options, as hereinafter defined; and (2) if approved by the Committee, the Company may withhold the issuance of additional shares in such amount as may be appropriate to defray applicable withholding and other taxes with respect to the additional shares or may make other arrangements to defray applicable withholding and other taxes from other sources.
  (ii)   The Committee may delegate to the executive officer of the Company in charge of human resources the task of establishing and implementing appropriate policies, procedures, and methods to implement any such alternative adjustment methods within parameters approved by the Committee.
 
  (iii)   Regardless of whether formal adjustments to individual options are deferred or whether only informal adjustments are made to individual options, the number of shares available for the issuance of options under the Plan shall be deemed to be increased as if formal adjustments were made at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither this section nor any policies or procedures adopted hereunder shall be deemed to authorize any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (a) the exercise or disposition of the options under Treasury Regulation §1.83-7 or (b) the time any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the options first become substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b). In the event of any partial exercise or disposition of an option or any partial vesting and delivery of shares under an option, the foregoing provisions in this (iv) shall be applied to the options in the same proportions.

3


 

  (v)   For purposes of this section, the term “Grandfathered Options” shall mean options that were both issued and exercisable prior to January 1, 2005 and thus grandfathered from being subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and the term “Excepted Options” shall mean stock options with an exercise price which may never be less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and thus qualify for the exception in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). It is not intended that any adjustment will constitute either a material modification of a Grandfathered Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-6(a)(4) or a modification of an Excepted Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). This section shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention, and all policies and procedures adopted hereunder shall be in accordance with such intention.
6.   Elections to Receive Stock Options . Each Non-Employee may make a one-time irrevocable election to receive Stock Options under the Plan, provided that such election conforms to the following:
  (a)   Each Non-Employee Director serving as of October 20, 1999, must make his or her election under the Plan no later than December 31, 1999. Such election, if any, shall be applicable to Retainer/Fees otherwise payable to such Non-Employee Director for service from January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2004, subject to the requirements of Section 9.
 
  (b)   Each Non-Employee Director who is newly appointed or elected to the Board after October 20, 1999, must make his or her election, if any, under the Plan no later than 30 days following the commencement of such person’s Board service. Such election, if any, shall be applicable to Retainer/Fees earned by such Non-Employee Director from the date of such election (but not before January 1, 2000) through December 31, 2004, subject to the requirements of Section 9. The above notwithstanding, no election under the Plan shall be permitted after June 30, 2004.
 
  (c)   In making an irrevocable election to receive Retainer/Fees in the form of Stock Options, the Non-Employee Director must designate that the election is for all or a specified portion of the Retainer/Fees payable to him or her through December 31, 2004.
7.   Effective Grant Dates .
  (a)   The Grant Dates for Stock Options granted pursuant to an election covered by Section 6(a) made by a Non-Employee Director serving on the Board as of October 20, 1999 for each of the calendar years such election is in effect shall be the first business day of July of such calendar year and the first business day of January of the following calendar year.
 
  (b)   The Grant Dates for Stock Options granted pursuant to an election covered by Section 6(b) made by a Non-Employee Director elected or appointed to the Board after October 20, 1999, shall be:
  (i)   For the initial Stock Option granted, the earliest calendar date specified by Section 7(a) to occur after such election, or, if then required by Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act as then applicable to the Plan, the first business day following the last day of the second full calendar quarter of Board service after an election pursuant to Section 6 has been made.
 
  (ii)   For all Stock Options granted subsequent to the initial Stock Option, for each of the calendar years such election is in effect the first business day of each subsequent July of such calendar year and each subsequent January of the following calendar year.
8.   Stock Option Grants . Stock Options granted under the Plan shall have the following terms and conditions:
  (a)   Each Stock Option shall have a per share exercise price equal to 50% of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

4


 

  (b)   Each Stock Option shall cover the number of shares represented by “A” in the following formula:
 
                                    A = B/C, where
 
      B = Amount of Retainer/Fees Earned

C = 50% of Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the Grant Date.
 
      If the number of Common Shares resulting from this calculation is not a whole number, the amount will be rounded up to the next whole number. The “Amount of Retainer/Fees Earned” for purposes of this calculation shall be such amount as was payable to the Participant since the prior applicable Grant Date or since January 1, 2000 in the case of an election pursuant to Section 6(a), or the date of the election (but not before January 1, 2000) in the case of an election pursuant to Section 6(b).
 
  (c)   Each Stock Option shall expire on the tenth anniversary of its Grant Date, subject to earlier or later expiration in accordance with Section 9.
 
  (d)   Each Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable upon grant, except, however, that the Board may postpone the exercise of a Stock Option during such period of time that is deemed reasonably necessary to prevent any acts or omissions that the Board reasonably believes could result in the violation of any state or federal law.
9.   Termination of Board Service .
  (a)   If a Non-Employee Director terminates Board service for any reason (or becomes an employee of the Company) prior to a Grant Date upon which he or she would otherwise receive a Stock Option under the Plan, no future Stock Options shall be granted to him or her and any Retainer/Fees that have been earned, but which were to be paid in the form of a Stock Option will be paid in cash instead.
 
  (b)   If a Participant terminates Board service with less than 120 full months of aggregate Board service or prior to Normal or Early Retirement for any reason other than death or Disability, all outstanding Stock Options held by such Participant shall expire on the first anniversary of such person’s termination of Board service.
 
  (c)   If a Participant terminates Board service due to death, Disability or because of Normal or Early Retirement, each outstanding Stock Option held by such Participant shall terminate at the earlier of the fifth anniversary of such Participant’s termination of Board service or the end of the term of the Stock Option.
 
  (d)   The above notwithstanding, any Stock Option held by a Participant at the time of the Participant’s death shall expire on the later of the date provided for by Section 9(b) or 9(c), or the first anniversary of the Participant’s death.
10.   Exercise Payment . A Stock Option, or portion thereof, may be exercised by written notice of the exercise delivered to the Human Resources Committee of the Board, or its designee, accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Such payment may be made by cash, personal check or Common Stock already owned by the Participant, valued at the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, or a combination of such payment methods. As soon as practicable after notice of exercise and receipt of full payment for shares of Common Stock being acquired, the Company shall deliver a certificate to the Participant representing the Common Stock purchased through the Stock Option.
11.   Termination, Suspension and Amendment of the Plan . The Board may at any time terminate, suspend or amend the Plan, except that the Plan may not be amended in any manner which knowingly would: (a)

5


 

    cause the Plan not to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act as then applicable to the Company’s employee benefit plans; (b) cause Participants not to be deemed “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act as then applicable to the Company’s employee benefits plans; or (c) adversely affect a Participant’s rights under the Plan, without the consent of the Participant. If the Plan is terminated or suspended prior to December 31, 2004, any Retainer/Fees which have been earned but not paid as of the effective date of termination of the Plan and which are the subject of an election pursuant to Section 6, will be delivered in the form of Stock Options on the appropriate Grant Date, notwithstanding that such date is subsequent to the date the Plan has otherwise been terminated or suspended.
12.   Reload Option Grants.
 
  (a)      Reload Grants. Automatically upon the compliance by the Participant with the following, the Participant will receive an additional option (a “Reload Option”) at the time and subject to the terms and conditions described in this Section 12(a):
  1.   The Participant must exercise a Stock Option, using the attestation method of exercise to pay all or a portion of the exercise price of the Stock Option. Under the “attestation method” the Participant or other person who holds legal title to shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Participant attests to the ownership of a sufficient amount of shares of Common Stock to pay all or a portion of the exercise price of the Stock Option without actually tendering such shares, and as a result the Company issues to the Participant (or defers delivery of) that number of shares equal to the number of shares subject to Stock Option or Reload Option being exercised net of the shares attested to.
 
  2.   The Participant must not have previously received the grant of a Reload Option in connection with the exercise of a portion of the Stock Option.
 
  3.   The Participant must be a current Director of the Corporation at the time of the exercise of the Stock Option.
 
  4.   There must be at least one year remaining in the term of the Stock Option at the time of its exercise.
 
  5.   The Reload Option will be granted on and as of the time and date of the valid exercise of the Stock Option by the Participant.
 
  6.   The exercise price per share of the Reload Option will be the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of Stock Option.
 
  7.   The number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Reload Option will be granted will be equal to the number of shares attested to by the Participant in payment in all or a portion of the exercise price of the Stock Option.
 
  8.   The Reload Option will be exercisable during a term commencing at the time of the valid exercise of the Stock Option and ending on the same date at the same time as the original term of the Stock Option ends.
 
  9.   No Reload Option will be granted upon the exercise of a Reload Option.
 
  10.   A Participant who has received more than one Stock Option and who otherwise complies with this Section 12(a) will receive a Reload Option with respect to each such Stock Option.
 
  11.   The sale or other transfer of certain of the shares received upon the exercise of a Reload Option will be restricted, as follows:

6


 

  (i)   No restriction will apply to the shares received upon the exercise of a Reload Option if the Reload Option was granted in connection with the exercise of an option in which the Participant elected to defer receipt of shares.
 
  (ii)   Subject to (v), the restriction will apply to that number of shares received upon the exercise of a Reload Option equal to the product of x times y times z divided by w, where “x” is the number of shares received upon the exercise of the Reload Option, “y” is .50, “z” is the difference between the fair market value of one share at the time of exercise minus the exercise price of one share, and “w” is the fair market value of one share at the time of exercise.
 
  (iii)   The restriction period will last until the earliest to occur of the following: five years following the exercise of the Reload Option, death, disability, Normal Retirement, Early Retirement, a change in control as defined in the Company’s 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan or termination of service as a director for any reason.
 
  (iv)   During the restriction period the Participant cannot sell or otherwise transfer the shares, and the shares either will be legended accordingly or will be held in book-entry form by the Company’s transfer agent with appropriate limitations on transfer ability in place.
 
  (v)   In the event that the Participant determines to sell shares of Common Stock to pay the taxes associated with the exercise of a Reload Option, then 50% of the shares so sold to pay the taxes may be shares that otherwise would be restricted pursuant to the provisions hereof.
  (b)      General. The term “Stock Option” as used in Sections 2(k), 3 (the last sentence), 5, 8(d), 9(b), 9(d), 10 and 12 shall be deemed to include a “Reload Option” for all purposes of such Sections.
13.   General Provisions .
  (a)   Stock Options shall not be transferable or assignable other than by (a) will or the laws of descent and distribution, or (b) to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act as then applicable to the Company’s employee benefits plans, by gift or other transfer to any “family member” of a Non-Employee Director as the term “family member” is defined in the instructions to
Form S-8 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
  (b)   Stock Options shall be evidenced by written agreements or such other appropriate documentation prescribed by the Human Resources Committee of the Board or its designee.
 
  (c)   Neither the Plan nor the granting of Stock Options nor any other action taken pursuant to the Plan, shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company shall retain the services of a Participant for any period of time or at any particular rate of compensation as a member of the Board. Nothing in the Plan shall in any way limit or affect the right of the Board or the shareholders of the Company to remove any Participant from the Board or otherwise terminate his or her service as a member of the Board.
 
  (d)   The validity, construction and effect of the plan and any such actions taken under or relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee and applicable federal law.

7

EXHIBIT 10.1(f)
FIRST TENNESSEE NATIONAL CORPORATION
BANK ADVISORY DIRECTOR DEFERRAL PLAN
(Adopted October 18, 1991; As Restated for Amendments through December 15, 2008)
 
     1.  Purpose . The First Tennessee National Corporation Bank Advisory Director Deferral Plan (“Plan”) is designed to attract and retain advisory directors of First Tennessee Bank National Association (“Bank”) of outstanding ability by providing an attractive method to defer compensation by allow participants to elect to receive stock options on shares of the common stock of Bank’s parent, First Tennessee National Corporation (“Company”), in lieu of fees.
     2.  Effective Date and Duration of Plan . The Plan shall become effective when approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board of Directors”). No options may be granted under the Plan after January 1, 1997. The term of options granted on or before such date may, however, extend beyond that date.
     3.  Shares Subject to Plan . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9 herein, the shares issuable under the Plan upon the exercise of stock options shall not exceed in the aggregate 80,000 shares of the common stock, par value $2.50, of the Company. Such shares may be provided from shares purchased in the open market or privately or by the issuance of previously authorized but unissued shares. If any options previously granted under the Plan for any reason lapse or are forfeited, the shares subject to such option shall be restored to the total number available for grant.
     4.  Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the “Committee”) whose members shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors. In addition, all members shall be directors of the Company and (to the extent necessary for any plan of the Company to comply with SEC Rule 16b-3 or any director to qualify as a disinterested person) shall meet the definitional requirements for “disinterested person” (with any exceptions therein permitted) contained in the then current SEC Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee is granted the authority to interpret the Plan, adopt such rules of procedure as it may deem proper, and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan; provided, however, the Committee shall have no discretion to make awards under the Plan. The Plan provides for the automatic, non-discretionary, grant of stock options to eligible Bank Advisory Directors (hereinafter defined) who elect to participate in the Plan.
     5.  Participation in Plan . All advisory directors of Bank who are members of Regional or Community Bank Advisory Boards who are not salaried employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and who are not directors of Company or Bank (“Bank Advisory Directors”) are eligible to participate in the Plan. Participation shall commence on the first day of the month (but not before January 1, 1992) following receipt by the Committee or its designee of an irrevocable election to receive stock options in lieu of all attendance fees to be earned on and after such day and prior to January 1, 1997.
     6.  Non-statutory Stock Options . All options granted under the Plan shall be non-statutory stock options not intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     7.  Terms, Conditions, and Form of Options . Each option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which agreements shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
          (a) Option Grant Dates . Options shall be granted automatically on the first business day of each January and July subsequent to the first day of participation to each eligible Bank Advisory Director who is participating in the Plan.

1


 

          (b) Option Formula . The number of shares subject to option granted to an eligible Bank Advisory Director shall be equal to the nearest whole number of shares computed in accordance with the following formula:
     Number of shares = A/B, where
A   =   Attendance fees earned during the two consecutive quarters preceding the option grant date. (For the initial grant, only attendance fees earned on or subsequent to the first day of participation shall be included in the computation.)
B   =   One half of the fair market value of one share of Company common stock on the option grant date.
          (c) Option Price . The option price per share to be paid by the Bank Advisory Director to the Company upon the exercise of the option shall be 50 percent of the fair market value of a share on the option grant date. “Fair Market Value” for purposes of the Plan shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices at which shares of Company common stock were sold on the valuation day as quoted by NASDAQ or, if there were no sales on that date, then on the last day prior to the valuation day during which there were sales. In the event that this method of valuation is practicable, then the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish the method by which fair market value shall be determined.
          (d) Non-transferability . Each option granted under the Plan shall be non-transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, subject to Section 7(k) hereof, and each option may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee only by him or by his guardian or legal representative.
          (e) Option Grant . Each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable only during a term commencing on the option grant date and ending (unless the option shall have terminated earlier under other provision of the Plan) on the month and day in the 20th year following the year of grant corresponding to the day before the month and day on which the option was granted.
          (f) Exercise of Options. Options shall be exercise by delivering the Committee or is designee: (1) A notice, in the form prescribed by the Committee, specifying the number of shares to be purchased; (2) A check or money order payable to the Company for the full option price. Upon receipt of such notice of exercise of a stock option and upon payment of the option price, the Company shall promptly deliver to the grantee a certificate or certificates for the shares purchased, without charge to him or her for issue or transfer tax.
          (g) Postponements . The Committee may postpone any exercise of an option for such period of time as the Committee, in its discretion, reasonably believes necessary to prevent any acts or omissions that the Committee reasonably believes will be or will result in the violation of any state or federal law; and the Company shall not be obligated by virtue of any option agreement or any provision of the Plan to recognize the exercise of an option or to sell or issue shares during the period of such postponement. Any such postponement shall automatically extend the time within which the option may be exercised, as follows: The exercise period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the number of days of the postponement, but in no event shall the exercise period be extended beyond the last day of the postponement for more days than there were remaining in the option exercise period on the first day of the postponement. Neither the Company, nor its Bank advisory directors or officers, shall have any obligations or liability to the grantee of an option or to a successor with respect to any shares as to which the option shall lapse because of such postponement.
          (h) Certificates . The stock certificate or certificates to be delivered under this Plan shall be issued in the name of the grantee unless the grantee requests that the certificate(s) be issued in his name and the name of another person as joint tenants with right of survivorship.
          (j) Taxes . The Company may defer making payment or delivery of any benefits under the Plan if any withholding tax is payable until the grantee tenders the amount of the withholding tax due.

2


 

          (j) Exercise of Option on Termination as a Bank Advisory Director . If the grantee of an option shall cease, for a reason other than his death, disability or retirement (defined for purposes hereof as any termination, not caused by death or disability, after 10 years of service as a Bank Advisory Director), to be a Bank Advisory Director, the option shall terminate one year after termination as a Bank Advisory Director, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. If a person to whom an option has been granted shall retire or become disabled, the option shall terminate three years after the date of retirement or disability, unless it terminates earlier under the Plan. Such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 7 hereof.
          (k) Exercise of Option After Death of Bank Advisory Director . If the grantee of an option shall die while serving as a Bank Advisory Director or within three months after termination as a Bank Advisory Director, and if the option was in effect at the time of his death (whether or not its term had then commenced), the option may, until the expiration of three years from the date of death of the grantee or until the earlier expiration of the term of the option, be exercised by the successor of the deceased grantee. Such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 7 hereof. “Successor” means the legal representative of the estate of a deceased grantee or the person or persons who shall acquire the right to exercise an option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the grantee.
     8.  Limitation of Rights . No person shall have any rights as a shareholder by virtue of a stock option granted to him except with respect to shares actually issued to him, and issuance of shares shall confer no retroactive right to dividends. Neither the Plan nor the grant of an option nor any other action taken pursuant to the Plan shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the bank will retain a Bank Advisory Director for any period of time or for any particular compensation.
     9.  Adjustment for Changes in Capitalization . Any increase in the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company occurring through stock splits or stock dividends after the adoption of the Plan shall be reflected proportionately (1) in an increase in the aggregate number of shares then available for the grant of options under the Plan, or becoming available through the termination or forfeiture of options previously granted but unexercised, (2) in the number available for grant to any one person, and (3) in the number subject to options then outstanding, and a proportionate reduction shall be made in the per-share option price as to any outstanding options or portions thereof not yet exercised. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section, the number of shares subject to each outstanding option may be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares or to the nearest fraction of a whole share specified by the Committee, all as the Committee may determine from time to time. The Committee may approve different rounding methods for different tranches of options or for options of different sizes within any single tranche. If changes in capitalization other than those considered above shall occur, the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the number and class of shares for which options may thereafter be granted, in the number and class of shares remaining subject to options previously granted, and in the per-share option price as the Board in its discretion may consider appropriate, and all such adjustments shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, in the case of any stock dividend paid or payable at a rate of 10% or less:
  (i)   The Company may implement any required adjustment of an option by either of the following alternative methods applicable to that option, in lieu of the method provided above.
  (a)   The Company may defer making any formal adjustment to individual options until such time as it is deemed administratively practicable and convenient. If the Company expects a series of quarterly or other periodic stock dividends to occur, the Company may make a single adjustment that would have the same cumulative effect as having made adjustments for all such stock dividends, except that the Company may make a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares rather than having to account for rounding at the time of each such stock dividend.

3


 

  (b)   Prior to making any such formal adjustment(s) to such individual option or in lieu of making any such formal adjustment(s), the Company may make one or more informal adjustments to such individual option at the time that the holder exercises such option (in whole or in part) in accordance with its original terms as if no adjustment had been made for any such stock dividends. In that case, as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Company shall issue to the option holder for no additional consideration such whole number of additional shares to which the option holder would have been entitled if formal adjustments to the holder’s option had been made for each such stock dividend (except for a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares). In any case under this alternative: (1) the Company may impose such limitations on the issuance of such additional shares, including the forfeiture of such additional shares, if it is not administratively practicable for the Company to issue such additional shares after any exercise of a stock option within such period of time as may, in the discretion of the Company, be appropriate to best preserve the status of such options under Section 409A as Grandfathered Options or Excepted Options, as hereinafter defined; and (2) if approved by the Committee, the Company may withhold the issuance of additional shares in such amount as may be appropriate to defray applicable withholding and other taxes with respect to the additional shares or may make other arrangements to defray applicable withholding and other taxes from other sources.
  (ii)   The Committee may delegate to the executive officer of the Company in charge of human resources the task of establishing and implementing appropriate policies, procedures, and methods to implement any such alternative adjustment methods within parameters approved by the Committee.
 
  (iii)   Regardless of whether formal adjustments to individual options are deferred or whether only informal adjustments are made to individual options, the number of shares available for the issuance of options under the Plan shall be deemed to be increased as if formal adjustments were made at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither this section nor any policies or procedures adopted hereunder shall be deemed to authorize any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (a) the exercise or disposition of the options under Treasury Regulation §1.83-7 or (b) the time any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the options first become substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b). In the event of any partial exercise or disposition of an option or any partial vesting and delivery of shares under an option, the foregoing provisions in this (iv) shall be applied to the options in the same proportions.
 
  (v)   For purposes of this section, the term “Grandfathered Options” shall mean options that were both issued and exercisable prior to January 1, 2005 and thus grandfathered from being subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and the term “Excepted Options” shall mean stock options with an exercise price which may never be less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and thus qualify for the exception in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). It is not intended that any adjustment will constitute either a material modification of a Grandfathered Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-6(a)(4) or a modification of an Excepted Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). This section shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention, and all policies and procedures adopted hereunder shall be in accordance with such intention.

4


 

     10.  Termination, Suspension or Modification of Plan . The Board of Directors may at any time terminate, suspend or modify the Plan, except that the Board of Directors shall not amend the Plan in violation of law. No termination, suspension or modification of the Plan (which terms do not include the postponement of the exercise of an option) shall adversely affect any right acquired by any grantee, or by an successor of a grantee, under the terms of an option granted before the date of such termination, suspension or modification, unless such grantee or successor shall consent; but it shall be conclusively presumed than any adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in Section 10 does not adversely affect any such right.
     11.  Application of Proceeds . The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of its shares under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.
     12.  Governing Law . The Plan and all determinations thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee.

5

EXHIBIT 10.1(g)
FIRST TENNESSEE NATIONAL CORPORATION
BANK DIRECTOR AND ADVISORY BOARD MEMBER DEFERRAL PLAN
(Adopted October 23, 1996; As Restated for Amendments through December 15, 2008)
 
     1.  Purpose . The First Tennessee National Corporation Bank Director and Advisory Board Member Deferral Plan (“Plan”) is designed to attract and retain directors of bank affiliates of First Tennessee National Corporation (“Company”) and advisory board members of First Tennessee Bank National Association (“Bank”), as described in Section 5 herein, of outstanding ability by providing an attractive method to defer compensation by allowing participants to elect to receive stock options on shares of the common stock of the Company, the parent company of the Bank and the bank affiliates, in lieu of fees.
     2.  Effective Date and Duration of Plan . The Plan shall become effective when approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board of Directors”). No options may be granted under the Plan after the first business day of January 2002. The term of options granted on or before such date may, however, extend beyond that date.
     3.  Shares Subject to Plan . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9 herein, the shares issuable under the Plan upon the exercise of stock options shall not exceed in the aggregate 85,000 shares of the common stock, par value $1.25 (as adjusted for stock splits), of the Company. Such shares may be provided from shares purchased in the open market or privately or by the issuance of previously authorized but unissued shares. If any options previously granted under the Plan for any reason lapse or are forfeited, the shares subject to such option shall be restored to the total number available for grant.
     4.  Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the “Committee”) whose members shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors. In addition, all members shall be directors of the Company and shall meet the definitional requirements for “non-employee director” (with any exceptions therein permitted) contained in the then current SEC Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee is granted the authority to interpret the Plan, adopt such rules of procedure as it may deem proper, and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan; provided, however, the Committee shall have no discretion to make awards under the Plan. The Plan provides for the automatic, non-discretionary grant of stock options to eligible Participants (hereinafter defined) who elect to participate in the Plan.
     5.  Participation in Plan . All directors of bank affiliates (whether currently existing or hereafter acquired or formed) of the Company who are not salaried employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and who are not directors of the Company or the Bank and all advisory board members of the Bank who are members of Regional or Community Bank Advisory Boards who are not salaried employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and who are not directors of the Company or Bank (“Participant”) are eligible to participate in the Plan. Participation shall commence on the first day of the month (but not before January 1, 1997) following receipt by the Committee or its designee of an irrevocable election to receive stock options in lieu of all retainers, if any, of any kind, including bonuses, and all attendance fees to be earned on and after such day and prior to January 1, 2002.
     6.  Non-statutory Stock Options . All options granted under the Plan shall be non-statutory stock options not intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     7.  Terms, Conditions, and Form of Options . Each option granted under the Plan shall have the following terms and conditions and shall be evidenced by appropriate documentation prescribed by the Committee or its designee (for all purposes under the Plan, in the absence of an express designation by the Committee, the Company’s Personnel Division Manager is deemed to be the Committee’s designee):

1


 

          (a) Option Grant Dates . Options shall be granted automatically on the first business day of each January and July subsequent to the first day of participation to each eligible Participant who is participating in the Plan.
          (b) Option Formula . The number of shares subject to option grant to an eligible Participant shall be equal to the nearest whole number of shares computed in accordance with the following formula:
    Number of shares = A/B, where
A   =   Retainer, if any, and attendance fees earned during the two consecutive quarters preceding the option grant date. (For the initial grant, only retainer and attendance fees earned on or subsequent to the first day of participation shall be included in the computation.)
B   =   One half of the fair market value of one share of Company common stock on the option grant date.
          (c) Option Price . The option price per share to be paid by the Participant to the Company upon the exercise of the option shall be 50 percent of the fair market value of a share on the option grant date. “Fair Market Value” for purposes of the Plan shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices at which shares of Company common stock were sold on the valuation day as quoted by the Nasdaq Stock Market or, if there were no sales on that date, then on the last day prior to the valuation day during which there were sales. In the event that this method of valuation is not practicable, then the Committee in its discretion shall establish the method by which fair market value shall be determined.
          (d) Non-transferability . Each option granted under the Plan shall be non-transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, subject to Section 7(k) hereof, and each option may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee only by him or her or by his or her guardian or legal representative.
          (e) Option Term . Each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable only during a term commencing on the option grant date and ending (unless the option shall have terminated earlier under other provisions of the Plan) on the month and day in the 20th year following the year of grant corresponding to the day before the month and day on which the option was granted.
          (f) Exercise of Options. Options shall be exercised by delivering, mailing or transmitting to the Committee or its designee: (1) A notice, in the form, by the method, and at times prescribed by the Committee, specifying the number of shares to be purchased; (2) A check or money order payable to the Company for the full option price. In addition, in its sole discretion the Committee may determine that it is an appropriate method of payment for grantees to pay for any shares subject to an option by delivering a properly executed exercise notice together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the purchase price (a “cashless exercise”). To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. Upon receipt of such notice of exercise of a stock option and upon payment of the option price by a method other than a cashless exercise, the Company shall promptly deliver to the grantee a certificate or certificates for the shares purchased, without charge to him or her for issue or transfer tax.
          (g) Postponements . The Committee may postpone any exercise of an option for such period of time as the Committee in its discretion reasonably believes necessary to prevent any acts or omissions that the Committee reasonably believes will be or will result in the violation of any state or federal law; and the Company shall not be obligated by virtue of any provision of the Plan or the terms of any prior grant of an option to recognize the exercise of an option or to sell or issue shares during the period of such postponement. Any such postponement shall automatically extend the time within which the option may be exercised, as follows: The exercise period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the number of days of the postponement, but in no event shall the exercise period be extended beyond the last day of the postponement for more days than there were remaining in the option exercise period on the first day of the postponement. Neither the Company nor Bank nor any of the bank affiliates

2


 

nor any of their directors or officers shall have any obligation or liability to the grantee of an option or to a successor with respect to any shares as to which the option shall lapse because of such postponement.
          (h) Certificates . The stock certificate or certificates to be delivered under this Plan may, at the request of the grantee, be issued in his or her name or, with the consent of the Company, the name of another person as specified by the grantee.
          (j) Taxes . The Company may defer making payment or delivery of any benefits under the Plan if any withholding tax is payable until the grantee tenders the amount of the withholding tax due.
          (j) Exercise of Option on Termination as a Bank Director/Advisory Board Member . If the grantee of an option shall cease, for a reason other than his or her death, disability or retirement (defined for purposes hereof as any termination, not caused by death or disability, after 10 years of service as a bank director or advisory board member, as the case may be), to be a bank director or advisory board member, as the case may be, the option shall terminate one year after such termination, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. If a person to whom an option has been granted shall retire or become disabled, the option shall terminate three years after the date of retirement or disability, unless it terminates earlier under the Plan. Such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 7 hereof.
          (k) Exercise of Option After Death of Bank Director/Advisory Board Member . If the grantee of an option shall die while serving as a bank director or advisory board member, as the case may be, or within three months after termination as a bank director or advisory board member, as the case may be, and if the option was in effect at the time of his or her death, the option may, until the expiration of three years from the date of death of the grantee or until the earlier expiration of the term of the option, be exercised by the successor of the deceased grantee. Such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 7 hereof. “Successor” means the legal representative of the estate of a deceased grantee or the person or persons who shall acquire the right to exercise an option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the grantee.
     8.  Limitation of Rights . No person shall have any rights as a shareholder by virtue of a stock option granted to him or her except with respect to shares actually issued to him or her, and issuance of shares shall confer no retroactive right to dividends. Neither the Plan nor the grant of an option nor any other action taken pursuant to the Plan shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Bank or the bank affiliate, as applicable, will retain a bank director or advisory board member for any period of time or for any particular compensation.
     9.  Adjustment for Changes in Capitalization . Any increase in the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company occurring through stock splits or stock dividends after the adoption of the Plan shall be reflected proportionately (1) in an increase in the aggregate number of shares then available for the grant of options under the Plan, or becoming available through the termination or forfeiture of options previously granted but unexercised and (2) in the number subject to options then outstanding, and a proportionate reduction shall be made in the per-share option price as to any outstanding options or portions thereof not yet exercised. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section, the number of shares subject to each outstanding option may be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares or to the nearest fraction of a whole share specified by the Committee, all as the Committee may determine from time to time. The Committee may approve different rounding methods for different tranches of options or for options of different sizes within any single tranche. If changes in capitalization other than those considered above shall occur, the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the number and class of shares for which options may thereafter be granted, in the number and class of shares remaining subject to options previously granted, and in the per-share option price as the Board in its discretion may consider appropriate, and all such adjustments shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, in the case of any stock dividend paid or payable at a rate of 10% or less:
  (i)   The Company may implement any required adjustment of an option by either of the following alternative methods applicable to that option, in lieu of the method provided above.

3


 

  (a)   The Company may defer making any formal adjustment to individual options until such time as it is deemed administratively practicable and convenient. If the Company expects a series of quarterly or other periodic stock dividends to occur, the Company may make a single adjustment that would have the same cumulative effect as having made adjustments for all such stock dividends, except that the Company may make a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares rather than having to account for rounding at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (b)   Prior to making any such formal adjustment(s) to such individual option or in lieu of making any such formal adjustment(s), the Company may make one or more informal adjustments to such individual option at the time that the holder exercises such option (in whole or in part) in accordance with its original terms as if no adjustment had been made for any such stock dividends. In that case, as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Company shall issue to the option holder for no additional consideration such whole number of additional shares to which the option holder would have been entitled if formal adjustments to the holder’s option had been made for each such stock dividend (except for a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares). In any case under this alternative: (1) the Company may impose such limitations on the issuance of such additional shares, including the forfeiture of such additional shares, if it is not administratively practicable for the Company to issue such additional shares after any exercise of a stock option within such period of time as may, in the discretion of the Company, be appropriate to best preserve the status of such options under Section 409A as Grandfathered Options or Excepted Options, as hereinafter defined; and (2) if approved by the Committee, the Company may withhold the issuance of additional shares in such amount as may be appropriate to defray applicable withholding and other taxes with respect to the additional shares or may make other arrangements to defray applicable withholding and other taxes from other sources.
  (ii)   The Committee may delegate to the executive officer of the Company in charge of human resources the task of establishing and implementing appropriate policies, procedures, and methods to implement any such alternative adjustment methods within parameters approved by the Committee.
 
  (iii)   Regardless of whether formal adjustments to individual options are deferred or whether only informal adjustments are made to individual options, the number of shares available for the issuance of options under the Plan shall be deemed to be increased as if formal adjustments were made at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither this section nor any policies or procedures adopted hereunder shall be deemed to authorize any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (a) the exercise or disposition of the options under Treasury Regulation §1.83-7 or (b) the time any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the options first become substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b). In the event of any partial exercise or disposition of an option or any partial vesting and delivery of shares under an option, the foregoing provisions in this (iv) shall be applied to the options in the same proportions.
 
  (v)   For purposes of this section, the term “Grandfathered Options” shall mean options that were both issued and exercisable prior to January 1, 2005 and thus grandfathered from being subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and the term “Excepted Options” shall mean stock options with an exercise price which may never be less than

4


 

      the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and thus qualify for the exception in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). It is not intended that any adjustment will constitute either a material modification of a Grandfathered Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-6(a)(4) or a modification of an Excepted Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). This section shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention, and all policies and procedures adopted hereunder shall be in accordance with such intention.
     10.  Termination, Suspension or Modification of Plan . The Board of Directors may at any time terminate, suspend or modify the Plan, except that the Board of Directors shall not amend the Plan in violation of law. No termination, suspension or modification of the Plan (which terms do not include the postponement of the exercise of an option) shall adversely affect any right acquired by any grantee, or by any successor of a grantee, under the terms of an option granted before the date of such termination, suspension or modification, unless such grantee or successor shall consent; but it shall be conclusively presumed that any adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in Section 9 does not adversely affect any such right.
     11.  Application of Proceeds . The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of its shares under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.
     12.  Governing Law . The Plan and all determinations thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee.

5

EXHIBIT 10.1(h)
FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
2002 BANK DIRECTOR AND ADVISORY BOARD MEMBER DEFERRAL PLAN
(Adopted October 16, 2001; As Restated for Amendments through December 15, 2008)
 
     1.  Purpose . The First Horizon National Corporation Bank Director and Advisory Board Member Deferral Plan (“Plan”) is designed to attract and retain directors of bank affiliates of First Horizon National Corporation (“Company”) and advisory board members of First Tennessee Bank National Association (“Bank”), as described in Section 5 herein, of outstanding ability by providing an attractive method to defer compensation by allowing participants to elect to receive stock options on shares of the common stock of the Company, the parent company of the Bank and the bank affiliates, in lieu of fees.
     2.  Effective Date and Duration of Plan . The Plan shall become effective when approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board of Directors”). No options may be granted under the Plan after the first business day of January 2007. The term of options granted on or before such date may, however, extend beyond that date.
     3.  Shares Subject to Plan . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9 herein, the shares issuable under the Plan upon the exercise of stock options shall not exceed in the aggregate 200,000 shares of the common stock, par value $0.625 (as adjusted for stock splits), of the Company. Such shares may be provided from shares purchased in the open market or privately or by the issuance of previously authorized but unissued shares. If any options previously granted under the Plan for any reason lapse or are forfeited, the shares subject to such option shall be restored to the total number available for grant.
     4.  Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the “Committee”) whose members shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors. In addition, all members shall be directors of the Company and shall meet the definitional requirements for “non-employee director” (with any exceptions therein permitted) contained in the then current SEC Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee is granted the authority to interpret the Plan, adopt such rules of procedure as it may deem proper, and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan; provided, however, the Committee shall have no discretion to make awards under the Plan. The Plan provides for the automatic, non-discretionary grant of stock options to eligible Participants (hereinafter defined) who elect to participate in the Plan.
     5.  Participation in Plan . All directors of bank affiliates (whether currently existing or hereafter acquired or formed) of the Company who are not salaried employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and who are not directors of the Company or the Bank and all advisory board members of the Bank who are members of Regional or Community Bank Advisory Boards who are not salaried employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and who are not directors of the Company or Bank (“Participant”) are eligible to participate in the Plan. Participation shall commence on the first day of the month (but not before January 1, 2002) following receipt by the Committee or its designee of an irrevocable election to receive stock options in lieu of all retainers, if any, of any kind, including bonuses, and all attendance fees to be earned on and after such day and prior to January 1, 2007.
     6.  Non-statutory Stock Options . All options granted under the Plan shall be non-statutory stock options not intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     7.  Terms, Conditions, and Form of Options . Each option granted under the Plan shall have the following terms and conditions and shall be evidenced by appropriate documentation prescribed by the Committee or its designee (for all purposes under the Plan, in the absence of an express designation by the Committee, the Company’s Executive Vice President-Employee Services is deemed to be the Committee’s designee):

1


 

          (a) Option Grant Dates . Options shall be granted automatically on the first business day of each January and July subsequent to the first day of participation to each eligible Participant who is participating in the Plan.
          (b) Option Formula . The number of shares subject to option grant to an eligible Participant shall be equal to the nearest whole number of shares computed in accordance with the following formula:
    Number of shares = A/B, where
A   =   Retainer, if any, and attendance fees earned during the two consecutive quarters preceding the option grant date. (For the initial grant, only retainer and attendance fees earned on or subsequent to the first day of participation shall be included in the computation.)
B   =   One half of the fair market value of one share of Company common stock on the option grant date.
          (c) Option Price . The option price per share to be paid by the Participant to the Company upon the exercise of the option shall be 50 percent of the fair market value of a share on the option grant date. “Fair Market Value” for purposes of the Plan shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices at which shares of Company common stock were sold on the valuation day on the New York Stock Exchange or, if there were no sales on that date, then on the last day prior to the valuation day during which there were sales. In the event that this method of valuation is not practicable, then the Committee in its discretion shall establish the method by which fair market value shall be determined.
          (d) Non-transferability . Each option granted under the Plan shall be non-transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, subject to Section 7(k) hereof, and each option may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee only by him or her or by his or her guardian or legal representative.
          (e) Option Term . Each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable only during a term commencing on the option grant date and ending (unless the option shall have terminated earlier under other provisions of the Plan) on the month and day in the 10th year following the year of grant corresponding to the day before the month and day on which the option was granted.
          (f) Exercise of Options. Options shall be exercised by delivering, mailing or transmitting to the Committee or its designee: (1) A notice, in the form, by the method, and at times prescribed by the Committee, specifying the number of shares to be purchased; (2) A check or money order payable to the Company for the full option price. In addition, in its sole discretion the Committee may determine that it is an appropriate method of payment for grantees to pay for any shares subject to an option by delivering a properly executed exercise notice together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the purchase price (a “cashless exercise”). To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. Upon receipt of such notice of exercise of a stock option and upon payment of the option price by a method other than a cashless exercise, the Company shall promptly deliver to the grantee a certificate or certificates for the shares purchased, without charge to him or her for issue or transfer tax.
          (g) Postponements . The Committee may postpone any exercise of an option for such period of time as the Committee in its discretion reasonably believes necessary to prevent any acts or omissions that the Committee reasonably believes will be or will result in the violation of any state or federal law; and the Company shall not be obligated by virtue of any provision of the Plan or the terms of any prior grant of an option to recognize the exercise of an option or to sell or issue shares during the period of such postponement. Any such postponement shall automatically extend the time within which the option may be exercised, as follows: The exercise period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the number of days of the postponement, but in no event shall the exercise period be extended beyond the last day of the postponement for more days than there were remaining in the option exercise period on the first day of the postponement. Neither the Company nor Bank nor any of the bank affiliates

2


 

nor any of their directors or officers shall have any obligation or liability to the grantee of an option or to a successor with respect to any shares as to which the option shall lapse because of such postponement.
          (h) Certificates . The stock certificate or certificates to be delivered under this Plan may, at the request of the grantee, be issued in his or her name or, with the consent of the Company, the name of another person as specified by the grantee.
          (j) Taxes . The Company may defer making payment or delivery of any benefits under the Plan if any withholding tax is payable until the grantee tenders the amount of the withholding tax due.
          (j) Exercise of Option on Termination as a Bank Director/Advisory Board Member . If the grantee of an option shall cease, for a reason other than his or her death, disability or retirement (defined for purposes hereof as any termination, not caused by death or disability, after 10 years of service as a bank director or advisory board member, as the case may be), to be a bank director or advisory board member, as the case may be, the option shall terminate one year after such termination, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. If a person to whom an option has been granted shall retire or become disabled, the option shall terminate three years after the date of retirement or disability, unless it terminates earlier under the Plan. Such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 7 hereof.
          (k) Exercise of Option After Death of Bank Director/Advisory Board Member . If the grantee of an option shall die while serving as a bank director or advisory board member, as the case may be, or within three months after termination as a bank director or advisory board member, as the case may be, and if the option was in effect at the time of his or her death, the option may, until the expiration of three years from the date of death of the grantee or until the earlier expiration of the term of the option, be exercised by the successor of the deceased grantee. Such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 7 hereof. “Successor” means the legal representative of the estate of a deceased grantee or the person or persons who shall acquire the right to exercise an option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the grantee.
     8.  Limitation of Rights . No person shall have any rights as a shareholder by virtue of a stock option granted to him or her except with respect to shares actually issued to him or her, and issuance of shares shall confer no retroactive right to dividends. Neither the Plan nor the grant of an option nor any other action taken pursuant to the Plan shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Bank or the bank affiliate, as applicable, will retain a bank director or advisory board member for any period of time or for any particular compensation.
     9.  Adjustment for Changes in Capitalization . Any increase in the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company occurring through stock splits or stock dividends after the adoption of the Plan shall be reflected proportionately (1) in an increase in the aggregate number of shares then available for the grant of options under the Plan, or becoming available through the termination or forfeiture of options previously granted but unexercised and (2) in the number subject to options then outstanding, and a proportionate reduction shall be made in the per-share option price as to any outstanding options or portions thereof not yet exercised. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section, the number of shares subject to each outstanding option may be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares or to the nearest fraction of a whole share specified by the Committee, all as the Committee may determine from time to time. The Committee may approve different rounding methods for different tranches of options or for options of different sizes within any single tranche. If changes in capitalization other than those considered above shall occur, the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the number and class of shares for which options may thereafter be granted, in the number and class of shares remaining subject to options previously granted, and in the per-share option price as the Board in its discretion may consider appropriate, and all such adjustments shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, in the case of any stock dividend paid or payable at a rate of 10% or less:
  (i)   The Company may implement any required adjustment of an option by either of the following alternative methods applicable to that option, in lieu of the method provided above.

3


 

  (a)   The Company may defer making any formal adjustment to individual options until such time as it is deemed administratively practicable and convenient. If the Company expects a series of quarterly or other periodic stock dividends to occur, the Company may make a single adjustment that would have the same cumulative effect as having made adjustments for all such stock dividends, except that the Company may make a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares rather than having to account for rounding at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (b)   Prior to making any such formal adjustment(s) to such individual option or in lieu of making any such formal adjustment(s), the Company may make one or more informal adjustments to such individual option at the time that the holder exercises such option (in whole or in part) in accordance with its original terms as if no adjustment had been made for any such stock dividends. In that case, as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Company shall issue to the option holder for no additional consideration such whole number of additional shares to which the option holder would have been entitled if formal adjustments to the holder’s option had been made for each such stock dividend (except for a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares). In any case under this alternative: (1) the Company may impose such limitations on the issuance of such additional shares, including the forfeiture of such additional shares, if it is not administratively practicable for the Company to issue such additional shares after any exercise of a stock option within such period of time as may, in the discretion of the Company, be appropriate to best preserve the status of such options under Section 409A as Grandfathered Options or Excepted Options, as hereinafter defined; and (2) if approved by the Committee, the Company may withhold the issuance of additional shares in such amount as may be appropriate to defray applicable withholding and other taxes with respect to the additional shares or may make other arrangements to defray applicable withholding and other taxes from other sources.
  (ii)   The Committee may delegate to the executive officer of the Company in charge of human resources the task of establishing and implementing appropriate policies, procedures, and methods to implement any such alternative adjustment methods within parameters approved by the Committee.
 
  (iii)   Regardless of whether formal adjustments to individual options are deferred or whether only informal adjustments are made to individual options, the number of shares available for the issuance of options under the Plan shall be deemed to be increased as if formal adjustments were made at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither this section nor any policies or procedures adopted hereunder shall be deemed to authorize any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (a) the exercise or disposition of the options under Treasury Regulation §1.83-7 or (b) the time any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the options first become substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b). In the event of any partial exercise or disposition of an option or any partial vesting and delivery of shares under an option, the foregoing provisions in this (iv) shall be applied to the options in the same proportions.
 
  (v)   For purposes of this section, the term “Grandfathered Options” shall mean options that were both issued and exercisable prior to January 1, 2005 and thus grandfathered from being subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and the term “Excepted Options” shall mean stock options with an exercise price which may never be less than

4


 

      the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and thus qualify for the exception in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). It is not intended that any adjustment will constitute either a material modification of a Grandfathered Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-6(a)(4) or a modification of an Excepted Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). This section shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention, and all policies and procedures adopted hereunder shall be in accordance with such intention.
     10.  Termination, Suspension or Modification of Plan . The Board of Directors may at any time terminate, suspend or modify the Plan, except that the Board of Directors shall not amend the Plan in violation of law. No termination, suspension or modification of the Plan (which terms do not include the postponement of the exercise of an option) shall adversely affect any right acquired by any grantee, or by any successor of a grantee, under the terms of an option granted before the date of such termination, suspension or modification, unless such grantee or successor shall consent; but it shall be conclusively presumed that any adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in Section 9 does not adversely affect any such right.
     11.  Application of Proceeds . The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of its shares under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.
     12.  Governing Law . The Plan and all determinations thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee.

5

EXHIBIT 10.2(b)
FIRST TENNESSEE NATIONAL CORPORATION
1992 RESTRICTED STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(As Restated for Amendments through December 15, 2008)
     1. Purpose. The purpose of the First Tennessee National Corporation 1992 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to advance the interests of First Tennessee National Corporation and any successor thereto (the “Company”) by awarding restricted shares of the common capital stock of First Tennessee National Corporation, par value $0.625 per share (“Common Stock”), to certain officers and other key executives of the Company and its subsidiaries who make exceptional contributions to the Company by their ability, loyalty, industry, and innovativeness and by making automatic, nondiscretionary grants of restricted shares to non-employee Directors. The Company intends that the Plan will closely associate the interests of officers and key executives and Directors with those of the Company’s shareholders and will facilitate securing, retaining, and motivating officers and key executives and Directors of high caliber and potential.
     2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Human Resources Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company. No person shall be appointed to the Committee (a) who is (or has been during the one year period prior to such appointment) eligible to receive an award under the Plan (except as specifically provided under Section 4(b) for non-employee Directors) or any other similar plan of the Company; or (b) who has received an award under the Plan (except for an award under section 4(b)) if, at the time of such appointment, any restriction on the transferability of the shares so awarded remains in effect or remained in effect at any time during the one-year period immediately prior to such appointment. The Committee shall have full and final authority in its discretion to interpret conclusively the provisions of the Plan; to decide all questions of fact arising in its application; to determine the employees to whom awards shall be made under the Plan; to determine the award to be made and the amount, size, terms and restrictions of each such award; to determine the time when awards will be granted; and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan other than determinations required in connection with awards granted under Section 4(b), except to the extent permitted under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
     3. Shares Subject to Plan. The shares issued under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate 1,320,000 shares of Common Stock. Such shares shall be authorized and unissued shares. Any shares which are awarded hereunder and subsequently forfeited shall again be available under the Plan.
4. Participants.
(a) Persons eligible to participate in the Plan and receive awards under Section 5 shall be limited to those officers and other key executives of the Company or any of its subsidiaries who, in the judgment of the Committee, make a significant impact upon the profitability of the Company through their decisions, actions and counsel. Members of the Board who are not also officers or employees of the Company or its subsidiaries shall not be eligible for selection or awards, except as specifically provided in Section 4(b).
(b) Each current Director of the Company on the effective date of the Plan who is not a salaried officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (“non-employee Director”) shall receive an award of 6,000 shares of restricted Common Stock (“restricted shares”) on May 1, 1992 or the date required by Section 14 of the Plan, if later. Each new non-employee Director who becomes a Director after the effective date of the Plan shall receive an award of 6,000

1


 

restricted shares on the later of the date specified in the prior sentence or the first business day of the month following the date such person becomes a Director. Restricted shares granted under this Section 4(b) shall be evidenced by a written agreement in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(1) Restrictions. Share awarded, and the right to vote such shares and to receive dividends thereon, may not be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered during the restriction period specified herein. During the restriction period the non-employee Director shall have all other rights of a shareholder, including, but not limited to, the right to vote and receive dividends on such shares.
(2) Certificates. Each certificate evidencing restricted shares shall be deposited with the Company Treasurer, accompanied by a stock power in blank executed by the non-employee Director, and shall bear an appropriate restrictive legend.
(3) Forfeiture. In the event that the non-employee Director’s directorship terminates for any reason other than death, disability (defined as a total and permanent disability), retirement (which is defined as any termination not caused by death or disability, after the attainment of age 65 or ten years of service as a director of the Company), or a Change in Control (defined below) of the Company, all shares which at the time are restricted shares shall be forfeited to the Company. If a non-employee Director’s directorship ends as a result of death, disability, retirement, or a Change in Control, all restrictions shall lapse. A “Change in Control” of the Company shall have occurred when a person (other than the Company, a subsidiary of the Company, or an employee benefit or stock plan of the Company) or other entity, alone or together with its Affiliates and Associates (as those terms are used in the regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), becomes the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the general voting power of the Company.
(4) Lapse of Restrictions. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b)(3), all restrictions shall lapse at the rate of ten percent (10%) per year on the month and day in each year following the year of grant corresponding to the day before the month and day on which the grant was made.
(5) Fair market value. Fair market value as of any date shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices at which shares of Company Common Stock were sold on the valuation day as quoted by NASDAQ or, if there were no sales on that date, then on the last day prior to the valuation day during which there were sales.
(6) Tax Election. The non-employee Director will enter into an agreement with the Company not to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(7) Nontransferability. If required by the then current SEC Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision, then notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, restricted shares acquired under this Section 4(b) of the Plan may not be sold for at least six months after acquisition, except in the case of the non-employee Director’s death or disability.
     5. Awards. The Committee shall make awards of shares of Common Stock to persons eligible under Section 4(a) in accordance with terms and conditions set forth in restricted stock agreements (the “Agreements”) executed by participants in such form and containing such terms and conditions (including those set forth below) consistent with the Plan as the Committee shall determine.

2


 

(a) Restriction Period. At the time of each award, the Committee shall determine the period during which the shares awarded shall be subject to the risks of forfeiture and other terms and conditions in the Agreements. The Committee may at any time accelerate the date of lapse of restrictions with respect to all or any part of the shares awarded to a participant.
(b) Certificates. Each certificate issued in respect of shares awarded to a participant shall be deposited with the Company, or its designee, together with a stock power executed in blank by the participant, and shall bear an appropriate legend disclosing the restrictions on transferability imposed on such shares by the Plan and the Agreements.
(c) Restrictions Upon Transfer. Shares awarded, and the right to vote such shares and to receive dividends thereon, may not be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered during the restriction period applicable to such shares. During the restriction period the participant shall have all other rights of a stockholder, including, but not limited to, the right to vote and receive dividends on such shares. If as a result of a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, or other adjustment in the stated capital of First Tennessee National Corporation, or as the result of a merger, consolidation, or other reorganization, the Common Stock is increased, reduced, or otherwise changed and by virtue thereof the recipient shall be entitled to new or additional or different shares, such shares shall be subject to the same terms, conditions, and restrictions as the original shares.
(d) Lapse of Restrictions. The Agreements shall specify the terms and conditions upon which any restrictions upon any shares awarded under the Plan shall lapse. Upon the lapse of such restrictions, certificates evidencing such shares of common stock without the foregoing restrictive legend shall be issued to the participant or his legal representative unless a valid deferral election has been made pursuant to Section 16 hereof, in which case certificates shall be issued as provided in Section 16. Each such new certificate shall bear such alternative legend as the Committee shall specify.
(e) Termination Prior to Lapse of Restrictions. In the event of the termination of a participant’s employment for any reason (except (i) death or (ii), if the Committee approves, retirement or total and permanent disability) prior to the lapse of Plan or Agreement restrictions, all shares subject to unlapsed restrictions shall be forfeited by such participant to the Company without payment of any consideration by the Company, and neither the participant nor any successors, heirs, assigns or personal representatives of such participant shall thereafter have any further rights or interest in such shares or certificates.
(f) Death, Disability or Retirement of Participant. Unless the Agreements provided otherwise, all restrictions imposed by this Plan and the Agreement shall lapse upon the death of the participant, or, if such lapsing is approved by the Committee. upon the total and permanent disability or retirement of the participant.
(g) Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (except for Section 4(b)(3), which is applicable solely to non-employee directors), all restrictions imposed by this Plan or any Agreement shall lapse immediately upon a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the following sentence). A “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following events:
     (i) individuals who, on January 21, 1997, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any

3


 

person becoming a director subsequent to January 21, 1997, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided , however , that no individual elected or nominated as a director of the Company initially as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
     (ii) any “Person” (as defined under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that the event described in this paragraph (ii) shall not be deemed to be a change in control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any entity in which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns more than 50% of the voting securities or interests (a “Subsidiary”), (B) by an employee stock ownership or employee benefit plan or trust sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii));
     (iii) the shareholders of the Company approve a merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or
     (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

4


 

Computations required by paragraph (iii) shall be made on and as of the date of shareholder approval and shall be based on reasonable assumptions that will result in the lowest percentage obtainable.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided , that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a change in control of the Company shall then occur.
     6. Supplemental Cash Payments. Agreements entered into in connection with awards under Section 5 may provide for the payment by the Company of supplemental cash payments to a participant at the end of the restriction period or periods relating to such restricted stock award. Supplemental cash payments shall be in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be provided by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, in no event shall the amount of each payment exceed the fair market value of the shares with respect to which restrictions lapse at the time of such payment.
     7. Loans. The Committee may, in its discretion to further the purposes of the Plan, provide for cash loans to participants who receive awards under Section 5 in connection with all or part of any restricted stock award under the Plan. Any such loan shall be evidenced by loan agreements or other instruments in such form and containing such terms and conditions (including, without limitation, provisions for the forgiveness or acceleration of such loans or parts thereof) as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time.
     8. Rights to Terminate Employment. Nothing in the Plan or in any Agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon any participant the right to continue in the employment or to continue as a Director of the Company or affect any right which the Company may have to terminate the employment or directorship of such participant.
     9. Withholding. Whenever the Company proposes or is required to issue or transfer shares of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall have the right to withhold from sums due the recipient, or to require the recipient to remit to the Company, any amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and/or local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate for such shares. Whenever payments are to be made in cash, such payments shall be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and/or local withholding tax requirements imposed with respect to such payments.
     10. Non-Uniform Determinations. The Committee’s determinations under Sections 4(a) and 5 of the Plan (including, without limitation, determinations of the persons to receive awards, the form, amount and the timing of such awards, and the terms and provisions of such awards and the Agreements) need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, awards under the Plan, regardless of whether such persons are similarly situated.
     11. Adjustments. In the event of any change in the outstanding Common Stock by reason of a stock dividend or distribution, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or the like, the Committee shall appropriately adjust the number and class of shares which may be issued under the Plan and shall provide for corresponding equitable adjustments in shares previously awarded and still subject to restrictions hereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Committee action under this Section 11 with respect to awards under Section 4(b) of the Plan to non-

5


 

employee Directors would affect the status of a Director as a “disinterested person” under Rule 16b-3, then the first sentence of this Section 11 shall not apply to awards to non-Employee Directors under Section 4(b). For such awards under Section 4(b), any increase in the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company occurring through stock splits or stock dividends after the adoption of the Plan shall automatically be reflected proportionately (1) in the number and class of shares which may be issued under the Plan and (2) in shares previously awarded and still subject to restrictions hereunder. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section, the number of shares subject to each outstanding award may be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares or to the nearest fraction of a whole share specified by the Committee, all as the Committee may determine from time to time. The Committee may approve different rounding methods for different tranches of awards and for different sizes of awards within any single tranche.
     12. Amendment. The Committee may discontinue, suspend or amend the Plan at any time, except that without shareholder approval, the Committee may not materially (a) increase the maximum number of shares which may be issued under the Plan (other than increases pursuant to paragraph 11 hereof); (b) increase the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan; or (c) modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan. Also, if required by the then current Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision, the Plan provisions contained in Section 4(b) regarding the automatic, non-discretionary grants to non-employee Directors shall not be amended more than once every six months, other than to comport with changes in the Internal Revenue Code, ERISA, or the rules thereunder. The termination, suspension or any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of a participant, affect a participant’s rights under an award granted prior thereto.
     13. Effect on Other Plans. Participation in the Plan shall not affect an employee’s eligibility to participate in any other benefit or incentive plan of the Company, and any awards made pursuant to the Plan shall not be used in determining the benefits provided under any other plan of the Company, unless specifically provided in such other plan.
     14. Duration of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective when it is approved by the shareholders of the Company. The Plan shall remain in effect until all shares awarded under the Plan are free of all restrictions imposed by the Plan and Agreements, but no award shall be made more than ten years after the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Section 4(b) of the Plan shall not become effective until the first business day of the month following receipt by the Company of a no-action or interpretive letter from the staff of the SEC confirming that participation and an award under Section 4(b) will no affect the status of a director as a “disinterested person” under Rule 16b-3 or an opinion of counsel, which may be in-house counsel, to that effect.
     15. Successors. This Plan shall bind any successor of the Company, its assets or its businesses (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise), in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be obligated under this Plan if no succession had taken place. In the case of any transaction in which a successor would not by the foregoing provision or by operation of law be bound by this Plan, the Company shall require such successor expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under this Plan, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The term “Company,” as used in the Plan, shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor or assignee to the business or assets which by reason hereof becomes bound by this Plan.
     16. Deferrals. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 16 shall apply to all deferral elections made in compliance with this section. All participants who

6


 

have received awards under Section 5 of the Plan, some or all of the restrictions on which have not lapsed as of December 15, 1998, and all persons who receive an award under Section 5 of the Plan after December 15, 1998 whose Agreement provides that the participant may elect to defer under the Plan with respect to such award are permitted to make deferral elections with respect to such awards of restricted stock by following the provisions of this Section 16.
(a) Participants who elect to defer must enter into an irrevocable deferral agreement, in the form approved by the Committee, which provides for the exchange of shares of restricted stock for restricted stock units (“RSU’s”), and the effective date (as defined below) of such deferral election must occur before restrictions are scheduled to lapse with respect to such shares of restricted stock, assuming accelerated performance criteria are met, and must be at least any minimum number of days before restrictions are scheduled to lapse that is required by the Committee.
(b) Participants must tender certificates for the shares of restricted stock with respect to which the deferral agreement is being entered into at the time the deferral agreement is tendered, if the shares are not held in book-entry format by the Corporation’s transfer agent. Participants agree to execute any form that may be required by the transfer agent with respect to book-entry or certificated shares.
(c) The effective date of the deferral election is the close of business on the business day on which the Manager of the Personnel Division, or her designee, receives the deferral election and, if the shares of restricted stock are not held in book-entry format, certificates for the shares of restricted stock with any properly completed and executed stock powers that may be requested by the Personnel Division.
(d) The participant must select a deferral period, which is a period of time that ends on any future date, not in any event to exceed actual retirement (whether normal or early) plus five years.
(e) Until the accelerated lapse date approved by the Committee, or if accelerated performance criteria are not met, until the date specified in the participant’s Agreement as the date on which restrictions on the Restricted Shares will lapse, RSU’s will remain subject to forfeiture in the same manner as Restricted Shares would have remained subject to forfeiture under the provisions of the Plan and related Agreement, except as is provided below in the event of death, disability, retirement, or other termination of employment, or Change in Control. In other words, RSU’s will be subject to restrictions identical to the restrictions on Restricted Shares, and restrictions on RSU’s will lapse, if at all, at the same time that restrictions on Restricted Shares would have lapsed had the participant not made a deferral election. If accelerated performance criteria have been met, then RSU’s will be fully vested and not subject to forfeiture.
(f) A participant’s deferral election must be for 100% percent of the shares of restricted stock with respect to which restrictions are scheduled to lapse if performance criteria are met for a performance period (generally 1/3 of the shares originally awarded). A participant may make a separate election for each of the three different accelerated performance criteria performance periods applicable to an award under the Plan, but any election must be for 100 percent of the shares with respect to which restrictions may lapse if performance criteria are met.
(g) For each participant electing to defer, upon the effective date of the deferral a deferral account will be established by the Corporation, consisting of a subaccount reflecting RSU’s and, unless a participant has elected to receive earnings attributable to RSU’s currently, and not on a

7


 

deferred basis, pursuant to subsection 16(l), a subaccount representing cash equal to the earnings credited to the account with respect to the dividend equivalents and interest thereon. The participant’s RSU subaccount will be credited with RSU’s, based on the number of shares of restricted stock exchanged by the participant pursuant to the participant’s deferral election, with each RSU being equivalent to one share of the Corporation’s common stock. Additional RSU’s will be credited to the participant’s RSU subaccount at the time of the payment of any stock split or stock dividend on the Corporation’s common stock in accordance with subsection (h) herein.
(h) Any stock split and stock dividend that is declared with respect to the Corporation’s common stock having a payment date that occurs on or after the Effective Date and before the deferral period has terminated will result in a corresponding stock split or stock dividend being made with respect to the RSU’s in Participant’s deferral account with the result that Participant will be issued that number of shares of the Corporation’s common stock at the termination of the deferral period that Participant would have owned had he or she received shares of restricted stock, without restriction, at the time of the lapsing of restrictions on the restricted stock had Participant not entered into this Agreement and had Participant then maintained ownership of such common stock through the payment date of the stock dividend or stock split.
(i) Earnings will be credited to the participant’s cash subaccount and accrued on the RSU’s as follows: on each date on which the Corporation pays a dividend on its shares of common stock, an amount equal to such dividend will be credited to the participant’s account with respect to each RSU. Then, as of January 1st of each year, an additional amount will be credited to the participant’s account to reflect earnings on the dividend equivalents from the time they were credited to the account for the prior plan year. The rate of earnings credited for the year will be the rate disclosed under the caption “Annualized Ten Year Treasury Rate” in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release in January of the year following the year with respect to which earnings are to be credited, and the amount will be computed by multiplying the dividend equivalent by the rate by a factor representing the fraction of the year (e.g., 100% for a January 1st dividend equivalent, 75% for an April 1st dividend equivalent, 50% for a July 1st dividend equivalent, and 25% for a October 1 dividend equivalent) remaining after the dividend equivalent was credited to the participant’s account. Interest will compound as follows: for any cash credited to the account that existed on the first day of the prior plan year (excluding any dividend equivalent that is credited to the account on such day), earnings will be credited in an amount equal to the amount of such cash multiplied by the applicable ten year treasury rate factor. For the portion of the year in which a distribution from the deferral account is made to the participant, earnings will be credited on any cash credited to the account during such year from the time such cash is credited through the date of distribution at the rate employed for the previous year.
(j) Payment from the participant’s deferral account will be made in a single lump sum, computed as follows: with respect to the participant’s RSU subaccount, one share of the Corporation’s common stock will be paid to the participant for each RSU credited to such subaccount, and with respect to the participant’s cash subaccount, cash in the amount credited to such subaccount will be paid to the participant.
(k) Payment from the participant’s deferral account will be made to the participant (or, in the event of the participant’s death, his or her beneficiary) only at the following times: (1) if restrictions on the RSU’s have already lapsed at the time payment is scheduled to be made, then on the earliest to occur of the following dates: the date selected by the participant, the date of a Change in Control as defined in the Plan, or a date selected by the Corporation following the participant’s death, disability, or termination of employment for any reason other than normal or

8


 

early retirement that is no later than the last day of the month following the month in which there occurs the death, disability, or termination of employment of the participant for any reason other than normal or early retirement, or (2) if restrictions on the RSU’s have not lapsed at the time payment is otherwise scheduled to be made and subject to the last two sentences of this subsection 16(k), then on the earliest to occur of the following dates: (i) the later of the date selected by the participant or the date restrictions on the RSU’s lapse, if the shares have not been forfeited before such lapse date, (ii) the date of a Change in Control as defined in the Plan, or (iii) a date selected by the Corporation following the participant’s death, or if the Committee approves, the participant’s retirement or disability that is no later than the last day of the month following the month in which there occurs the death or, if the Committee has approved, the disability or retirement of the participant. The RSU’s and any right to receive Restricted Shares without restrictions will be forfeited by the participant if there occurs a termination of the participant’s employment prior to the lapsing of restrictions on RSU’s or if the participant becomes disabled or retires prior to a lapsing of restrictions on RSU’s and the Committee has not acted to approve payment to the participant in the event of disability or retirement. Notwithstanding a forfeiture of RSU’s, the balance in participant’s cash subaccount within participant’s deferral account will be paid to participant immediately following the occurrence of such a forfeiture.
(l) A participant is permitted to elect to receive earnings attributable to the participant’s RSU subaccount currently, and not on a deferred basis, by indicating such an election on the participant’s irrevocable deferred agreement. If such an election is made, the participant will receive in cash on each date on which the Corporation pays a dividend on its shares of common stock an amount equal to such dividend with respect to each RSU in the participant’s RSU account. Such payment will be made in lieu of crediting any amount to participant’s cash subaccount pursuant to subsection 16(i) and such participant’s cash subaccount will be deemed to be “zero” for all purposes of the Plan.
17. 2007 Plan Amendment.
(a) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, any deferral elections may be made under Section 16 of the Plan only if approved by the Committee or such officers of the Company to whom such approval authority has been delegated. The right to approve any deferral elections may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee or its delegatee.
(b) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, any deferral elections under Section 16, any supplemental cash payments under Section 6 and any loans under Section 7 may be made subject to such terms and conditions that the Committee or its delegatee may impose in their sole and absolute discretion, specifically including, but not limited to, any terms or conditions necessary in order for such deferral election, supplemental cash payments or loans to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
(c) This Amendment shall take effect as of January 1, 2008, and shall apply to all awards that were outstanding on such date or made thereafter; provided, however, this Amendment shall not apply to any restricted stock units outstanding on January 1, 2008, if the deferral election was made before October 3, 2004, and if the restricted stock units were issued effective upon the lapse of vesting conditions no later than December 31, 2004.

9

EXHIBIT 10.2(c)
FIRST TENNESSEE NATIONAL CORPORATION
1995 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN

(As Restated for Amendments through December 15, 2008)
1. Purpose . The 1995 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) of First Tennessee National Corporation and any successor thereto (the “Company”) is designed to enable employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company, and thus to share in the future success of the Company’s business. Accordingly, the Plan is intended as a further means not only of attracting and retaining outstanding personnel, but also of promoting a closer identity of interest between employees and shareholders.
2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:
  (a)   “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following events:
  (i)   individuals who, on January 21, 1997, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to January 21, 1997, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided , however , that no individual elected or nominated as a director of the Company initially as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
 
  (ii)   any “Person” (as defined under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that the event described in this paragraph (ii) shall not be deemed to be a change in control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any entity in which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns more than 50% of the voting securities or interests (a “Subsidiary”), (B) by an employee stock ownership or employee benefit plan or trust sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii));
 
  (iii)   the shareholders of the Company approve a merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and

1


 

      such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or
  (iv)   the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.
Computations required by paragraph (iii) shall be made on and as of the date of shareholder approval and shall be based on reasonable assumptions that will result in the lowest percentage obtainable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a change in control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided , that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a change in control of the Company shall then occur.
  (b)   “Committee” means the Stock Option Committee or any successor committee designate by the Board of Directors to administer the Stock Option Plan, as provided in Section 5(a) hereof.
 
  (c)   “Early Retirement” means termination of employment after an employee has fulfilled all service requirements for an early pension, and before his or her Normal Retirement Date, under the terms of the First Tennessee National Corporation Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
  (d)   “Quota” means the portion of the total number of shares subject to an option which the grantee of the option may purchase during several periods of the term of the option (if the option is subject to quotas), as provided in Section 8(b) hereof. SAR’s are granted, if at all, at the time of granting a stock option. If a stock option is subject to quotas, the related SAR is subject to the same quotas.
 
  (e)   “Retirement” means termination of employment after an employee has fulfilled all service requirements for a pension under the terms of the First Tennessee National Corporation Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
  (f)   “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  (g)   “Successor” means the legal representative of the estate of a deceased grantee or the person or persons who shall acquire the right to exercise an option or related SAR by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the grantee, as provided in Section 10 hereof.
 
  (h)   “Term of the Option” means the period during which a particular option or related SAR may be exercised in Section 8(a) hereof.

2


 

  (i)   “Three months after cessation of employment” means a period of time beginning at 12:01 A.M. on the day following the date notice of termination of employment was given and ending at 11:59 P.M. on the date in the third following month corresponding numerically with the date notice of termination of employment was given (or in the event that the third following month does not have a date so corresponding, then the last day of the third following month).
 
  (j)   “Five years after (an event occurring on day x)” and “five years from (an event occurring on day x)” means a period of time beginning at 12:01 A.M. on the day following day x and ending at 11:59 P.M. on the date in the fifth following year corresponding numerically with day x (or in the event that the fifth following year does not have a date so corresponding, then the last day of the sixtieth following month).
 
  (k)   “Voluntary Resignation” means any termination of employment that is not involuntary and that is not the result of the employee’s death, disability, early retirement or retirement.
 
  (l)   “Workforce reduction” means any termination of employment of one or more employees of the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries as a result of the discontinuation by the Company of a business or line of business or a realignment of the Company, or a part thereof, or any other similar type of event; provided, however, in the case of any such event (whether the termination of employment was a result of a discontinuation, a realignment, or another event), that the Committee or the Board of Directors has designated the event as a “workforce reduction” for purposes of this Plan.
3. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective when approved at a shareholder’s meeting by the holders of a majority of the shares of Company common stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the Plan. No options or related SAR’s may be granted under the Plan after the month and day in the year 2005 corresponding to the day before the month and day on which the Plan becomes effective. The term of option granted on or before such date may, however, extend beyond that date, but no incentive stock options may be granted which are exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the date of the grant.
4. Shares Subject to the Plan.
  (a)   The Company may grant options and related SAR’s under the Plan authorizing the issuance of no more than 3,000,000 shares of its $1.25 par value common stock, which will be provided from shares purchased in the open market or privately (that became authorized but unissued shares under state corporation law) or by the issuance of previously authorized but unissued shares.
 
  (b)   When an option is granted under the Plan, the Committee in its sole discretion may include the grant of a SAR permitting the grantee to elect to receive stock or cash or a combination thereof in exchange for the surrender the unexercised related option or portion thereof. Solely with respect to grantees subject to the reporting and short-swing profits provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Section 16 grantees”), the Committee shall have the sole discretion to consent to or disapprove the election of the grantee to receive cash in full or partial settlement of the SAR. With respect to all other grantees, the election is final without any action by the Committee.
 
  (c)   Shares as to which options and related SAR’s previously granted under this Plan shall for any reason lapse shall be restored to the total number available for grant of options. Shares subject to options surrendered in exchange for the exercise of a SAR shall not be restored to the total number available for the grant of options or related SAR’s.
5. Plan Administration.
  (a)   The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “Committee”) whose members shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors of the Company. In addition, all members shall be directors and shall meet the definitional

3


 

      requirements for “disinterested person” (with any exceptions therein permitted) contained in the then current SEC Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision.
 
  (b)   The Committee shall adopt such rules of procedure as it may deem proper.
 
  (c)   The powers of the Committee shall include plenary authority to interpret the Plan, and subject to the provisions hereof, to determine the persons to whom options and related SAR’s shall be granted, the number of shares subject to each option and related SAR, the term of option and related SAR, and the date on which options and related SAR’s shall be granted.
6. Eligibility.
  (a)   Options and related SAR’s may be granted under the Plan to employees of the Company or any subsidiary selected by the Committee. Determination by the Committee of the employees to whom options and related SAR’s shall be granted shall be conclusive.
 
  (b)   An individual may receive more than one option and related SAR, subject, however, to the following limitations: (i) in the case of an incentive stock option (as described in Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the options are granted) of the Company’s common stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year by any individual employee (under this Plan and all other similar plans of the Company and its subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000, and (ii) the maximum number of shares with respect to which options or SAR’s are granted to an individual during the term of the Plan, as defined in Section 3 hereof, shall not exceed 200,000 shares. Incentive stock options granted hereunder shall be clearly identified as such at the time of grant.
7. Option Price. The option price per share to be paid by the grantee to the Company upon exercise of the option shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share at the time the option is granted, nor shall the price per share be less than the par value of the share. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, the option price per share may be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share at the time the option is granted if:
  (a)   The grantee of the option has entered into an agreement with the Company pursuant to which the grant of the option is in lieu of the payment of compensation; and
 
  (b)   The amount of such compensation when added to the cash exercise price of the option equals at least 100% of the fair market value (at the time the option is granted) of the shares subject to option.
“Fair market value” for purposes of the Plan shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices at which shares of the Company were sold on the valuation day as quoted by the Nasdaq Stock Market or, if there were no sales on that day, then on the last day prior to the valuation day during which there were sales. In the event that this method of valuation is not practicable, then the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish the method by which fair market value shall be determined.
8. Terms or Quotas of Options and Related SAR’s:
  (a)   Term. Each option and related SAR granted under the Plan shall be exercisable only during a term (the “Term of the Option”) commencing one year, or such other period of time (which may be less than or more than one year) as is determined to be appropriate by the Committee, after the date when the option or related SAR was granted and ending (unless the option and related SAR shall have terminated earlier under other provisions of the Plan) on a date to be fixed by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each option and related SAR granted under the Plan shall become exercisable in full immediately upon a Change in Control.

4


 

  (b)   Quotas. The Committee shall have authority to grant options and related SAR’s exercisable in full at any time during their term, or exercisable in quotas. Quotas or portions thereof not purchased in earlier periods shall be cumulated and be available for purchase in later periods. In exercising his or her option or related SAR, the grantee may purchase less than the full quota available to him or her.
 
  (c)   Exercise of Stock Options. Stock options shall be exercised by delivering, mailing, or transmitting to the Committee or its designee the following items:
  (i)   A notice, in the form, by the method, and at times prescribed by the Committee, specifying the number of shares to be purchased; and
 
  (ii)   A check or money order payable to the Company for the full option price.
In addition, the Committee in its sole discretion may determine that it is an appropriate method of payment for grantees to pay, or make partial payment of, the option price with shares of Company common stock, $1.25 par value, in lieu of cash. In addition, in its sole discretion the Committee may determine that it is an appropriate method of payment for grantees to pay for any shares subject to an option by delivering a properly executed exercise notice together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the purchase price. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. The value of Company common stock surrendered in payment of the exercise price shall be its fair market value, determined pursuant to Section 7, on the date of exercise. Upon receipt of such notice of exercise of a stock option and upon payment of the option price by a method other than a cashless exercise, the Company shall promptly deliver to the grantee (or in the event the grantee has executed a deferral agreement, the Company shall deliver to the grantee at the time specified in such deferral agreement) a certificate or certificates for the shares purchased, without charge to him or her for issue or transfer tax.
  (d)   Exercise of SAR’s. Except as required by subsection 8(e), a SAR shall be exercised by delivering, mailing, or transmitting to the Committee or its designee a notice in the form, by the method, and at times prescribed by the Committee, specifying the grantee’s election, in accordance with Subsection 4(b), to receive cash, stock, or a combination thereof in full or partial settlement of the SAR, or a portion thereof.
 
  (e)   Cash Settlements of SAR’s by Section 16 Grantees. Notwithstanding subsection 8(d), solely with respect to Section 16 grantees, an election to receive cash in full or partial settlement of a SAR or a portion thereof and the actual exercise of such SAR shall be made by delivering, mailing, or transmitting, to the Committee or its designee during the period beginning on the third business day following the release for publication of the Company’s quarterly or annual sales and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date a notice, in the form and by the method prescribed by the Committee, specifying the grantee’s election to receive cash in full or partial settlement of the SAR, or a portion thereof. Such notice shall constitute both the grantee’s election to receive cash and the actual exercise of the SAR for a cash settlement.
 
  (f)   SAR payments. Upon the exercise of a SAR in accordance with subsection 8(d), the Company shall promptly deliver to the grantee stock or cash or a combination thereof, in such proportion as has been elected by the grantee pursuant to subsection 8(d), equal to:
  (i)   The fair market value, as determined in Section 7, of one share of Company common stock on the date of exercise of the SAR: minus
 
  (ii)   The option price of the related option; multiplied by

5


 

  (iii)   The number of shares subject to option which are being surrendered in exercise of the SAR, or portion thereof. Provided, however, solely for the purpose of exercising an SAR, the per share gain to the grantee as measured by the difference between the fair market value, as described in (i), and the option price, as described in (ii), shall not exceed 200% of the option price. For example, if the option price is $12 per share, the gain may not exceed $24 per share or, in this example, be based on a fair market value at the time of exercise in excess of $36.
  (g)   SAR payments to Section 16 Grantees. Upon the exercise of a SAR in accordance with subsection 9(e), the Company shall promptly deliver to the grantee cash or the combination of stock and cash, in such proportion as has been elected by the grantee and consented to by the Committee pursuant to subsections 4(b) and 8(e), equal to:
  (i)   The highest fair market value, as determined in Section 7, of one share of Company common stock occurring during ten business day period specified in subsection 8(e) during which the grantee makes his election and exercises the SAR; minus
 
  (ii)   The option price of the related option; multiplied by
 
  (iii)   The number of shares subject to option which are being surrendered in exercise of the SAR, or portion thereof. Provided, however, solely for the purpose of exercising an SAR, the per share gain to the grantee as measured by the difference between the fair market value, as described in (i), and the option price, as described in (ii), shall not exceed 200% of the option price. For example, if the option price is $12 per share, the gain may not exceed $24 per share or, in this example, be based on a fair market value at the time of exercise in excess of $36.
  (h)   Postponements. The Committee may postpone any exercise of an option or related SAR for such period of time as the Committee in its discretion reasonably believes necessary to prevent any acts or omissions that the Committee reasonably believes will be or will result in the violation of any state or federal law; and the Company shall not be obligated by virtue of any provision of the Plan or the terms of any prior grant of an option or related SAR to recognize the exercise of an option or related SAR or to sell or issue shares during the period of such postponement. Any such postponement shall automatically extend the time within which the option or related SAR may be exercised, as follows: The exercise period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the number of days of the postponement, but in no event shall the exercise period be extended beyond the last day of the postponement for more days than there were remaining in the option or related SAR’s exercise period on the first day of the postponement. Neither the Company, nor its directors of officers, shall have any obligation or liability to the grantee of an option or related SAR or to a successor with respect to any shares as to which the option or related SAR shall lapse because of such postponement.
 
  (i)   Non-Transferability. All options and related SAR’s granted under the Plan shall be non-transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, subject to Section 10 hereof, and an option or related SAR may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee only by him or her or by his/her guardian or legal representative. Also, if required by the then current Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, and solely with respect to Section 16 grantees, common stock acquired upon the exercise of an option or related SAR may not be sold for at least six months after acquisition, except in the case of such grantee’s death or disability. Also, if required by the then current Rule 16b-3, or any successor provision, and solely with respect to Section 16 grantees, then notwithstanding anything hereunto the contrary, options and SAR’s are not exercisable for at least six months after grant except in the case of death or disability.

6


 

  (j)   Certificates. The stock certificate or certificates to be delivered under this Plan may, at the request of the grantee, be issued in his or her name or, with the consent of the Company, the name of another person as specified by the grantee.
 
  (k)   Restrictions. This subsection (k) shall be void and of no legal effect in the event of a Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything in any other section or subsection herein to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to all options and related SAR’s (except options and, if any, related SAR’s designated by the Committee as FirstShare options and related SAR’s), exercises and grantees. An amount equal to the spread realized in connection with the exercise of an option or SAR within six months prior to a grantee’s voluntary resignation shall be paid to the Company by the grantee in the event that the grantee, within six months following voluntary resignation, engages, directly or indirectly, in any activity determined by the Committee to be competitive with any activity of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
  (l)   Taxes. The Company shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, and the Company may defer making payment or delivery of any benefits under the Plan if any tax is payable until indemnified to its satisfaction. The Committee may, in its discretion and subject to such rules which it may adopt, permit a grantee to satisfy, in whole or in part, any federal, state and local withholding tax obligation which may arise in connection with the exercise of a stock option or SAR, by electing either:
  (i)   To have the Company withhold shares of Company common stock from the shares to be issued upon the exercise of the option or SAR;
 
  (ii)   To permit a grantee to tender back shares of Company common stock issued upon the exercise of an option or SAR; or
 
  (iii)   To deliver to the Company previously owned shares of Company common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount of the federal, state, and local withholding tax associated with the exercise of the option or SAR.
  (m)   Additional Provisions Applicable to Option Agreements in Lieu of Compensation. If the Committee, in its discretion permits participants to enter into agreements as contemplated by Section 7 herein, then such agreements must be irrevocable and cannot be changed by the participant once made, and such agreements must be made at least prior to the performance of any services with respect to which an option may be granted. Also, solely with respect to Section 16 grantees, the date of the grant of any option pursuant to an agreement contemplated by Section 7 herein must be at least six months after the date on which a participant enters into such agreement, and the exercise price must be determined by reference to the fair market value of the Company’s shares on the date of grant. If any participant who enters into such an agreement terminates employment prior to the grant of the option, then the option will not be granted and all compensation which would have been covered by the option will be paid to the participant in cash.
9. Exercise of Option by Grantee on Cessation of Employment.
  (a)   If a person to whom an option has been granted shall cease, for a reason other than his or her death, disability, early retirement, retirement, workforce reduction, or voluntary resignation, to be employed by the Company or a subsidiary, the option and related SAR shall terminate three months after the cessation of employment, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Until the option or related SAR terminates, it may be exercised by the grantee for all or a portion of the shares as to which the right to purchase had accrued under the Plan at the time of cessation of employment, subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions provided in Section 8

7


 

      hereof. If a person to whom an option or related SAR has been granted shall retire or become disabled, the option and related SAR shall terminate five years after the date of early retirement, retirement or disability, unless it terminates earlier under the Plan. Although such exercise by a retiree or disabled grantee is not limited to the exercise rights which had accrued at the date of early retirement, retirement or disability, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof. If a person shall voluntarily resign, his option and related SAR to the extent not previously exercised shall terminate at once. In the event that the sale of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities (referred to herein as “the sale of the Division”) of the HomeBanc Mortgage Corporation division (the “Division”) of First Horizon Home Loan Corporation occurs, then notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the grantee of one or more stock options described in the second sentence of Section 7 of the Plan is employed by the Division immediately prior to the closing of the sale of the Division and is not an employee of the Equibanc department of the Division and if the employment of the grantee of such option or options terminates at the time of the closing of the sale of the Division, then each of such stock options shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. Memphis time on the fifth anniversary of the closing of the sale of the Division (or if such date is not a business day, then on the immediately preceding business day), unless it terminates earlier under the Plan. The exercise of each of such options is subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions provided in Section 8 hereof. If the grantee of one or more stock options described in the second sentence of Section 7 of the Plan or as to which the number of shares awarded was based on a formula which included a percentage of the grantee’s annual bonus or target bonus or participation in a bonus plan shall cease to be employed as a result of a workforce reduction, then each of such stock options shall terminate on the date specified by the Committee, not to exceed five years after the date of termination, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Although such exercise is not limited to the exercise rights which had accrued at the date of termination, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof. If the grantee of one or more stock options not described in the prior two sentences of this paragraph shall cease to be employed as a result of a workforce reduction, then each of such stock options shall terminate on the date specified by the Committee, not to exceed three years after the date of termination, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Although such exercise is not limited to exercise rights which had accrued at the date of termination, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 9(a) and 10, if an option holder’s employment has terminated for any reason or if the option holder has died, the Committee is authorized to extend the exercise period of any such holder’s outstanding options (and any related SARs) so as to allow the option holder or his or her successor, as applicable, to exercise the affected options (and any related SARs) at any time during the original full Term of the Option, or at any time during any shorter period selected by the Committee. The discretion afforded the Committee herein may be exercised on a case by case basis, or may be exercised in connection with specific groups of options or option holders in specific situations. No exercise of such discretion in one instance shall give rise to any right or expectation of similar treatment by that option holder, or by any other option holder, in any other similar situation.
10. Exercise of Option or Related SAR After Death of Grantee. If the grantee of an option and related SAR shall die while in the employ of the Company or within three months after ceasing to be an employee, and if the option and related SAR was in effect at the time of his or her death (whether or not its term had then commenced), the option and related SAR may, until the expiration of five years from the date of death of the grantee or until the earlier expiration of the term of the option and related SAR, be exercised by the successor of the deceased grantee. Although such exercise is not limited to the exercise rights which had accrued at the date of death of the grantee, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof. The provisions of this Section 10 shall be subject to the Committee’s discretion exercised pursuant to Section 9(b) above.

8


 

11. Pyramiding of Options. The Committee in its sole discretion may from time to time permit the method of exercising options known as pyramiding (the automatic application of shares received upon the exercise of a portion of a stock option to satisfy the exercise price for additional portions of the option).
12. Shareholder Rights. No person shall have any rights of a shareholder by virtue of a stock option and related SAR except with respect to shares actually issued to him or her, and issuance of shares shall confer no retroactive right to dividends.
13. Adjustment for Changes in Capitalization. Any increase in the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company occurring through stock splits or stock dividends after the adoption of the Plan shall be reflected proportionately:
  (a)   In an increase in the aggregate number of shares then available for the grant of options and related SAR’s under the Plan, or becoming available through the termination of options and related SAR’s previously granted but unexercised;
 
  (b)   In the number available to grant to any one person;
 
  (c)   In the number subject to options and related SAR’s then outstanding; and
 
  (d)   In the quotas remaining available for exercise under outstanding options and related SAR’s,
and a proportionate reduction shall be made in the per-share option price as to any outstanding options and related SAR’s or portions thereof not yet exercised. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section, the number of shares subject to each outstanding option may be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares or to the nearest fraction of a whole share specified by the Committee, all as the Committee may determine from time to time. The Committee may approve different rounding methods for different tranches of options or for options of different sizes within any single tranche. If changes in capitalization other than those considered above shall occur, the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the number and class of shares for which options and related SAR’s may thereafter be granted, and in the number and class of shares remaining subject to options and related SAR’s previously granted and in the per-share option price as the Board in its discretion may consider appropriate, and all such adjustments shall be conclusive; provided, however, that the Board shall not make any adjustments with respect to the number of shares subject to previously granted incentive stock options or available for grant as options if such adjustment would constitute the adoption of a new plan requiring shareholder approval before further incentive stock options could be granted. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, in the case of any stock dividend paid or payable at a rate of 10% or less:
  (i)   The Company may implement any required adjustment of an option by either of the following alternative methods applicable to that option, in lieu of the method provided above.
  (a)   The Company may defer making any formal adjustment to individual options until such time as it is deemed administratively practicable and convenient. If the Company expects a series of quarterly or other periodic stock dividends to occur, the Company may make a single adjustment that would have the same cumulative effect as having made adjustments for all such stock dividends, except that the Company may make a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares rather than having to account for rounding at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (b)   Prior to making any such formal adjustment(s) to such individual option or in lieu of making any such formal adjustment(s), the Company may make one or more informal adjustments to such individual option at the time that the holder exercises such option (in whole or in part) in accordance with its original terms as if no adjustment had been made for any such stock dividends. In that case, as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Company shall issue to the option holder for no additional consideration such whole number of additional shares to which the option holder would have been entitled if formal adjustments to the holder’s option had been made for each such stock dividend (except for a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares). In any case under this

9


 

      alternative: (1) the Company may impose such limitations on the issuance of such additional shares, including the forfeiture of such additional shares, if it is not administratively practicable for the Company to issue such additional shares after any exercise of a stock option within such period of time as may, in the discretion of the Company, be appropriate to best preserve the status of such options under Section 409A as Grandfathered Options or Excepted Options, as hereinafter defined; and (2) if approved by the Committee, the Company may withhold the issuance of additional shares in such amount as may be appropriate to defray applicable withholding and other taxes with respect to the additional shares or may make other arrangements to defray applicable withholding and other taxes from other sources.
  (ii)   The Committee may delegate to the executive officer of the Company in charge of human resources the task of establishing and implementing appropriate policies, procedures, and methods to implement any such alternative adjustment methods within parameters approved by the Committee.
 
  (iii)   Regardless of whether formal adjustments to individual options are deferred or whether only informal adjustments are made to individual options, the number of shares available for the issuance of options under the Plan shall be deemed to be increased as if formal adjustments were made at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither this section nor any policies or procedures adopted hereunder shall be deemed to authorize any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (a) the exercise or disposition of the options under Treasury Regulation §1.83-7 or (b) the time any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the options first become substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b). In the event of any partial exercise or disposition of an option or any partial vesting and delivery of shares under an option, the foregoing provisions in this (iv) shall be applied to the options in the same proportions.
 
  (v)   For purposes of this section, the term “Grandfathered Options” shall mean options that were both issued and exercisable prior to January 1, 2005 and thus grandfathered from being subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and the term “Excepted Options” shall mean stock options with an exercise price which may never be less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and thus qualify for the exception in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). It is not intended that any adjustment will constitute either a material modification of a Grandfathered Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-6(a)(4) or a modification of an Excepted Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). This section shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention, and all policies and procedures adopted hereunder shall be in accordance with such intention.
14. Termination, Suspension, or Modification of Plan. The Board of Directors may at any time terminate, suspend, or modify the Plan, except that the Board of Directors shall not amend the Plan in violation of law and shall not, without shareholder approval, make any amendment to the Plan (other than amendments pursuant to Section 13 herein) that would:
  (a)   Increase the number of shares specified in Section 4(a);
 
  (b)   Extend the duration of the Plan specified in Section 3; or
 
  (c)   Modify the class of employees eligible to receive options and related SAR’s under the Plan.
No termination, suspension, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect any right acquired by any grantee, or by any successor of a grantee (as provided in Section 10 hereof), under the terms of an option and related SAR’s granted before the date of such termination, suspension, or modification, unless such grantee or successor shall consent, but it shall be conclusively presumed that any adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in Section 13 does not adversely affect any such right.

10


 

15. Application of Proceeds. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of its shares under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.
16. No Right to Employment. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the granting of any stock option or SAR shall confer upon the grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or the subsidiary to terminate such employment at any time.
17. Successors . This Plan shall bind any successor of the Company, its assets or its businesses (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise), in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be obligated under this Plan if no succession had taken place. In the case of any transaction in which a successor would not by the foregoing provision or by operation of law be bound by this Plan, the Company shall require such successor expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under this Plan, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The term “Company,” as used in the Plan, shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor or assignee to the business or assets which by reason hereof becomes bound by this Plan.

11

EXHIBIT 10.2(d)
FIRST TENNESSEE NATIONAL CORPORATION
1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN

(Adopted 10-22-96; As Restated for Amendments through 12-15-08)
1. Purpose . The 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) of First Tennessee National Corporation and any successor thereto, (the “Company”) is designed to enable employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company, and thus to share in the future success of the Company’s business. Accordingly, the Plan is intended as a further means not only of attracting and retaining outstanding personnel, but also of promoting a closer identity of interest between employees and shareholders.
2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:
  (a)   “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following events:
     (i) individuals who, on January 21, 1997, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to January 21, 1997, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided , however , that no individual elected or nominated as a director of the Company initially as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
     (ii) any “Person” (as defined under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that the event described in this paragraph (ii) shall not be deemed to be a change in control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any entity in which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns more than 50% of the voting securities or interests (a “Subsidiary”), (B) by an employee stock ownership or employee benefit plan or trust sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii));
     (iii) the shareholders of the Company approve a merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit

1


 

plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or
     (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.
     Computations required by paragraph (iii) shall be made on and as of the date of shareholder approval and shall be based on reasonable assumptions that will result in the lowest percentage obtainable.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a change in control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided , that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a change in control of the Company shall then occur.
  (b)   “Committee” means the Stock Option Committee or any successor committee designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Stock Option Plan, as provided in Section 5(a) hereof.
 
  (c)   “Early Retirement” means termination of employment after an employee has fulfilled all service requirements for an early pension, and before his or her Normal Retirement Date, under the terms of the First Tennessee National Corporation Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
  (d)   “Quota” means the portion of the total number of shares subject to an option which the grantee of the option may purchase during the several periods of the term of the option (if the option is subject to quotas), as provided in Section 8(b) hereof.
 
  (e)   “Retirement” means termination of employment after an employee has fulfilled all service requirements for a pension under the terms of the First Tennessee National Corporation Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
  (f)   “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  (g)   “Successor” means the legal representative of the estate of a deceased grantee or the person or persons who shall acquire the right to exercise an option or related SAR by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the grantee, as provided in Section 10 hereof.
 
  (h)   “Term of the Option” means the period during which a particular option may be exercised, as provided in Section 8(a) hereof.
 
  (i)   “Three months after cessation of employment” means a period of time beginning at 12:01 A.M. on the day following the date notice of termination of employment was given and ending at 11:59 P.M. on the date in the third following month corresponding numerically with the date notice of termination of employment was given (or in the event that the third following month does not have a date so corresponding, then the last day of the third following month).

2


 

  (j)   “Five years after (an event occurring on day x)” and “five years from (an event occurring on day x)” means a period of time beginning at 12:01 A.M. on the day following day x and ending at 11:59 P.M. on the date in the fifth following year corresponding numerically with day x (or in the event that the fifth following year does not have a date so corresponding, then the last day of the sixtieth following month).
 
  (k)   “Voluntary Resignation” means any termination of employment that is not involuntary and that is not the result of the employee’s death, disability, early retirement or retirement.
 
  (l)   “Workforce reduction” means any termination of employment of one or more employees of the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries as a result of the discontinuation by the Company of a business or line of business or a realignment of the Company, or a part thereof, or any other similar type of event; provided, however, in the case of any such event (whether the termination of employment was a result of a discontinuation, a realignment, or another event), that the Committee or the Board of Directors has designated the event as a “workforce reduction” for purposes of this Plan.
3. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Director of the Company. No options may be granted under the Plan after the month and day in the year 2006 corresponding to the day before the month and day on which the Plan becomes effective. The term of options granted on or before such date may, however, extend beyond that date.
4. Shares Subject to the Plan.
  (a)   The Company may grant options under the Plan authorizing the issuance of no more than 27,950,000 shares of its $0.625 par value (adjusted for any stock splits) common stock, which will be provided from shares purchased in the open market or privately (that became authorized but unissued shares under state corporation law) or by the issuance of previously authorized but unissued shares.
 
  (b)   Shares as to which options previously granted under this Plan shall for any reason lapse shall be restored to the total number available for grant of options.
5. Plan Administration.
  (a)   The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “Committee”) whose members shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors of the Company. In addition, all members shall be directors and shall meet the definitional requirements for “non-employee director” (with any exceptions therein permitted) contained in the then current SEC Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision.
 
  (b)   The Committee shall adopt such rules of procedure as it may deem proper.
 
  (c)   The powers of the Committee shall include plenary authority to interpret the Plan, and subject to the provisions hereof, to determine the persons to whom options shall be granted, the number of shares subject to each option, the term of the option, and the date on which options shall be granted.
6. Eligibility.
  (a)   Options may be granted under the Plan to employees of the Company or any subsidiary selected by the Committee. Determination by the Committee of the employees to whom options shall be granted shall be conclusive.
 
  (b)   An individual may receive more than one option.

3


 

7. Option Price. The option price per share to be paid by the grantee to the Company upon exercise of the option shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share at the time the option is granted, nor shall the price per share be less than the par value of the share. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, the option price per share may be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share at the time the option is granted if:
  (a)   The grantee of the option has entered into an agreement with the Company pursuant to which the grant of the option is in lieu of the payment of compensation; and
 
  (b)   The amount of such compensation when added to the cash exercise price of the option equals at least 100% of the fair market value (at the time the option is granted) of the shares subject to option.
“Fair market value” for purposes of the Plan shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices at which shares of the Company were sold on the valuation day as quoted by the Nasdaq Stock Market or, if there were no sales on that day, then on the last day prior to the valuation day during which there were sales. In the event that this method of valuation is not practicable, then the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish the method by which fair market value shall be determined.
8. Terms or Quotas of Options:
  (a)   Term. Each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable only during a term (the “Term of the Option”) commencing one year, or such other period of time (which may be less than or more than one year) as is determined to be appropriate by the Committee, after the date when the option was granted and ending (unless the option shall have terminated earlier under other provisions of the Plan) on a date to be fixed by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable in full immediately upon a Change in Control.
 
  (b)   Quotas. The Committee shall have authority to grant options exercisable in full at any time during their term, or exercisable in quotas. Quotas or portions thereof not purchased in earlier periods shall be cumulated and be available for purchase in later periods. In exercising his or her option, the grantee may purchase less than the full quota available to him or her.
 
  (c)   Exercise of Stock Options. Stock options shall be exercised by delivering, mailing, or transmitting to the Committee or its designee (for all purposes under the Plan, in the absence of an express designation by the Committee, the Company’s Personnel Division Manager is deemed to be the Committee’s designee) the following items:
(i) A notice, in the form, by the method, and at times prescribed by the Committee, specifying the number of shares to be purchased; and
(ii) A check or money order payable to the Company for the full option price.
In addition, the Committee in its sole discretion may determine that it is an appropriate method of payment for grantees to pay, or make partial payment of, the option price with shares of Company common stock in lieu of cash. In addition, in its sole discretion the Committee may determine that it is an appropriate method of payment for grantees to pay for any shares subject to an option by delivering a properly executed exercise notice together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the purchase price (a “cashless exercise”). To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. The value of Company common stock surrendered in payment of the exercise price shall be its fair market value, determined pursuant to Section 7, on the date of exercise. Upon receipt of such notice of exercise of a stock option and upon payment of the option price by a method other than a cashless exercise, the

4


 

Company shall promptly deliver to the grantee (or, in the event the grantee has executed a deferral agreement, the Company shall deliver to the grantee at the time specified in such deferral agreement) a certificate or certificates for the shares purchased, without charge to him or her for issue or transfer tax.
  (d)   Postponements. The Committee may postpone any exercise of an option for such period of time as the Committee in its discretion reasonably believes necessary to prevent any acts or omissions that the Committee reasonably believes will be or will result in the violation of any state or federal law; and the Company shall not be obligated by virtue of any provision of the Plan or the terms of any prior grant of an option to recognize the exercise of an option or to sell or issue shares during the period of such postponement. Any such postponement shall automatically extend the time within which the option may be exercised, as follows: The exercise period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the number of days of the postponement, but in no event shall the exercise period be extended beyond the last day of the postponement for more days than there were remaining in the option exercise period on the first day of the postponement. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary of the Company, nor any of their respective directors or officers shall have any obligation or liability to the grantee of an option or to a successor with respect to any shares as to which the option shall lapse because of such postponement.
 
  (e)   Non-Transferability. All options granted under the Plan shall be non-transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, subject to Section 10 hereof, and an option may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee only by him or her or by his/her guardian or legal representative.
 
  (f)   Certificates. The stock certificate or certificates to be delivered under this Plan may, at the request of the grantee, be issued in his or her name or, with the consent of the Company, the name of another person as specified by the grantee.
 
  (g)   Restrictions. This subsection (g) shall be void and of no legal effect in the event of a Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything in any other section or subsection herein to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to all options (except options designated by the Committee as FirstShare options), exercises and grantees. An amount equal to the spread realized in connection with the exercise of an option within six months prior to a grantee’s voluntary resignation shall be paid to the Company by the grantee in the event that the grantee, within six months following voluntary resignation, engages, directly or indirectly, in any activity determined by the Committee to be competitive with any activity of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
  (h)   Taxes. The Company shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, and the Company may defer making payment or delivery of any benefits under the Plan if any tax is payable until indemnified to its satisfaction. The Committee may, in its discretion and subject to such rules which it may adopt, permit a grantee to satisfy, in whole or in part, any federal, state and local withholding tax obligation which may arise in connection with the exercise of a stock option, by electing either:
(i) to have the Company withhold shares of Company common stock from the shares to be issued upon the exercise of the option;
(ii) to permit a grantee to tender back shares of Company common stock issued upon the exercise of an option; or
(iii) to deliver to the Company previously owned shares of Company common stock, having, in the case of (i), (ii), or (iii), a fair market value equal to the amount of the federal, state, and local withholding tax associated with the exercise of the option.

5


 

  (i)   Additional Provisions Applicable to Option Agreements in Lieu of Compensation. If the Committee, in its discretion permits participants to enter into agreements as contemplated by Section 7 herein, then such agreements must be irrevocable and cannot be changed by the participant once made, and such agreements must be made at least prior to the performance of any services with respect to which an option may be granted. If any participant who enters into such an agreement terminates employment prior to the grant of the option, then the option will not be granted and all compensation which would have been covered by the option will be paid to the participant in cash.
9. Exercise of Option by Grantee on Cessation of Employment. If a person to whom an option has been granted shall cease, for a reason other than his or her death, disability, early retirement, retirement, workforce reduction, or voluntary resignation, to be employed by the Company or a subsidiary, the option shall terminate three months after the cessation of employment, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Until the option terminates, it may be exercised by the grantee for all or a portion of the shares as to which the right to purchase had accrued under the Plan at the time of cessation of employment, subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions provided in Section 8 hereof. If a person to whom an option has been granted shall retire or become disabled, the option shall terminate five years after the date of early retirement, retirement or disability, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Although such exercise by a retiree or disabled grantee is not limited to the exercise rights which had accrued at the date of early retirement, retirement or disability, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof. If a person shall voluntarily resign, his option to the extent not previously exercised shall terminate at once. In the event that the sale of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities (referred to herein as “the sale of the Division”) of the HomeBanc Mortgage Corporation division (the “Division”) of First Horizon Home Loan Corporation occurs, then notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the grantee of one or more stock options described in the second sentence of Section 7 of the Plan is employed by the Division immediately prior to the closing of the sale of the Division and is not an employee of the Equibanc department of the Division and if the employment of the grantee of such option or options terminates at the time of the closing of the sale of the Division, then each of such stock options shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. Memphis time on the fifth anniversary of the closing of the sale of the Division (or if such date is not a business day, then on the immediately preceding business day), unless it terminates earlier under the Plan. The exercise of each of such options is subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions provided in Section 8 hereof. If the grantee of one or more stock options described in the second sentence of Section 7 of the Plan or as to which the number of shares awarded was based on a formula which included a percentage of the grantee’s annual bonus or target bonus or participation in a bonus plan shall cease to be employed as a result of a workforce reduction, then each of such stock options shall terminate on the date specified by the Committee, not to exceed five years after the date of termination, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Although such exercise is not limited to the exercise rights which had accrued at the date of termination, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof. If the grantee of one or more stock options not described in the prior two sentences of this paragraph shall cease to be employed as a result of a workforce reduction, then each of such stock options shall terminate on the date specified by the Committee, not to exceed three years after the date of termination, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Although such exercise is not limited to exercise rights which had accrued at the date of termination, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof.
10. Exercise of Option After Death of Grantee. If the grantee of an option shall die while in the employ of the Company or within three months after ceasing to be an employee, and if the option was in effect at the time of his or her death (whether or not its term had then commenced), the option may, until the expiration of five years from the date of death of the grantee or until the earlier expiration of the term of the option, be exercised by the successor of the deceased grantee. Although such exercise is not limited to the exercise rights which had accrued at the date of death of the grantee, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof.
11. Pyramiding of Options. The Committee in its sole discretion may from time to time permit the method of exercising options known as pyramiding (the automatic application of shares received upon the exercise of a portion of a stock option to satisfy the exercise price for additional portions of the option).

6


 

12. Shareholder Rights. No person shall have any rights of a shareholder by virtue of a stock option except with respect to shares actually issued to him or her, and issuance of shares shall confer no retroactive right to dividends.
13. Adjustment for Changes in Capitalization. Any increase in the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company occurring through stock splits or stock dividends after the adoption of the Plan shall be reflected proportionately:
  (a)   in an increase in the aggregate number of shares then available for the grant of options under the Plan, or becoming available through the termination or forfeiture of options previously granted but unexercised;
 
  (b)   in the number subject to options then outstanding; and
 
  (c)   in the quotas remaining available for exercise under outstanding options,
and a proportionate reduction shall be made in the per-share option price as to any outstanding options or portions thereof not yet exercised. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section, the number of shares subject to each outstanding option may be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares or to the nearest fraction of a whole share specified by the Committee, all as the Committee may determine from time to time. The Committee may approve different rounding methods for different tranches of options or for options of different sizes within any single tranche. If changes in capitalization other than those considered above shall occur, the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the number and class of shares for which options may thereafter be granted, and in the number and class of shares remaining subject to options previously granted and in the per-share option price as the Board in its discretion may consider appropriate, and all such adjustments shall be conclusive; provided, however, that the Board shall not make any adjustments with respect to the number of shares subject to previously granted incentive stock options or available for grant as options if such adjustment would constitute the adoption of a new plan requiring shareholder approval before further incentive stock options could be granted. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, in the case of any stock dividend paid or payable at a rate of 10% or less:
  (i)   The Company may implement any required adjustment of an option by either of the following alternative methods applicable to that option, in lieu of the method provided above.
  (a)   The Company may defer making any formal adjustment to individual options until such time as it is deemed administratively practicable and convenient. If the Company expects a series of quarterly or other periodic stock dividends to occur, the Company may make a single adjustment that would have the same cumulative effect as having made adjustments for all such stock dividends, except that the Company may make a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares rather than having to account for rounding at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (b)   Prior to making any such formal adjustment(s) to such individual option or in lieu of making any such formal adjustment(s), the Company may make one or more informal adjustments to such individual option at the time that the holder exercises such option (in whole or in part) in accordance with its original terms as if no adjustment had been made for any such stock dividends. In that case, as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Company shall issue to the option holder for no additional consideration such whole number of additional shares to which the option holder would have been entitled if formal adjustments to the holder’s option had been made for each such stock dividend (except for a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares). In any case under this alternative: (1) the Company may impose such limitations on the issuance of such additional shares, including the forfeiture of such additional shares, if it is not administratively practicable for the Company to issue such additional shares after any exercise of a stock option within such period of time as may, in the discretion of the Company, be appropriate to best preserve the status of such options under Section 409A as Grandfathered Options or Excepted Options, as hereinafter defined; and (2) if approved by the Committee, the Company may withhold the issuance of additional shares in such amount as may be appropriate to defray applicable withholding and other taxes with respect to the

7


 

      additional shares or may make other arrangements to defray applicable withholding and other taxes from other sources.
  (ii)   The Committee may delegate to the executive officer of the Company in charge of human resources the task of establishing and implementing appropriate policies, procedures, and methods to implement any such alternative adjustment methods within parameters approved by the Committee.
 
  (iii)   Regardless of whether formal adjustments to individual options are deferred or whether only informal adjustments are made to individual options, the number of shares available for the issuance of options under the Plan shall be deemed to be increased as if formal adjustments were made at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither this section nor any policies or procedures adopted hereunder shall be deemed to authorize any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (a) the exercise or disposition of the options under Treasury Regulation §1.83-7 or (b) the time any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the options first become substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b). In the event of any partial exercise or disposition of an option or any partial vesting and delivery of shares under an option, the foregoing provisions in this (iv) shall be applied to the options in the same proportions.
 
  (v)   For purposes of this section, the term “Grandfathered Options” shall mean options that were both issued and exercisable prior to January 1, 2005 and thus grandfathered from being subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and the term “Excepted Options” shall mean stock options with an exercise price which may never be less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and thus qualify for the exception in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). It is not intended that any adjustment will constitute either a material modification of a Grandfathered Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-6(a)(4) or a modification of an Excepted Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). This section shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention, and all policies and procedures adopted hereunder shall be in accordance with such intention.
14. Termination, Suspension, or Modification of Plan. The Board of Directors may at any time terminate, suspend, or modify the Plan, except that the Board of Directors shall not amend the Plan in violation of law. No termination, suspension, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect any right acquired by any grantee, or by any successor of a grantee (as provided in Section 10 hereof), under the terms of an option granted before the date of such termination, suspension, or modification, unless such grantee or successor shall consent, but it shall be conclusively presumed that any adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in Section 13 does not adversely affect any such right.
15. Application of Proceeds. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of its shares under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.
16. No Right to Employment. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the granting of any stock option shall confer upon the grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or the subsidiary to terminate such employment at any time.
17 Governing Law. The Plan and all determinations thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee.
18. Successors . This Plan shall bind any successor of the Company, its assets or its businesses (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise), in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be obligated under this Plan if no succession had taken place. In the case of any transaction in which a successor would not by the foregoing provision or by operation of law be bound by this Plan, the Company shall require such successor expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under this Plan, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The term “Company,” as used in the Plan, shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor or assignee to the business or assets which by reason hereof becomes bound by this Plan.

8

EXHIBIT 10.2(e)
FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN

(Adopted October 20, 1999; As Restated for Amendments through December 15, 2008)
1. Purpose . The 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) of First Horizon National Corporation and any successor thereto (the “Company”), is designed to enable employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company, and thus to share in the future success of the Company’s business. Accordingly, the Plan is intended as a further means not only of attracting and retaining outstanding personnel, but also of promoting a closer identity of interest between employees and shareholders.
2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:
  (a)   “Cause” shall mean (i) a grantee’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere (or similar plea) to, (A) a misdemeanor charge involving fraud, false statements or misleading omissions, wrongful taking, embezzlement, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, (B) a felony charge or (C) an equivalent charge to those in clauses (A) and (B) in jurisdictions which do not use those designations; (ii) the engaging by a grantee in any conduct which constitutes an employment disqualification under applicable law (including statutory disqualification as defined under the Exchange Act); (iii) a grantee’s failure to perform his or her duties to the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iv) a grantee’s violation of any securities or commodities laws, any rules or regulations issued pursuant to such laws, or the rules and regulations of any securities or commodities exchange or association of which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates is a member; (v) a grantee’s violation of any policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries concerning hedging or confidential or proprietary information, or a Participant’s material violation of any other policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries as in effect from time to time; (vi) the engaging by a grantee in any act or making any statement which impairs, impugns, denigrates, disparages or negatively reflects upon the name, reputation or business interests of the Company or its Subsidiaries; or (vii) the engaging by the grantee in any conduct detrimental to the Company or its Subsidiaries. The determination as to whether Cause has occurred shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee shall also have the authority in its sole discretion to waive the consequences under the Plan or any Award Agreement of the existence or occurrence of any of the events, acts or omissions constituting Cause.
 
  (b)   “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following events:
     (i) individuals who, on January 21, 1997, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to January 21, 1997, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided , however , that no individual elected or nominated as a director of the Company initially as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
     (ii) any “Person” (as defined under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that the event described in this paragraph (ii) shall not be deemed to be a change in control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any entity in which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns more than 50% of the voting securities or interests (a “Subsidiary”), (B) by an employee stock ownership or employee benefit plan or trust sponsored or maintained by

1


 

the Company or any Subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii));
     (iii) the shareholders of the Company approve a merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or
     (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.
Computations required by paragraph (iii) shall be made on and as of the date of shareholder approval and shall be based on reasonable assumptions that will result in the lowest percentage obtainable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a change in control of the Company shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided , that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a change in control of the Company shall then occur.
  (c)   “Committee” means the Stock Option Committee or any successor committee designated by the Board of Directors to administer this Plan, as provided in Section 5(a) hereof.
 
  (d)   “Compensation Plans” shall mean any compensation plan such as an incentive, stock option, restricted stock, pension restoration or deferred compensation plan or any employee benefit plan such as a thrift, pension, profit sharing, medical, disability, accident, life insurance plan or a relocation plan or policy or any other plan, program or policy of the Company intended to benefit employees, including, without limitation, any Compensation Plans established after the date this Plan is adopted or amended.
 
  (e)   “Disability” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in the applicable option agreement or grant notice, a disability that would qualify as a total and permanent disability under the long-term disability plan then in effect at the Employer employing the grantee at the onset of such total and permanent disability.

2


 

  (f)   “Early Retirement” means termination of employment after an employee has fulfilled all service requirements for an early pension, and before his or her Normal Retirement Date, under the terms of the First Horizon National Corporation Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
  (g)   “Employer” shall mean the Company or any Subsidiary that employs a grantee of an option under this Plan.
 
  (h)   “Good Reason” shall mean, following notice given by the grantee of an option to the Company:
(i) an adverse change in the grantee’s status, title or position with the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, including, without limitation, any adverse change in the grantee’s status, title or position as a result of a diminution in the grantee’s duties or responsibilities, or the assignment to the grantee of any duties or responsibilities which are inconsistent with such status, title, or position as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, or any removal of the grantee from, or any failure to reappoint or reelect the grantee to, such position (except in connection with the termination of the grantee’s employment for Cause, Disability or Retirement or as a result of the grantee’s death and except by the grantee other than for Good Reason);
(ii) a reduction by the Company in the grantee’s base salary or annual target bonus opportunity (including any adverse change in the formula for such annual bonus target) as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter;
(iii) the failure by the Company to provide the grantee with Compensation Plans that provide the grantee with substantially equivalent benefits in the aggregate to the Compensation Plans as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control (at substantially equivalent cost with respect to welfare benefit plans); and
(iv) the Company’s requiring the grantee to be based at an office that is greater than 25 miles from where the grantee’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control;
provided, however, (a) that an isolated and inadvertent action taken in good faith and which is remedied by the Company within ten (10) days after receipt of notice thereof given by the grantee shall not constitute Good Reason, and (b) no action shall constitute a Good Reason if the grantee has acknowledged to the Company in writing that a Good Reason will not arise from that action.
  (i)   “Qualifying Termination” shall mean a termination of the employment of a grantee with the Company resulting from any of the following:
(i) a termination of the employment or engagement of a grantee by the Company and its Subsidiaries within thirty-six (36) months following a Change in Control, other than a termination for Cause, Disability or Retirement or as a result of the grantee’s death; or
(ii) a termination of employment by a grantee for Good Reason within thirty-six (36) months following a Change in Control.
  (j)   “Quota” means the portion of the total number of shares subject to an option which the grantee of the option may purchase during the several periods of the term of the option (if the option is subject to quotas), as provided in Section 8(b) hereof.
 
  (k)   “Retirement” means termination of employment after an employee has fulfilled all service requirements for a pension under the terms of the First Horizon National Corporation Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
  (l)   “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  (m)   “Successor” means the legal representative of the estate of a deceased grantee or the person or persons who shall acquire the right to exercise an option or related SAR by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the grantee, as provided in Section 10 hereof.

3


 

  (n)   “Term of the Option” means the period during which a particular option may be exercised, as provided in Section 8(a) hereof.
 
  (o)   “Three months after cessation of employment” means 5:00 p.m. Memphis time on the date corresponding numerically with the date reflected in the Company’s records as the effective date of termination of employment in the third month following the month in which the effective date of termination of employment occurs (or in the event that such third following month does not have a date so corresponding, then the last day of the third following month). Also, if the last day of such period is not a business day, then the period will end at 5:00 p.m. Memphis time on the last business day of such period.
 
  (p)   “Five years after (an event occurring on day x)” and “five years from (an event occurring on day x)” means 5:00 p.m. on the date in the fifth year following the year in which day x occurred corresponding numerically with day x (or in the event that day x is February 29, then February 28 in the fifth following year). Also, if the last day of such period is not a business day, then the period will end at 5:00 p.m. Memphis time on the last business day of such period.
 
  (q)   “Voluntary Resignation” means any termination of employment that is not involuntary and that is not the result of the employee’s death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement.
 
  (r)   “Workforce Reduction” means any termination of employment of one or more employees of the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries as a result of the discontinuation by the Company of a business or line of business or a realignment of the Company, or a part thereof, or any other similar type of event; provided, however, in the case of any such event (whether the termination of employment was a result of a discontinuation, a realignment, or another event), that the Committee or the Board of Directors has designated the event as a “workforce reduction” for purposes of this Plan.
3. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon approval at a shareholder meeting by the holders of a majority of the shares of Company common stock present, or represented, at such meeting and entitled to vote on the Plan. No options may be granted under the Plan after the month and day in the year 2010 corresponding to the day before the month and day on which the Plan becomes effective. The term of options granted on or before such date may, however, extend beyond that date, but no incentive stock options may be granted which are exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the date of the grant.
4. Shares Subject to the Plan.
  (a)   The Company may grant options under the Plan authorizing the issuance of no more than 1,500,000 shares of its $0.625 par value (adjusted for any stock splits) common stock, which will be provided from shares purchased in the open market or privately or by the issuance of previously authorized but unissued shares. For purposes of computing the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Plan, if shares are tendered in payment of all or a portion of the exercise price, then the number of shares issued in connection with such exercise is the number of shares subject to option that was exercised, net of the number tendered in payment.
 
  (b)   Shares as to which options previously granted under this Plan shall for any reason lapse shall be restored to the total number available for grant of options.
5. Plan Administration.
  (a)   The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “Committee”) whose members shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors of the Company. In addition, all members shall be directors and shall meet the definitional requirements for “non-employee director” (with any exceptions therein permitted) contained in the then current SEC Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision.
 
  (b)   The Committee shall adopt such rules of procedure as it may deem proper.
 
  (c)   The powers of the Committee shall include plenary authority to interpret the Plan, and subject to the provisions hereof, to determine the persons to whom options shall be granted, the number of

4


 

      shares subject to each option, the terms and term of the option, and the date on which options shall be granted.
6. Eligibility.
  (a)   Options may be granted under the Plan to employees of the Company or any subsidiary selected by the Committee. Determination by the Committee of the employees to whom options shall be granted shall be conclusive.
 
  (b)   An individual may receive more than one option, subject, however, to the following limitations: (i) in the case of an incentive stock option (as described in Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the options are granted) of the Company’s common stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year by any individual employee (under this Plan and all other similar plans of the Company and its subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000, and (ii) the maximum number of shares with respect to which options are granted to an individual during the term of the Plan, as defined in Section 3 hereof, shall not exceed 1,000,000 shares. Incentive stock options granted hereunder shall be clearly identified as such at the time of grant.
7. Option Price. The option price per share to be paid by the grantee to the Company upon exercise of the option shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share at the time the option is granted, nor shall the price per share be less than the par value of the share. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, the option price per share may be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share at the time the option is granted if:
  (a)   The grantee of the option has entered into an agreement with the Company pursuant to which the grant of the option (which must be a non-qualified option and not an incentive stock option) is in lieu of the payment of compensation; and
 
  (b)   The amount of such compensation when added to the cash exercise price of the option equals at least 100% of the fair market value (at the time the option is granted) of the shares subject to option.
“Fair market value” for purposes of the Plan shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices at which shares of the Company were sold on the New York Stock Exchange on the valuation day or, if there were no sales on that day, then on the last day prior to the valuation day during which there were sales. In the event that this method of valuation is not practicable, then the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish the method by which fair market value shall be determined.
8. Terms or Quotas of Options:
  (a)   Term. Each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable only during a term (the “Term of the Option”) commencing one year, or such other period of time (which may be less than or more than one year) as is determined to be appropriate by the Committee, after the date when the option was granted and ending (unless the option shall have terminated earlier under other provisions of the Plan) on a date to be fixed by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each option granted under the Plan prior to April 14, 2008 shall become exercisable in full immediately upon a Change in Control. Upon a Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control, all outstanding options granted on and following April 14, 2008 shall vest, become immediately exercisable or payable or have all restrictions lifted, as the case may be. In addition, an option agreement or grant notice, or an individual agreement between the Participant and the Company, may provide for additional benefits to the Participant upon a Change in Control.
 
  (b)   Quotas. The Committee shall have authority to grant options exercisable in full at any time during their term, or exercisable in quotas. Quotas or portions thereof not purchased in earlier periods shall be cumulated and be available for purchase in later periods. In exercising an option, the grantee may purchase less than the full quota available to him or her.
 
  (c)   Exercise of Stock Options. Stock options shall be exercised by delivering, mailing, or transmitting to the Committee or its designee (for all purposes under the Plan, in the absence of an

5


 

      express designation by the Committee, the Company’s Executive Vice President-Employee Services is deemed to be the Committee’s designee) the following items:
     (i) A notice, in the form and by the method (which may include use of a telephone or other means of electronic communication) and at times prescribed by the Committee, specifying the number of shares to be purchased; and
     (ii) A check or money order payable to the Company for the full option price.
In addition, the Committee in its sole discretion may determine that it is an appropriate method of payment for grantees to pay, or make partial payment of, the option price with shares of Company common stock in lieu of cash. In addition, in its sole discretion the Committee may determine that it is an appropriate method of payment for grantees to pay for any shares subject to an option by delivering a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions (which may be by the use of a telephone or other means of electronic communication) to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the purchase price (a “cashless exercise”). To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. The value of Company common stock surrendered in payment of the exercise price shall be its fair market value, determined pursuant to Section 7, on the date of exercise. Upon receipt of such notice of exercise of a stock option and upon payment of the option price by a method other than a cashless exercise, the Company shall promptly deliver to the grantee (or, in the event the grantee has executed a deferral agreement, the Company shall deliver to the grantee at the time specified in such deferral agreement) a certificate or certificates for the shares purchased, without charge to him or her for issue or transfer tax.
  (d)   Postponements. The Committee may postpone any exercise of an option for such period of time as the Committee in its discretion reasonably believes necessary to prevent any acts or omissions that the Committee reasonably believes will be or will result in the violation of any state or federal law; and the Company shall not be obligated by virtue of any provision of the Plan or the terms of any prior grant of an option to recognize the exercise of an option or to sell or issue shares during the period of such postponement.
  (i)   For all options granted under this Plan prior to October 16, 2007, any such postponement shall automatically extend the time within which the option may be exercised, as follows: the exercise period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the number of days of the postponement, but in no event shall the exercise period be extended beyond the last day of the postponement for more days than there were remaining in the option exercise period on the first day of the postponement.
 
  (ii)   For all options granted under this Plan on or after October 16, 2007, the Committee shall promptly terminate the postponement as soon as, in the reasonable belief of the Committee, the exercise of an option would no longer result in a violation of state or federal law. The exercise period for any option outstanding at the commencement of any postponement shall expire upon the later of (x) thirty (30) days after the Committee terminates the postponement or (y) the date that the option would otherwise expire in accordance with its terms.
Neither the Company nor any subsidiary of the Company, nor any of their respective directors or officers shall have any obligation or liability to the grantee of an option or to a successor with respect to any shares as to which the option shall lapse because of such postponement.
  (e)   Non-Transferability. All options granted under the Plan shall be non-transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, subject to Section 10 hereof, and an option may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee only by him or her or by his/her guardian or legal representative.
 
  (f)   Certificates. The stock certificate or certificates to be delivered under this Plan may, at the request of the grantee, be issued in his or her name or, with the consent of the Company, as specified by the grantee.

6


 

  (g)   Restrictions. This subsection (g) shall be void and of no legal effect in the event of a Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything in any other section or subsection herein to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to all options (except options designated by the Committee as FirstShare options), exercises and grantees. An amount equal to the spread realized in connection with the exercise of an option within six months prior to a grantee’s Voluntary Resignation shall be paid to the Company by the grantee in the event that the grantee, within six months following Voluntary Resignation, engages, directly or indirectly, in any activity determined by the Committee to be competitive with any activity of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
  (h)   Taxes. The Company shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, and the Company may defer making payment or delivery of any benefits under the Plan if any tax is payable until indemnified to its satisfaction. The Committee may, in its discretion and subject to such rules which it may adopt, permit a grantee to satisfy, in whole or in part, any federal, state and local withholding tax obligation which may arise in connection with the exercise of a stock option by electing either:
     (i) to have the Company withhold shares of Company common stock from the shares to be issued upon the exercise of the option;
     (ii) to permit a grantee to tender back shares of Company common stock issued upon the exercise of an option; or
     (iii) to deliver to the Company previously owned shares of Company common stock, having, in the case of (i), (ii), or (iii), a fair market value equal to the amount of the federal, state, and local withholding tax associated with the exercise of the option.
  (i)   Additional Provisions Applicable to Option Agreements in Lieu of Compensation. If the Committee, in its discretion permits participants to enter into agreements as contemplated by Section 7 herein, then such agreements must be irrevocable and cannot be changed by the participant once made, and such agreements must be made at least prior to the performance of any services with respect to which an option may be granted. If any participant who enters into such an agreement terminates employment prior to the grant of the option, then the option will not be granted and all compensation which would have been covered by the option will be paid to the participant in cash.
     9.  Exercise of Option by Grantee on Cessation of Employment.
  (a)   If a person to whom an option has been granted shall cease, for a reason other than his or her death, Disability, Early Retirement, Retirement, Workforce Reduction, or Voluntary Resignation, to be employed by the Company or a subsidiary, the option shall terminate three months after the cessation of employment, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Until the option terminates, it may be exercised by the grantee for all or a portion of the shares as to which the right to purchase had accrued under the Plan at the time of cessation of employment, subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions provided in Section 8 hereof. If a person to whom an option has been granted shall retire or become disabled, the option shall terminate three years (unless the option was granted in lieu of compensation, in which case it shall be five years) after the date of Early Retirement, Retirement or Disability, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Although such exercise by a retiree or disabled grantee is not limited to the exercise rights which had accrued at the date of Early Retirement, Retirement or Disability, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof. If a person shall voluntarily resign, his option to the extent not previously exercised shall terminate at once. If the grantee of one or more stock options described in the second sentence of Section 7 of the Plan or as to which the number of shares awarded was based on a formula which included a percentage of the grantee’s annual bonus or target bonus or participation in a bonus plan shall cease to be employed as a result of a Workforce Reduction, then each of such stock options shall terminate on the date specified by the Committee, not to exceed five years after the date of termination, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Although such exercise is not limited to the exercise rights which had accrued at the date of termination, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof. If the

7


 

      grantee of one or more stock options not described in the prior two sentences of this paragraph shall cease to be employed as a result of a Workforce Reduction, then each of such stock options shall terminate on the date specified by the Committee, not to exceed three years after the date of termination, unless it terminates earlier under other provisions of the Plan. Although such exercise is not limited to exercise rights which had accrued at the date of termination, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 9(a) and 10, if an option holder’s employment has terminated for any reason or if the option holder has died, the Committee is authorized to extend the exercise period of any such holder’s outstanding options so as to allow the option holder or his or her successor, as applicable, to exercise the affected options at any time during the original full Term of the Option, or at any time during any shorter period selected by the Committee. The discretion afforded the Committee herein may be exercised on a case by case basis, or may be exercised in connection with specific groups of options or option holders in specific situations. No exercise of such discretion in one instance shall give rise to any right or expectation of similar treatment by that option holder, or by any other option holder, in any other similar situation.
10. Exercise of Option After Death of Grantee. If the grantee of an option shall die while in the employ of the Company or within three months after ceasing to be an employee, and if the option was in effect at the time of his or her death (whether or not its term had then commenced), the option may, until the expiration of three years (unless the option was granted in lieu of compensation, in which case it shall be five years) from the date of death of the grantee or until the earlier expiration of the term of the option, be exercised by the successor of the deceased grantee. Although such exercise is not limited to the exercise rights which had accrued at the date of death of the grantee, such exercise shall be subject to all applicable conditions and restrictions prescribed in Section 8 hereof. The provisions of this Section 10 shall be subject to the Committee’s discretion exercised pursuant to Section 9(b) above.
11. Pyramiding of Options. The Committee in its sole discretion may from time to time permit the method of exercising options known as pyramiding (the automatic application of shares received upon the exercise of a portion of a stock option to satisfy the exercise price for additional portions of the option).
12. Shareholder Rights. No person shall have any rights of a shareholder by virtue of a stock option except with respect to shares actually issued to him or her, and issuance of shares shall confer no retroactive right to dividends.
13. Adjustment for Changes in Capitalization. Any increase in the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company occurring through stock splits or stock dividends after the adoption of the Plan shall be reflected proportionately:
  (a)   in an increase in the aggregate number of shares then available for the grant of options under the Plan, or becoming available through the termination or forfeiture of options previously granted but unexercised;
 
  (b)   in the number available to grant to any one person;
 
  (c)   in the number subject to options then outstanding; and
 
  (d)   in the quotas remaining available for exercise under outstanding options,
and a proportionate reduction shall be made in the per-share option price as to any outstanding options or portions thereof not yet exercised. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section, the number of shares subject to each outstanding option may be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares or to the nearest fraction of a whole share specified by the Committee, all as the Committee may determine from time to time. The Committee may approve different rounding methods for different tranches of options or for options of different sizes within any single tranche. If changes in capitalization other than those considered above shall occur, the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the number and class of shares for which options may thereafter be granted, and in the number and class of shares remaining subject to options previously granted and in the per-share option price as the Board in its discretion may consider appropriate, and all such adjustments shall be conclusive; provided, however, that the Board shall not make any adjustments with respect to the number of shares subject to previously granted incentive stock options or available for grant as options if such adjustment would constitute the adoption of a

8


 

new plan requiring shareholder approval before further incentive stock options could be granted. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, in the case of any stock dividend paid or payable at a rate of 10% or less:
  (i)   The Company may implement any required adjustment of an option by either of the following alternative methods applicable to that option, in lieu of the method provided above.
  (a)   The Company may defer making any formal adjustment to individual options until such time as it is deemed administratively practicable and convenient. If the Company expects a series of quarterly or other periodic stock dividends to occur, the Company may make a single adjustment that would have the same cumulative effect as having made adjustments for all such stock dividends, except that the Company may make a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares rather than having to account for rounding at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (b)   Prior to making any such formal adjustment(s) to such individual option or in lieu of making any such formal adjustment(s), the Company may make one or more informal adjustments to such individual option at the time that the holder exercises such option (in whole or in part) in accordance with its original terms as if no adjustment had been made for any such stock dividends. In that case, as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Company shall issue to the option holder for no additional consideration such whole number of additional shares to which the option holder would have been entitled if formal adjustments to the holder’s option had been made for each such stock dividend (except for a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares). In any case under this alternative: (1) the Company may impose such limitations on the issuance of such additional shares, including the forfeiture of such additional shares, if it is not administratively practicable for the Company to issue such additional shares after any exercise of a stock option within such period of time as may, in the discretion of the Company, be appropriate to best preserve the status of such options under Section 409A as Grandfathered Options or Excepted Options, as hereinafter defined; and (2) if approved by the Committee, the Company may withhold the issuance of additional shares in such amount as may be appropriate to defray applicable withholding and other taxes with respect to the additional shares or may make other arrangements to defray applicable withholding and other taxes from other sources.
  (ii)   The Committee may delegate to the executive officer of the Company in charge of human resources the task of establishing and implementing appropriate policies, procedures, and methods to implement any such alternative adjustment methods within parameters approved by the Committee.
 
  (iii)   Regardless of whether formal adjustments to individual options are deferred or whether only informal adjustments are made to individual options, the number of shares available for the issuance of options under the Plan shall be deemed to be increased as if formal adjustments were made at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither this section nor any policies or procedures adopted hereunder shall be deemed to authorize any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (a) the exercise or disposition of the options under Treasury Regulation §1.83-7 or (b) the time any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the options first become substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b). In the event of any partial exercise or disposition of an option or any partial vesting and delivery of shares under an option, the foregoing provisions in this (iv) shall be applied to the options in the same proportions.
 
  (v)   For purposes of this section, the term “Grandfathered Options” shall mean options that were both issued and exercisable prior to January 1, 2005 and thus grandfathered from being subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and the term “Excepted Options” shall mean stock options with an exercise price which may never be less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and thus qualify for the exception in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). It is not intended that any adjustment will constitute either a material modification of a Grandfathered Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-6(a)(4) or a modification of an Excepted Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). This section shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention, and all policies and procedures adopted hereunder shall be in accordance with such intention.

9


 

14. Termination, Suspension, or Modification of Plan. The Board of Directors may at any time terminate, suspend, or modify the Plan, except that the Board of Directors shall not amend the Plan in violation of law. No termination, suspension, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect any right acquired by any grantee, or by any successor of a grantee (as provided in Section 10 hereof), under the terms of an option granted before the date of such termination, suspension, or modification, unless such grantee or successor shall consent, but it shall be conclusively presumed that any adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in Section 13 does not adversely affect any such right.
15. Application of Proceeds. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of its shares under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.
16. No Right to Employment. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the granting of any stock option shall confer upon the grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or the subsidiary to terminate such employment at any time.
17 Governing Law. The Plan and all determinations thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee.
18. Successors . This Plan shall bind any successor of the Company, its assets or its businesses (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise), in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be obligated under this Plan if no succession had taken place. In the case of any transaction in which a successor would not by the foregoing provision or by operation of law be bound by this Plan, the Company shall require such successor expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under this Plan, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The term “Company,” as used in the Plan, shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor or assignee to the business or assets which by reason hereof becomes bound by this Plan.

10

EXHIBIT 10.2(f)
FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
2003 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN
(As Restated for Amendments through December 15, 2008)
SECTION 1 — Purpose
This plan shall be known as the “First Horizon National Corporation 2003 Equity Compensation Plan” (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of First Horizon National Corporation, a Tennessee corporation (the “Company”), and its shareholders by (i) attracting and retaining officers, employees, and non-employee directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) motivating such individuals by means of performance-related incentives to achieve long-range performance goals, (iii) enabling such individuals to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company, (iv) encouraging ownership of stock in the Company by such individuals, and (v) linking compensation to the long-term interests of shareholders. With respect to any awards granted under the Plan that are intended to comply with the requirements of “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code (as defined below), the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such requirements .
SECTION 2 — Definitions
As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
Award ” shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Award granted under the Plan, whether singly or in combination, to a Participant pursuant to such terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations, if any, as may be established from time to time.
Award Agreement ” shall mean any written or electronic agreement, contract, notice or other instrument or document evidencing any Award, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.
Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
Cause ” shall mean (i) a Participant’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere (or similar plea) to, (A) a misdemeanor charge involving fraud, false statements or misleading omissions, wrongful taking, embezzlement, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, (B) a felony charge or (C) an equivalent charge to those in clauses (A) and (B) in jurisdictions which do not use those designations; (ii) the engaging by a Participant in any conduct which constitutes an employment disqualification under applicable law (including statutory disqualification as defined under the Exchange Act); (iii) a Participant’s failure to perform his or her duties to the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iv) a Participant’s violation of any securities or commodities laws, any rules or regulations issued pursuant to such laws, or the rules and regulations of any securities or commodities exchange or association of which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates is a member; (v) a Participant’s violation of any policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries concerning hedging or confidential or proprietary information, or a Participant’s material violation of any other policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries as in effect from time to time; (vi) the engaging by a Participant in any act or making any statement which impairs, impugns, denigrates, disparages or negatively reflects upon the name, reputation or business interests of the Company or its Subsidiaries; or (vii) the engaging by the Participant in any conduct detrimental to the Company or its Subsidiaries. The determination as to whether Cause has occurred shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee shall also have the authority in its sole discretion to waive the consequences under the Plan or any Award Agreement of the existence or occurrence of any of the events, acts or omissions constituting Cause.

1


 

Change in Control ” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement, the occurrence of any one of (and shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of the earliest to occur of) the following events:
  (i)   individuals who, on January 21, 1997, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to January 21, 1997, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual elected or nominated as a director of the Company initially as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
 
  (ii)   any “Person” (for purposes of this definition only, as defined under Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act as used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (ii) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any Subsidiary, (B) by an employee stock ownership or employee benefit plan or trust sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii) hereof);
 
  (iii)   the shareholders of the Company approve a merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or

2


 

  (iv)   the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.
Computations required by paragraph (iii) shall be made on and as of the date of shareholder approval and shall be based on reasonable assumptions that will result in the lowest percentage obtainable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control of the Company shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because any Person acquires beneficial ownership of more than twenty percent (20%) of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such Person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such Person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.
Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board composed solely of not less than two Non-Employee Directors, all of whom shall (i) satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, (ii) be “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) and (iii) otherwise meet any “independence” requirements promulgated by any stock exchange on which the shares are listed. The members of the Committee shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board.
Company ” shall mean First Horizon National Corporation, a Tennessee corporation, and its successors and assigns.
Compensation Plans ” shall mean any compensation plan such as an incentive, stock option, restricted stock, pension restoration or deferred compensation plan or any employee benefit plan such as a thrift, pension, profit sharing, medical, disability, accident, life insurance plan or a relocation plan or policy or any other plan, program or policy of the Company intended to benefit employees, including, without limitation, any Compensation Plans established after the date hereof.
Covered Officer ” shall mean at any date (i) any individual who, with respect to the previous taxable year of the Company, was a “covered employee” of the Company within the meaning of Section 162(m); provided, however, that the term “Covered Officer” shall not include any such individual who is designated by the Committee, in its discretion, at the time of any Award or at any subsequent time, as reasonably expected not to be such a “covered employee” with respect to the current taxable year of the Company, and (ii) any individual who is designated by the Committee, in its discretion, at the time of any Award or at any subsequent time, as reasonably expected to be such a “covered employee” with respect to the current taxable year of the Company or with respect to the taxable year of the Company in which any applicable Award will be paid.
Deferred Compensation Award ” means any Award that is not an Exempt Award.
Disability ” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement, a disability that would qualify as a total and permanent disability under the long-term disability plan then in effect at the Employer employing the Participant at the onset of such total and permanent disability.
Employee ” shall mean an employee of any Employer.
“Employer” shall mean the Company or any Subsidiary.
Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
Exempt Award ” means any Award that does not constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) under any relevant exception by statute, regulation or

3


 

rule, specifically including, but not limited to, Treas. Reg. §§1.409A-1(b)(4) (short-term deferrals), 1.409A-1(b)(5) (certain stock options and stock appreciation rights) and 1.409A-1(b)(6) (restricted stock).
Fair Market Value ” with respect to the Shares, shall mean, as of any date, (i) the mean between the high and low sales prices at which Shares were sold on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if the shares are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on any other such exchange on which the Shares are traded, on such date, or, in the absence of reported sales on such date, the mean between the high and low sales prices on the immediately preceding date on which sales were reported, or (ii) in the event there is no public market for the Shares on such date, the fair market value as determined in good faith by the Committee in its sole discretion.
Good Reason ” shall mean, following notice given by the Participant to the Company:
  (i)   an adverse change in the Participant’s status, title or position with the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, including, without limitation, any adverse change in the Participant’s status, title or position as a result of a diminution in the Participant’s duties or responsibilities, or the assignment to the Participant of any duties or responsibilities which are inconsistent with such status, title, or position as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, or any removal of the Participant from, or any failure to reappoint or reelect the Participant to, such position (except in connection with the termination of the Participant’s employment for Cause, Disability or Retirement or as a result of the Participant’s death and except by the Participant other than for Good Reason);
 
  (ii)   a reduction by the Company in the Participant’s base salary or annual target bonus opportunity (including any adverse change in the formula for such annual bonus target) as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter;
 
  (iii)   the failure by the Company to provide the Participant with Compensation Plans that provide the Participant with substantially equivalent benefits in the aggregate to the Compensation Plans as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control (at substantially equivalent cost with respect to welfare benefit plans); and
 
  (iv)   the Company’s requiring the Participant to be based at an office that is greater than 25 miles from where the Participant’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control;
provided, however, (a) that an isolated and inadvertent action taken in good faith and which is remedied by the Company within ten (10) days after receipt of notice thereof given by the Participant shall not constitute Good Reason, and (b) no action shall constitute a Good Reason if the Participant has acknowledged to the Company in writing that a Good Reason will not arise from that action.
Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an Employee.
Option ” shall mean an option to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 or 9 of the Plan and is not intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.
“Option Price” shall mean the purchase price payable to purchase one Share upon the exercise of an Option.
Participant ” shall mean any Employee, Non-Employee Director or Regional Board Member who receives an Award under the Plan.
Performance Award ” shall mean any right granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

4


 

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
Plan ” shall mean this First Horizon National Corporation 2003 Equity Compensation Plan.
Qualifying Termination ” shall mean a termination of the employment of a Participant with the Company resulting from any of the following:
  (i)   a termination of the employment or engagement of a Participant by the Company and its Subsidiaries within thirty-six (36) months following a Change in Control, other than a termination for Cause, Disability or Retirement or as a result of the Participant’s death; or
 
  (ii)   a termination of employment by a Participant for Good Reason within thirty-six (36) months following a Change in Control.
Regional Board Member ” shall mean any First Tennessee Bank National Association regional board member and any member of the board of directors of any bank subsidiary of the Company, other than First Tennessee Bank National Association, in each case excluding any Employee.
Restricted Stock ” shall mean any Share granted under Section 7 or 9 of the Plan.
Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean any unit granted under Section 7 or 9 of the Plan.
Retirement ” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement, the Termination of Employment of a Participant after the Participant has fulfilled all age and service requirements for retirement under the terms of the First Horizon National Corporation Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.
Section 16 ” shall mean Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder and any successor provision thereto as in effect from time to time.
Section 162(m) ” shall mean Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules promulgated thereunder or any successor provision thereto as in effect from time to time.
Shares ” shall mean shares of the common stock, $0.625 par value, as adjusted from time to time for stock splits or reverse stock splits, of the Company.
Specified Employee ” means a Participant who, as of the date of his separation from service, is a “key employee” of the Company or any Affiliate, any stock of which is actively traded on an established securities market or otherwise. A Participant is a key employee if he or she meets the requirements of Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) of the Code, (applied in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder and without regard to Section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on the Specified Employee Identification Date. Such Participant shall be treated as a key employee for the entire 12-month period beginning on the Specified Employee Effective Date.
For purposes of determining whether a Participant is a Specified Employee, the compensation of the Participant shall be determined in accordance with the definition of compensation provided under Treas. Reg. Section 1.415(c)-2(d)(3) (wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, plus amounts excludible from gross income under Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k) or 457(b), without regard to rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed);

5


 

provided, however, that, with respect to a nonresident alien who is not a Participant in the Plan, compensation shall not include compensation that is not includible in the gross income of such person under Sections 872, 893, 894, 911, 931 and 933, provided such compensation is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, (i) if a different definition of compensation has been designated by the Company with respect to another nonqualified deferred compensation plan in which a key employee participates, the definition of compensation shall be the definition provided in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(i)(2), and (ii) the Company may through action that is legally binding with respect to all nonqualified deferred compensation plans maintained by the Company, elect to use a different definition of compensation.
In the event of corporate transactions described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(i)(6), the identification of Specified Employees shall be determined in accordance with the default rules described therein, unless the Company elects to utilize the available alternative methodology through designations made within the timeframes specified therein.
Specified Employee Identification Date ” means September 30, unless the Company has elected a different date through action that is legally binding with respect to all nonqualified deferred compensation plans maintained by the Company.
Specified Employee Effective Date ” means the first day of the fourth month following the Specified Employee Identification Date, or such earlier date as is selected by the Committee.
Stock Appreciation Right or SAR ” shall mean a right granted under Section 6 or 9 of the Plan that entitles the holder to receive, with respect to each Share encompassed by the exercise of such SAR, the amount determined by the Committee, or in the case of an Award granted under Section 9 hereof, by the Board, and specified in an Award Agreement. In the absence of such a determination, the holder shall be entitled to receive, with respect to each Share encompassed by the exercise of such SAR, the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.
Subsidiary ” shall mean any Person of which a majority of its voting power or its equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
Substitute Awards ” shall mean Awards granted solely in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by a Person acquired by the Company or with which the Company or one of its Subsidiaries combines.
Termination of Employment ” shall mean the termination of the employee-employer relationship between a Participant and the Employer for any reason, with or without Cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, Workforce Reduction or Retirement, but excluding (i) terminations where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment of the Participant by another Employer; (ii) at the discretion of the Committee, terminations which result in a temporary severance of the employee-employer relationship; and (iii) at the discretion of the Committee, terminations which are followed by the simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship by an Employer with the Participant. The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Employment resulted from a discharge for Cause, and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute Terminations of Employment. However, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan, an Employer has an absolute and unrestricted right to terminate an Employee’s employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.

6


 

Workforce Reduction ” shall mean any termination of the employee-employer relationship between a Participant and the Employer as a result of the discontinuation by the Company of a business or line of business or a realignment of the Company, or a part thereof, or any other similar type of event, provided that the Committee or the Board has designated such discontinuation, realignment or other event as a “Workforce Reduction” for purposes of this Plan.
SECTION 3 — Administration
(A) Authority of Committee . Except as provided by Section 9 hereof, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee, it being understood that the Board retains the right to make Awards under the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority in its discretion to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the timing, terms, and conditions of any Award; (v) accelerate the time at which all or any part of an Award may be settled or exercised; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended, and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vii) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (viii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (ix) amend or modify the terms of any Award after grant; (x) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (xi) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan subject to the exclusive authority of the Board under Section 14 hereunder to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan.
(B) Committee Discretion Binding . Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including any Employer, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, any Employee, any Non-Employee Director and any Regional Board Member.
(C) Action by the Committee . Except as otherwise provided by the Board, the provisions of this Section 3(C) shall apply to the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its chairperson and shall hold its meetings at such times and places and in such manner as it may determine. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members of the Committee shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee may appoint a secretary and may make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business, as it shall deem advisable.
(D) Delegation . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board or the Committee may, to the extent permitted by law, delegate to (i) a subcommittee of the Committee, (ii) one or more officers or managers of an Employer or (iii) a committee of such officers or managers, the authority, subject to such terms and limitations as the Board or the Committee shall determine, to grant Awards to, or to cancel, modify or waive rights with respect to or to alter, discontinue, suspend, or terminate Awards held by, Participants who are not officers or directors of the Company for purposes of Section 16 or who are otherwise not subject to Section 16, and who are not Covered Officers.
(E) Indemnification . No member of the Board or the Committee or any Employee (each such person a “Covered Person”) shall have any liability to any person (including any grantee) for any action taken or

7


 

omitted to be taken or any determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award. Each Covered Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan or any Award Agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under the Company’s Restated Charter or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.
SECTION 4 — Shares Available for Awards
(A) Shares Available . Subject to the provisions of Section 4(B) hereof, the stock to be subject to Awards under the Plan shall be Shares and the maximum number of Shares which may be issued with respect to Awards shall be 8,500,000, of which no more than 4,800,000 shall be issued with respect to Awards other than Options. If, after the effective date of the Plan, any Shares covered by an Award granted under this Plan, or to which such an Award relates, are forfeited, or if such an Award is settled for cash or otherwise terminates, expires unexercised, or is canceled without the delivery of Shares, then the Shares covered by such Award, or to which such Award relates, or the number of Shares otherwise counted against the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued with respect to Awards, to the extent of any such settlement, forfeiture, termination, expiration, or cancellation, shall again become Shares which may be issued with respect to Awards. In the event that any Option or other Award granted hereunder is exercised through the delivery of Shares by the Participant or in the event that withholding tax liabilities arising from such Award are satisfied by the withholding of Shares by the Company from the total number of Shares that otherwise would have been delivered to the Participant, the number of Shares which may be issued with respect to Awards shall be increased by the number of Shares so surrendered or withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(B) hereof, the number of Shares with respect to which Options and SARs may be granted to any one Participant in any one calendar year shall be no more than 500,000 Shares.
(B) Adjustments . The number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, the number of Shares available for Awards, the number of Shares that may be subject to Awards to any one Participant, and the price per Share covered by each such outstanding Award shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination or reclassification of the Shares, and may be proportionately adjusted, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, for any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company or to reflect any distributions to holders of Shares other than regular cash dividends. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award. After any adjustment made pursuant to this paragraph, the number of Shares subject to each outstanding Award may be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares

8


 

or to the nearest fraction of a whole share specified by the Committee, all as the Committee may determine from time to time. The Committee may approve different rounding methods for different Award types and for different Award tranches or sizes within any single type. Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, in the case of any stock dividend paid or payable at a rate of 10% or less:
  (i)   The Company may implement any required adjustment of an Award by either of the following alternative methods applicable to that Award, in lieu of the method provided above.
(a) The Company may defer making any formal adjustment to individual Awards until such time as it is deemed administratively practicable and convenient. If the Company expects a series of quarterly or other periodic stock dividends to occur, the Company may make a single adjustment that would have the same cumulative effect as having made adjustments for all such stock dividends, except that the Company may make a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares rather than having to account for rounding at the time of each such stock dividend.
(b) In the case of an Option or SAR Award, prior to making any such formal adjustment(s) to such individual Award or in lieu of making any such formal adjustment(s), the Company may make one or more informal adjustments to such individual Award at the time that the holder exercises such Award (in whole or in part) in accordance with its original terms as if no adjustment had been made for any such stock dividends. In that case, as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Company shall issue to the Award holder for no additional consideration such whole number of additional Shares to which the Award holder would have been entitled if formal adjustments to the holder’s Award had been made for each such stock dividend (except for a single final rounding down adjustment for any fractional shares). In any case under this alternative: (1) the Company may impose such limitations on the issuance of such additional Shares, including the forfeiture of such additional Shares, if it is not administratively practicable for the Company to issue such additional Shares after any exercise of a stock option Award within such period of time as may, in the discretion of the Company, be appropriate to best preserve the status of such Awards under Section 409A as Grandfathered Options or Excepted Options, as hereinafter defined; and (2) if approved by the Committee, the Company may withhold the issuance of additional Shares in such amount as may be appropriate to defray applicable withholding and other taxes with respect to the additional Shares or may make other arrangements to defray applicable withholding and other taxes from other sources.
  (ii)   The Committee may delegate to the executive officer of the Company in charge of human resources the task of establishing and implementing appropriate policies, procedures, and methods to implement any such alternative adjustment methods within parameters approved by the Committee.
 
  (iii)   Regardless of whether formal adjustments to individual Awards are deferred or whether only informal adjustments are made to individual Awards, the number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan shall be deemed to be increased as if formal adjustments were made at the time of each such stock dividend.
 
  (iv)   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, neither this section nor any policies or procedures adopted hereunder shall be deemed to authorize any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of (a) the exercise or disposition of the Award under Treasury Regulation §1.83-7 or (b) the time any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Award first become substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b). In the event of any partial exercise or disposition of an

9


 

      Award or any partial vesting and delivery of Shares under an Award, the foregoing provisions in this (iv) shall be applied to the Award in the same proportions.
 
  (v)   For purposes of this section, the term “Grandfathered Options” shall mean options that were both issued and exercisable prior to January 1, 2005 and thus grandfathered from being subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and the term “Excepted Options” shall mean stock options with an exercise price which may never be less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and thus qualify for the exception in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). It is not intended that any adjustment will constitute either a material modification of a Grandfathered Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-6(a)(4) or a modification of an Excepted Option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v). This section shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention, and all policies and procedures adopted hereunder shall be in accordance with such intention.
(C) Substitute Awards . Any Shares issued by the Company as Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares available for Awards under the Plan.
(D) Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Awards . Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of issued Shares which have been reacquired by the Company.
SECTION 5 — Eligibility
Any Employee (including any officer or employee-director of an Employer), Non-Employee Director or Regional Board Member shall be eligible to be designated a Participant; provided, however, that Non-Employee Directors shall only be eligible to receive Awards granted pursuant to Section 9 hereof.
SECTION 6 — Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
(A) Grant . Except as provided by Sections 3 and 9 hereof, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom Options and SARs shall be granted, the number of Shares subject to each Award, the exercise price and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of Options and SARs. A person who has been granted an Option or SAR under this Plan may be granted additional Options or SARs under the Plan if the Committee shall so determine.
(B) Option Price . The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall establish the Option Price at the time each Option is granted. Except in the case of Substitute Awards, the Option Price of an Option may not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which the Option is granted on the date of grant of such Option. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, the Option Price of an Option may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which the Option is granted on the date of grant of such Option if (i) the grantee of the Option has entered into an agreement with the Company pursuant to which the grant of the Option is in lieu of the payment of compensation and (ii) the amount of such compensation when added to the Option Price of the Option equals at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which the Option is granted on the date of grant of such Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing and except as provided by Sections 4(B) and 14(C) hereof, the Committee shall not have the power to (i) amend the terms of previously granted Options to reduce the Option Price of such Options, or (ii) cancel such Options and grant substitute Options with a lower Option Price than the cancelled Options, without shareholder approval.
(C) Term . Subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(A) hereof, each Option and SAR and all rights and obligations thereunder shall expire on the date determined by the Committee and specified in the Award Agreement. The Committee shall be under no duty to provide terms of like duration for Options or SARs granted under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date such Option was granted.

10


 

(D) Transfer Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6(D), no Option shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, hedged or disposed of, in any manner, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, including by operation of law (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution). The Committee may in its discretion permit the transfer of an Option by a Participant to or for the benefit of the Participant’s Immediate Family (including, without limitation, to a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s Immediate Family or to a partnership or limited liability company for one or more members of the Participant’s Immediate Family), subject to such limits as the Committee may establish, and the transferee shall remain subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to the Option prior to such transfer. The foregoing right to transfer the Option shall apply to the right to consent to amendments to any Award Agreement evidencing such Option and, in the discretion of the Committee, shall also apply to the right to transfer ancillary rights associated with the Option. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Immediate Family” shall mean the Participant’s spouse, parents, children, stepchildren, adopted relations, sisters, brothers, grandchildren and step-grandchildren.
(E) Exercise .
  (i)   Each Option and SAR shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement or thereafter. The Committee shall have full and complete authority to determine whether an Option or SAR will be exercisable in full at any time or from time to time during the term of the Option or SAR, or to provide for the exercise thereof in such installments, upon the occurrence of such events and at such times during the term of the Option or SAR as the Committee may determine.
 
  (ii)   The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including without limitation, any relating to the application of federal, state or foreign securities laws or the Code, as it may deem necessary or advisable. The exercise of any Option granted hereunder shall be effective only at such time as the sale of Shares pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
 
  (iii)   An Option or SAR may be exercised in whole or in part at any time, with respect to whole Shares only, within the period permitted thereunder for the exercise thereof, and shall be exercised by written notice of intent to exercise the Option or SAR, delivered to the Company at its principal office, and payment in full to the Company at said office of the amount of the Option Price for the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is then being exercised.
 
  (iv)   Payment of the Option Price shall be made in cash or cash equivalents, or, at the discretion of the Committee, (i) by tendering, either by way of actual delivery of Shares or attestation, whole Shares that have been owned by the Option holder for not less than six (6) months, if acquired directly from the Company, or that have been owned for any period of time, if acquired on the open market, prior to the date of exercise, valued at the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of exercise, together with any applicable withholding taxes, (ii) by a combination of such cash (or cash equivalents) and such Shares or (iii) by such other method of exercise as may be permitted from time to time by the Committee; provided, however, that the optionee shall not be entitled to tender Shares pursuant to successive, substantially simultaneous exercises of an Option or any other stock option of the Company. Subject to applicable securities laws and at the discretion of the Committee, an Option may also be exercised by delivering a notice of exercise of the Option and simultaneously selling the Shares thereby acquired, pursuant to a brokerage or similar agreement or program approved in advance by the Committee. Until the optionee has been issued the Shares subject to such exercise, he or she shall possess no rights as a shareholder with respect to such Shares and

11


 

      shall not be entitled to any dividend or distribution the record date of which is prior to the date of issuance of such Shares. At the Committee’s discretion, the amount payable as a result of the exercise of an SAR may be settled in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares. A fractional Share shall not be deliverable upon the exercise of a SAR but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof.
 
  (v)   Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, a Participant shall be required to pay to the Company an amount equal to the spread realized in connection with the Participant’s exercise of an Option within six months prior to such Participant’s termination of employment by resignation in the event that such Participant, within six months following such Participant’s termination of employment by resignation, engages directly or indirectly in any activity determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to be competitive with any activity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. This subsection (v) shall be void and of no legal effect upon a Change in Control.
SECTION 7 — Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
(A) Grant .
  (i)   Except as provided by Sections 3 and 9 hereof, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, the number of shares of Restricted Stock and/or the number of Restricted Stock Units to be granted to each Participant, the duration of the period during which, and the conditions under which, the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be forfeited to the Company, and the other terms and conditions of such Awards. The Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which agreements shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions provided hereunder and any additional terms and conditions established by the Committee that are consistent with the terms of the Plan.
 
  (ii)   Each Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Award made under the Plan shall be for such number of Shares as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the agreement containing the terms of such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Award. Such agreement shall set forth a period of time during which the grantee must remain in the continuous employment of one or more Employers in order for the forfeiture and transfer restrictions to lapse. If the Committee so determines, the restrictions may lapse during such restricted period in installments with respect to specified portions of the Shares covered by the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Award. The agreement may also, in the discretion of the Committee, set forth performance or other conditions that, if satisfied, will result in the lapsing of any applicable forfeiture and transfer restrictions. The Committee may, at its discretion, waive all or any part of the restrictions applicable to any or all outstanding Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards.
(B) Delivery of Shares and Transfer Restrictions . The Company may implement the grant of a Restricted Stock Award by (i) book-entry issuance of Shares to the Participant in an account maintained by the Company at its transfer agent or (ii) delivery of certificates for Shares to the Participant who must execute appropriate stock powers in blank and return the certificates and stock powers to the Company. Such certificates and stock powers shall be held by the Company or any custodian appointed by the Company for the account of the grantee subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, and the certificate shall bear such a legend setting forth the restrictions imposed thereon as the Committee, in its discretion, may determine. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the grantee shall have all rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, including the right to receive dividends and the right to vote such Shares, subject to the following restrictions: (i) in the case of certificated Shares, the

12


 

grantee shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate until the expiration of the restricted period and the fulfillment of any other restrictive conditions set forth in the Award Agreement with respect to such Shares; (ii) none of the Shares may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, hedged or disposed of, in any manner, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, including by operation of law (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) until the expiration of the restricted period and the fulfillment of any other restrictive conditions set forth in the Award Agreement with respect to such Shares; and (iii) except as otherwise determined by the Committee, all of the Shares shall be forfeited and all rights of the grantee to such Shares shall terminate, without further obligation on the part of the Company, unless the grantee remains in the continuous employment of one or more Employers for the entire restricted period in relation to which such Shares were granted and unless any other restrictive conditions relating to the Restricted Stock Award are met. Any Shares, any other securities of the Company and any other property (except for cash dividends) distributed with respect to the Shares subject to Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to the same restrictions, terms and conditions as such Restricted Stock.
(C) Termination of Restrictions . At the end of the restricted period and provided that any other restrictive conditions of the Restricted Stock Award are met, or at such earlier time as otherwise determined by the Committee, all restrictions set forth in the Award Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock Award or in the Plan shall lapse as to the restricted Shares subject thereto, and, if certificated, a stock certificate for the appropriate number of Shares, free of the restrictions and restricted stock legend imposed thereon by the Committee as described in the second sentence of Subsection (B) of this Section 7, shall be delivered to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.
(D) Payment of Restricted Stock Units . Each Restricted Stock Unit shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share. Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in cash, Shares, other securities or other property, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto, or otherwise in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, credit Participants with dividend equivalents on any Restricted Stock Units credited to the Participant’s account at the time of any payment of dividends to shareholders on Shares. The amount of any such dividend equivalents shall equal the amount that would have been payable to the Participant as a shareholder in respect of a number of Shares equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units then credited to him. Any such dividend equivalents shall be credited to the Participant’s account as of the date on which such dividend would have been payable and shall be converted into additional Restricted Stock Units based upon the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of such crediting. Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, hedged or disposed of, in any manner, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, including by operation of law (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) until the expiration of the applicable restricted period and the fulfillment of any other restrictive conditions relating to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, all Restricted Stock Units and all rights of the grantee to such Restricted Stock Units shall terminate, without further obligation on the part of the Company, unless the grantee remains in continuous employment of one or more Employers for the entire restricted period in relation to which such Restricted Stock Units were granted and unless any other restrictive conditions relating to the Restricted Stock Unit Award are met.
SECTION 8 — Performance Awards
(A) Grant . The Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants who shall receive a Performance Award, which shall consist of a right that is (i) denominated in cash and/or Shares, (ii) valued, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the achievement of such performance goals during such performance periods as the Committee shall establish, and (iii) payable at such time and in such form as the Committee shall determine. The Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, designate whether any Performance Award being granted to any Participant is

13


 

intended to be “performance-based compensation” as that term is used in Section 162(m). Any Performance Awards designated by the Committee as “performance-based compensation” shall be subject to the terms and provisions of Section 10 hereof.
(B) Terms and Conditions . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall determine the performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of any Performance Award and the amount and kind of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award, and may change specific provisions of the Performance Award, provided, however, that such change may not adversely affect existing Performance Awards made within a performance period commencing prior to implementation of the change.
(C) Payment of Performance Awards . Performance Awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments following the close of the performance period or, in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, on a deferred basis. If a Participant ceases to be employed by any Employer during a performance period because of death, Disability, Retirement or other circumstance in which the Committee in its discretion finds that a waiver would be appropriate, that Participant, as determined by the Committee, may be entitled to a payment of a Performance Award, or a portion thereof, at the end of the performance period; provided, however, that the Committee may provide for an earlier payment in settlement of such Performance Award in such amount and under such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate or desirable. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Termination of Employment prior to the end of any performance period will result in the forfeiture of the Performance Award, and no payments will be made. A Participant’s rights to any Performance Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, hedged or disposed of in any manner, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, including by operation of law (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution).
SECTION 9 — Non-Employee Director Awards
The Board may provide that all or a portion of a Non-Employee Director’s annual retainer and/or meeting fees, or other forms of compensation, be payable (either automatically or at the election of a Non-Employee Director) in the form of Options, SARs, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units. The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Awards, including the terms and conditions which shall apply upon a termination of the Non-Employee Director’s service as a member of the Board, and shall have full power and authority in its discretion to administer such Awards, subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law.
SECTION 10 — Provisions Applicable to Covered Officers and Performance-Based Awards
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, unless the Committee determines otherwise, all performance-based Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards or Performance Awards shall be subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 10.
(A) Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards and Performance Awards to Covered Officers shall vest or become exercisable upon the attainment of performance targets related to one or more performance goals selected by the Committee from among the goals specified below. For the purposes of this Section 10, performance goals shall be limited to one or a combination of the following Employer, operating unit, division, line of business, department, team or business unit financial performance measures: stock price; dividends; total shareholder return; earnings per share; price/earnings ratio; market capitalization; book value; revenues; expenses; loans; deposits; non-interest income; net interest income; fee income; operating income before or after taxes; net income before or after taxes; net income before securities transactions; net or operating income excluding non-recurring charges; return on assets; return on equity; return on capital; cash flow; credit quality; service quality; market share;

14


 

customer retention; efficiency ratio; strategic business objectives, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified cost targets, business expansion goals and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures; and, except in the case of a Covered Officer, any other performance criteria established by the Committee. Each goal may be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, may be based on or otherwise employ comparisons based on internal targets, the past performance of the Company (consolidated or unconsolidated) and/or the past or current performance of other companies, the performance of other companies over one or more years or an index of the performance of other companies, markets or economic metrics over one or more years, and in the case of earnings-based measures, may use or employ comparisons relating to capital, shareholders’ equity and/or Shares outstanding, or to assets or net assets.
(B) The maximum annual number of Shares in respect of which all performance-based Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards and Performance Awards may be granted to a Participant under the Plan is 100,000 and the maximum annual amount of any Awards settled in cash to a Participant under the Plan is $4,000,000.
(C) To the extent necessary to comply with Section 162(m), with respect to performance-based Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards and Performance Awards, no later than 90 days following the commencement of each performance period (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m)), the Committee shall, in writing, (1) select the performance goal or goals applicable to the performance period, (2) establish the various targets and bonus amounts which may be earned for such performance period, and (3) specify the relationship between performance goals and targets and the amounts to be earned by each Covered Officer for such performance period. Following the completion of each performance period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable performance targets have been achieved and the amounts, if any, payable to Covered Officers for such performance period. In determining the amount earned by a Covered Officer for a given performance period, subject to any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the right to reduce (but not increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant to the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the performance period.
SECTION 11 — Termination of Employment
The Committee shall have the full power and authority to determine the terms and conditions that shall apply to any Award upon a Termination of Employment and shall provide such terms in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to the limitation contained in the last sentence of Section 6(c) hereof, upon the Termination of Employment as a result of a Workforce Reduction of an Employee who has received an Award of Options, such Options shall expire on the date specified by the Committee at the time of the Termination of Employment, not to exceed five (5) years after the date of such Termination of Employment.
SECTION 12 — Change in Control
Upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Awards granted prior to January 16, 2007 shall vest, become immediately exercisable or payable or have all restrictions lifted, as the case may be. Upon a Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control, all outstanding Awards granted on and following January 16, 2007 shall vest, become immediately exercisable or payable or have all restrictions lifted, as the case may be. In addition, an Award Agreement or an individual agreement between the Participant and the Company may provide for additional benefits to the Participant upon a Change in Control.

15


 

SECTION 13 — Compliance with Section 409A of the Code
(A) The foregoing definitions of “Change in Control” and “Qualifying Termination” shall not be changed or modified by this Section 13 to the extent that such definitions apply to an Exempt Award, and such definitions shall not be changed or modified by this Section 13 to the extent relevant to vesting of a Deferred Compensation Award, rather than payment of a Deferred Compensation Award, and compliance with Section 409A of such definitions is not otherwise required. In all other cases, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(B), and a Qualifying Termination shall not constitute a Qualifying Termination unless such event also constitutes a separation from service as provided in Section 13(C).
(B) “Change in Control” means the occurrence with respect to the Company of any of the following events: (i) a change in the ownership of the Company; (ii) a change in the effective control of the Company; (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company.
For purposes of this Section, a change in the ownership of the Company occurs on the date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company. A change in the effective control of the Company occurs on the date on which either (i) a person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, taking into account all such stock acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, or (ii) a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of such Board of Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of assets occurs on the date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, other than a person or group of persons that is related to the Company, acquires assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions, taking into account all such assets acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition.
An event constitutes a Change in Control with respect to a Participant only if the Participant performs services for the Company, or the Participant’s relationship to the Company otherwise satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii).
The determination as to the occurrence of a Change in Control shall be based on objective facts and in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
(C) Whether a separation from service has occurred shall be determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and the following rules shall apply:
  (i)   Except in the case of a Participant on a bona fide leave of absence as provided below, a Participant is deemed to have incurred a separation from service if the Company and the Participant reasonably anticipate that the level of services to be performed by the Participant after a date certain would be reduced to twenty percent (20%) or less of the average services rendered by the Participant during the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period disregarding periods during which the Participant was on a bona fide leave of absence.
 
  (ii)   A Participant who is absent from work due to military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence shall incur a separation from service on the first day immediately following the later of (a) the six-month anniversary of the commencement of the leave or (b) the expiration of the Participant’s right, if any, to reemployment or to return to work under statute or contract.

16


 

  (iii)   For purposes of determine whether a separation from service has occurred, the Company and its affiliates shall be treated as a single employer. For this purpose, an affiliate means a corporation, trade or business that, together with the Company, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, except that for the foregoing purposes, common ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) shall be determinative.
 
  (iv)   The Committee specifically reserves the right to determine whether a sale or other disposition of substantial assets to an unrelated party constitutes a separation from service with respect to a Participant providing services to the seller immediately prior to the transaction and providing services to the buyer after the transaction. Such determination shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
(D) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Deferred Compensation Award to a Participant who is a Specified Employee as of the date such Participant incurs a separation from service (as provided in Section 13(C)), payment shall be made no earlier than the first day of the seventh month following the month in which such separation from service occurs. On such date, the Participant shall receive all payments that would have been made on or before such date but for the provisions of this section, and the terms of this section shall not affect the timing or amount of any payment to be made after such date under other provisions of the Plan, this Amendment or the Award.
(E) The provisions of this Section 13 shall apply only to Awards made after October 16, 2007.
SECTION 14 — Amendment, Suspension and Termination
(A) Termination, Suspension or Amendment of the Plan . The Board may amend, alter, modify, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, except that the Board shall not amend the Plan in violation of law. No such amendment, alteration, modification, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall materially and adversely affect any right acquired by any Participant or beneficiary of a Participant under the terms of an Award granted before the date of such amendment, alteration, modification, suspension, discontinuation or termination, unless such Participant or beneficiary shall consent.
(B) Termination, Suspension or Amendment of Awards . Subject to the restrictions of Section 6(B) hereof, the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or modify, alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, modification, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder, or beneficiary; provided, however, that it shall be conclusively presumed that any adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in Section 4 hereof does not materially and adversely affect any such rights.
(C) Adjustments of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events . The Committee is hereby authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4(B) hereof) affecting the Company, any Subsidiary, or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee is required to make such adjustments pursuant to section 4(B) hereof or whenever the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan; provided that, with respect to Awards intended to comply with Section 162(m), no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that such authority would be inconsistent with having either the Plan or any Awards granted hereunder meeting the requirements of Section 162(m).

17


 

SECTION 15 — General Provisions
(A) Dividend Equivalents . In the sole and complete discretion of the Committee, an Award (other than an Option) may provide the Participant with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities or other property on a current or deferred basis. All dividend or dividend equivalents which are not paid currently may, at the Committee’s discretion, accrue interest, be reinvested into additional Shares, or in the case of dividends or dividend equivalents credited in connection with Performance Awards, be credited as additional Performance Awards and paid to the Participant if and when, and to the extent that, payment is made pursuant to such Award. The total number of Shares available for Awards under Section 4 hereof shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional Shares or credited as Performance Awards.
(B) No Rights to Awards . No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Employees, Non-Employee Directors, Regional Board Members or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
(C) Share Certificates . All certificates for Shares or other securities of the Company or any Subsidiary delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal, state or foreign laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
(D) Withholding . A Participant may be required to pay to an Employer, and each Employer shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property) of any applicable withholding or other taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.
(E) Award Agreements . Each Award hereunder shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto. An Award shall be effective only upon delivery to a Participant, either electronically or by paper means, of an Award Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Plan and any Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall prevail.
(F) No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements . Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the grant of Options, Restricted Stock, Shares and other types of Awards provided for hereunder.
(G) No Right to Employment . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of any Employer. Further, an Employer may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.
(H) No Rights as Shareholder . Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or holder or beneficiary of any Award shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under the Plan until such Shares are issued to such Participant, holder or beneficiary and shall not be entitled to any dividend or distribution the record date of which is prior to the date of such issuance.

18


 

(I) Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof.
(J) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is, or becomes, or is deemed to be, invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
(K) Other Laws . The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation (including applicable non-U.S. laws or regulations) or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder, or beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of the U.S. federal or non-U.S. securities laws and any other laws to which such offer, if made, would be subject.
(L) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.
(M) No Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.
(N) Headings . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.
(O) Binding Effect . The terms of the Plan shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participants and their legal representatives, and shall bind any successor of the Company (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise), in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be obligated under this Plan if no succession had taken place. In the case of any transaction in which a successor would not by the foregoing provision or by operation of law be bound by this Plan, the Company shall require such successor expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
(P) No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as expressly provided herein or therein, neither the Plan nor any Award Agreement shall confer on any person other than the Company and the grantee of any Award any rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder. The exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 3(E) shall inure to the benefit of a Covered Person’s estate and beneficiaries and legatees.

19


 

(Q) Additional Transfer Restrictions . No transfer or an Award by a grantee by will or by laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and an authenticated copy of the will and/or such other evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer.
(R) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, specifically including, but not limited to, Section 3(A)(v), (vii), (ix) and (x) and Section 14, with respect to any Deferred Compensation Award:
  (i)   Neither the Company nor the Committee may accelerate the time or form of payment of any benefit due to the Participant hereunder unless such acceleration is permitted under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(j)(4); and
 
  (ii)   Neither the Company nor the Committee may delay the time for payment of any benefit due to the Participant hereunder except to the extent permitted under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(7).
The provisions of this Subsection (R) shall apply only to Awards made after October 16, 2007.
(S) All references herein to Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4) shall be to such regulation as amended from time to time or to any successor provision. The foregoing provisions of this Plan as amended are intended to cause the Plan to conform with the requirements of a plan providing only for short-term deferrals as provided in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4), and the provisions of this Plan as amended shall be construed in accordance with that intention. If any provision of this Plan shall be inconsistent or in conflict with any applicable requirements for a short-term deferral plan, then such requirement shall be deemed to override and supersede the inconsistent or conflicting provision. Any required provision of a short-term deferral plan that is omitted from this Plan shall be incorporated herein by reference and shall apply retroactively, if necessary, and be deemed to be a part of this Plan to the same extent as though expressly set forth herein. The Company will bear no responsibility for any determination by any other person or persons that the terms, arrangements or administration of the Plan has given rise to any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this Subsection (S) shall apply only to Awards made after October 16, 2007.
(T) Forfeiture and Reimbursement in the Context of Misconduct .
  (i)   In the event of a material restatement of the Company’s financial statements and to the extent permitted by governing law, the Company reserves the right (and in certain cases may have the legal duty) to cause or seek the forfeiture of all or any portion of any Performance Award held by any Participant, and/or the reimbursement by any Participant to the Company of all or any portion of any Performance Award paid (as defined in paragraph (iii) below) to the Participant, for any Performance Award granted prior to July 15, 2008 having any performance period beginning on or after January 1, 2008 where:
  a)   the amount or payment of the Performance Award was predicated upon the achievement of financial results of the Company (including any financial reporting segment or unit) or any Subsidiary that were subsequently the subject of a material restatement; and
 
  b)   the Board or the Committee concludes in good faith that the Participant engaged in fraud or intentional misconduct that was a material cause of the need for the restatement; and
 
  c)   a lower payment or no payment would have been made to the Participant based directly or indirectly upon the restated financial results.
  (ii)   The Company reserves the right (and in certain cases may have the legal duty) to cause or seek the forfeiture of all or any portion of any Performance Award held by any Participant, and/or the reimbursement by any Participant to the Company of all or any portion of any Performance Award paid (as defined in paragraph (iii) below) to the Participant, for any Performance Award

20


 

      granted on or after July 15, 2008 having any performance period beginning on or after January 1, 2008 where the Board or the Committee concludes in good faith that the Participant engaged in fraud or other intentional, knowing, or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his or her duties as an officer or employee of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries. In determining whether and to what extent the Board or the Committee (as applicable) will cause the Company to exercise its rights under this Section after finding that this Section applies, the Board or Committee may weigh all material facts and circumstances pertaining to the relevant acts and events, and may take any factors into account that it deems relevant to the determination, including, among others, the following factors: the degree or risk of harm or other consequences to the Company or its Subsidiaries, including tangible, financial, regulatory, reputational or other intangible harm; the extent to which the misconduct was intended to allow the Participant to personally gain a profit or advantage or personally avoid a loss or disadvantage; the extent to which the Participant did or did not believe his or her misconduct would further the best interests of the Company or its Subsidiaries; the extent to which the Participant’s misconduct took advantage of or otherwise betrayed a trust conferred upon that Participant; and the extent to which the misconduct involved deceit by the Participant.
 
  (iii)   For the purposes of this Section a Performance Award is “paid” when, among other things, any one or more of the following occur: the Award results in a cash payment to or for the benefit of the Participant; the Award results in shares issued or delivered to the Participant; or the Award results in an increase in a deferral account of the Participant or otherwise results in any credit for the account or benefit of the Participant. “Payment” may occur, among other things, in connection with an exercise of the Award, the vesting of the Award, the delivery of share certificates to the Participant, or the crediting of shares to a Participant’s deferral, brokerage, or other account. The amount “paid” is the amount of dollars or shares or both that is so paid, issued, delivered, increased, or credited. Shares and share units “paid” include all proceeds from those shares, including any cash, stock, or stock unit dividends related to those shares or units, as well as shares or share units from stock splits related to those shares or units. Any Performance Award earned and deferred and any Performance Award payments that are earned and deferred for any reason are subject to this Section as having been “paid,” along with all dividends, dividend equivalents, interest, shares, and other amounts earned upon or that are proceeds of the amount or shares deferred. However, if the Participant elects to invest deferred amounts in a manner that results in a loss, the Participant nevertheless may be required to reimburse to the Company the full amount of the Performance Award (measured in dollars or shares, as applicable at the time originally earned) if the conditions of this Section are met.
 
  (iv)   For the purposes of this Section, all amounts paid shall be calculated on a gross basis regardless of the net amount remitted to the Participant. For example, if a Participant’s Performance Award pays $1,000 gross and, after withholding for taxes and all other reasons, $750 net is remitted directly to the Participant in cash, then under this Section the Company may seek reimbursement of all or any portion of the $1,000 gross amount, provided that the conditions set forth above are met.
 
  (v)   For purposes of this Section, examples of lowering or eliminating a payment based on restated financial results include, among other things: (a) the payment would have been lower or eliminated directly by application of a performance goal based in whole or part on a performance measure that incorporates or is adversely affected by the restated financial results; and (b) the payment would have been lower or eliminated through the exercise of discretion by the Committee if the Committee had known the restated financial results at the time the discretion was exercised.

21


 

  (vi)   Any of the Board, the Committee, the Chairman of the Committee, the Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer, acting singly based on any good faith suspicion that the conditions of this Section above might be met, may halt and suspend payment of any Performance Award (including payment of any amount deferred in connection with any Performance Award and any earnings thereon or proceeds thereof) until the Board or Committee has investigated, considered, and acted upon the matter hereunder. Any such suspension shall be without interest owed to the Participant if it is later determined that any payment should be made to the Participant after all.
 
  (vii)   All Performance Awards under this Plan having any performance period beginning on or after January 1, 2008 are granted and paid subject to the conditions, and the risk of later reimbursement, imposed by this Section. No payment of any Performance Award, whether or not following a suspension, shall operate to waive or diminish the Company’s right to seek reimbursement under this Section.
 
  (viii)   If the Board acts under this Section, any member of the Board that is a Participant shall recuse him- or herself from participating in the matter as a Board member.
SECTION 16 — Term of the Plan
(A) Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective as of the date it has been approved by the Company’s shareholders (the “Effective Date”).
(B) Expiration Date . No new Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award granted hereunder may, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, modify, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award shall, continue after the authority for grant of new Awards hereunder has been exhausted.

22

EXHIBIT 10.6(a)
FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
2002 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN
(As Restated for Amendments through July 14, 2008)
Article I – Purpose
Section 1.1 The purpose of the Plan is to provide a financial incentive for key executives to encourage and reward desired performance on key financial measures that will further the growth, development and financial success of the Company and to enhance the Company’s ability to maintain a competitive position in attracting and retaining qualified key personnel who contribute, and are expected to contribute, materially to the success of the Company. The Plan is designed to replace the existing First Tennessee National Corporation Management Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, and to ensure that awards paid pursuant to this Plan to eligible employees of the Company are tax deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This Plan shall be submitted to the Company’s shareholders for approval pursuant to 26 C.F.R. § 1.162.27(e)(4)(vi) at the annual meeting to be held on April 16, 2002, and shall be effective for the 2002 fiscal year commencing on January 1, 2002. If the shareholders do not approve the Plan, the Plan shall not become effective.
Article II – Definitions
Section 2.1 Whenever the following terms are used in this Plan, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular shall include the plural, where the context so indicates.
(a) “ Award ” shall mean an incentive compensation award made to a Participant pursuant to this Plan that is subject to and dependent upon the attainment of one or more Performance Goals.
(b) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
(c) “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any one of (and shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of the earliest to occur of) the following events:
  (i)   individuals who, on January 21, 1997, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to January 21, 1997, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual elected or nominated as a director of the Company initially as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
 
  (ii)   any “Person” (as defined under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (ii) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A)

1


 

      by the Company or any entity in which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns more than 50% of the voting securities or interests (a “Subsidiary”), (B) by an employee stock ownership or employee benefit plan or trust sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii) hereof);
  (iii)   the shareholders of the Company approve a merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or
 
  (iv)   the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.
Computations required by paragraph (iii) shall be made on and as of the date of shareholder approval and shall be based on reasonable assumptions that will result in the lowest percentage obtainable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a change in control of the Company shall not be deemed to have occurred solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than twenty percent (20%) of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding: provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the company shall then occur.
(d) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
(e) “ Committee ” shall mean the Committee designated pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Plan and shall consist solely of two or more members of the Board, appointed by and holding office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is both a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.
(f) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.625 per share, as adjusted from time to time for stock splits.

2


 

(g) “ Company ” shall mean First Horizon National Corporation, and its successors and assigns.
(h) “ Compensation ” shall mean the base salary earned by a Participant during any Performance Period.
(i) “ Covered Officer ” shall mean at any date (i) any individual who, with respect to the previous tax year of the Company, was a “covered employee” of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), excluding any such individual whom the Committee, in its discretion, reasonably expects not to be a “covered employee” with respect to the current tax year of the Company and (ii) any individual who was not a “covered employee” under Code Section 162(m) for the previous tax year of the Company, but whom the Committee, in its discretion, reasonably expects to be a “covered employee” with respect to the current tax year of the Company or with respect to the tax year of the Company in which any applicable Award will be paid.
(j) “ Disability ” shall mean a disability that would qualify as a total and permanent disability under the long-term disability plan then in effect at the Company or Subsidiary employing the Participant at the onset of such total and permanent disability.
(k) “ Early Retirement ” shall mean the Termination of Employment of a Participant from the employ or service of the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries participating in the First Horizon National Corporation Pension Plan, as amended from time to time, on or after the Participant has attained the age of 55 and 15 years of employment or service with the Company or any of its participating Subsidiaries.
(l) “ Employee ” shall mean any employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, whether such employee is so employed at the time this Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of this Plan.
(m) “ Employer ” shall mean the Company or a Subsidiary, whichever at the time employs the Employee.
(n) “ Fair Market Value ” with respect to the Common Stock, shall mean, as of any date, (i) the mean between the high and low sales prices at which shares of Common Stock were sold on the New York Stock Exchange, or any other such exchange on which the Common Stock is traded, on such date, or, in the absence of reported sales on such date, the mean between the high and low sales prices on the immediately preceding date on which sales were reported, or (ii) in the event there is no public market for the Common Stock on such date, the fair market value as determined in good faith by the Committee in its sole discretion.
(o) “ Maximum Award ” shall mean the maximum Award payable under the Plan for the attainment of Performance Goals in any Performance Period, which Award (i) shall be payable for Superior Performance and (ii) shall not exceed the lesser of two and one-half (2 1/2) times the Target Award or $4,000,000 for any Performance Period.
(p) “ Participant ” shall mean an Employee who is selected to participate in the Plan.
(q) “ Performance Goals ” shall mean the performance goals or targets for the Performance Measures established by the Committee for each Performance Period, the attainment of which is necessary for the payment of an Award to a Participant at the completion of the Performance Period. The level of the attainment of the Performance Goals shall determine the amount of the Award payable hereunder. Performance Goals may be expressed as an absolute amount or percent, as a ratio, or per share or per Employee.
(r) “ Performance Measures ” shall mean one or more, or any combination, of the following Company, Subsidiary, operating unit, division, line of business, department, team or business unit financial performance measures: stock price, dividends, total shareholder return, earnings per share, market capitalization, book value, revenues, expenses, loans, deposits, noninterest income, net interest income, fee income, operating income before or after taxes, net income before or after taxes, net income before securities transactions, net or operating income

3


 

excluding non-recurring charges, return on assets, return on equity, return on capital, cash flow, credit quality, service quality, market share, customer retention, efficiency ratio, strategic business objectives, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified cost targets, business expansion goals, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures; and except in the case of a Covered Officer, any other performance criteria established by the Committee, including Personal Plan Goals.
(s) “ Performance Period ” shall mean the fiscal-year period to be used in measuring the degree to which the Performance Goals relating to Awards have been met; provided, however, that for purposes of the initial Performance Period of the Plan, Performance Period shall mean the period commencing on January 1, 2002 and ending December 31, 2002.
(t)  “Personal Plan Goals ” shall mean the individual performance goals to be achieved by a Participant in a Performance Period which are not based upon corporate performance, as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and approved by the Committee.
(u) “ Plan ” shall mean the First Horizon National Corporation 2002 Management Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
(v) “ Retirement ” shall mean the Termination of Employment of a Participant after the Participant (i) has fulfilled all service requirements for a pension under the terms of the First Horizon National Corporation Pension Plan, as amended from time to time, or (ii) has achieved a certain number of years of service with the Company or any Subsidiary participating in the First Horizon National Corporation Pension Plan, as amended from time to time, and attained a certain age, that the sum of the Participant’s years of service and age equals or exceeds the number 75.
(w) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation or other person of which a majority of its voting power or its equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
(x) “ Superior Performance ” shall mean the Performance Goals established for any Performance Period, the attainment of which is necessary for the payment of the Maximum Award for that Performance Period.
(y) “ Target Award ” shall mean the Award payable to a Participant under the terms of the Plan for the achievement of 100% of the Performance Goal in any Performance Period, expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s Compensation in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Plan.
(z) “ Termination of Employment ” shall mean the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Participant and the Employer is terminated for any reason, with or without Cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, but excluding (i) terminations where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment of a Participant by the Employer; (ii) at the discretion of the Committee, terminations which result in a temporary severance of the employee-employer relationship; and (iii) at the discretion of the Committee, terminations which are followed by the simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship by the Employer with the former Employee. The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Employment resulted from a discharge for cause, and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute Terminations of Employment. However, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan, the Employer has an absolute and unrestricted right to terminate an Employee’s employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in writing.
(aa) “ Threshold Performance ” shall mean the level of attainment of the Performance Goal necessary for the payment of any Award upon the completion of any Performance Period.

4


 

Article III – Plan Administration
Section 3.1 Subject to the authority and powers of the Board in relation to the Plan as hereinafter provided, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee designated by the Board. The Committee shall have full authority to interpret the Plan and from time to time to adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan for carrying out the Plan as it may deem best in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that the Committee may not exercise any authority otherwise granted to it hereunder if such action would have the effect of increasing the amount of any Award payable hereunder to any Covered Officer. All determinations by the Committee shall be made by the affirmative vote of a majority of those members present at a meeting duly called and held at which a quorum exists, but any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members of the Committee shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held. All designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions of the Committee under or with respect to the provisions of the Plan or any Award and all orders or resolutions of the Board pursuant thereto shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including but not limited to the Participants, the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective equity holders, heirs, successors and personal representatives.
Section 3.2 The Committee, on behalf of the Participants, shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary for the accomplishment of that purpose, including, but not by way of limitation, the following powers:
  (a)   To select the Participants;
 
  (b)   To select the Performance Measures to be used for purposes of setting the Performance Goals for a Performance Period;
 
  (c)   To establish the Performance Goals for each Performance Period and the Target Awards to be payable to Participants for the achievement thereof;
 
  (d)   To interpret, construe, approve and adjust all terms, provisions, conditions and limitations of this Plan;
 
  (e)   To decide any questions arising as to the interpretation or application of any provision of the Plan;
 
  (f)   To prescribe forms to be used and procedures to be followed by Participants for the administration of the Plan; and
 
  (g)   To establish the terms and conditions of any agreement or instrument under which an Award may be earned and paid.
Article IV – Participation
Section 4.1 Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may from time to time select any Employee who is a senior officer of the Company or of any Subsidiary to be granted Awards under the Plan. Eligible Employees hired by the Company after the commencement of a Performance Period may receive an Award for the Performance Period which commenced in the fiscal year in which the Employee became employed by the Company, if any is payable under the terms of the Plan, and the Employee is selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan at the time the Employee is employed by the Company. Such Award may be paid in full or may be prorated based on the number of full months in the Performance Period the Participant was employed by the Company, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee. No Employee shall at any time have the right (a) to be selected as a Participant in the Plan for any Performance Period, (b) if selected as a Participant in the Plan, to be entitled to an Award, or (c) if selected as a Participant in one Performance Period, to be selected as a Participant in any subsequent Performance Period.

5


 

Article V – Awards
Section 5.1 The Committee may make Awards to Participants with respect to each Performance Period, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Unless specified otherwise by the Committee, the amount payable pursuant to an Award shall be based on a percentage of the Participant’s Compensation, with the Target Award set for attaining 100% of the Performance Goal for any Performance Period.
Section 5.2 The Committee shall establish in writing the Performance Goals for the selected Performance Measures applicable to a Performance Period, including the Threshold Performance and Superior Performance, within 90 days of the commencement of the Performance Period and an Award for that Performance Period shall be earned, paid, vested or otherwise deliverable upon the completion of the Performance Period only if such Performance Goals are attained and the applicable employment requirement in Section 6.2(c) is satisfied.
Section 5.3 Performance Goals may be described in terms of Company-wide objectives or objectives that are related to the performance of the individual Participant or the Subsidiary, operating unit, division, line of business, department, team, business unit or function within the Company or Subsidiary in which the Participant is employed, and may be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, based on or otherwise employ comparisons based on Company internal targets, the past performance of the Company and/or the past or current performance of other companies, the performance of other companies over one or more years, or an index of the performance of other companies, markets or economic metrics over one or more years, and in the case of earnings-based measures, may use or employ comparisons relating to capital, shareholders’ equity and/or Common Stock outstanding, or to assets or net assets.
Section 5.4 The degree to which the Company achieves the Performance Goals established by the Committee for a Performance Period shall serve as the basis for the Committee’s determination of the Award payable to a Participant upon the completion of the Performance Period. Awards will be prorated for Company performance results occurring between stated performance levels. Company performance below the Threshold Performance will result in no Award payments for that Performance Period. The Award payable for the attainment of Superior Performance shall not exceed two and one-half times the Target Award for any Performance Period.
Section 5.5 With respect to any Covered Officer during any Performance Period, the maximum amount of any Award is $4,000,000.
Section 5.6 Except in the case of Performance Goals related to an Award intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code, if the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, or the manner in which it conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render the Performance Goals and/or Performance Measures established for any Performance Period unsuitable, the Committee, after the commencement of a Performance Period, may modify such Performance Measures and/or Performance Goals, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate and equitable.
Article VI – Payment of Awards
Section 6.1 Upon completion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall review Company performance results as compared to the established Performance Goals for that Performance Period, and shall certify (either by written consent or as evidenced by the minutes of a meeting) the specified Performance Goals achieved for the Performance Period (if any) and direct which Award payments, if any, are payable under the Plan. No payment shall be made if the Threshold Performance for the Performance Period is not met. The Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Award that would have been otherwise paid, including without limitation by reference to a Participant’s failure to achieve his or her Personal Plan Goals.

6


 

Section 6.2 The Committee shall have the sole and absolute authority and discretion to determine the time and manner in which Awards, if any, shall be paid under this Plan; provided, however, such discretion may not be exercisable in any manner which would cause the payment of an Award not to satisfy the requirements for a short-term deferral under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4). Generally, however, the following provisions may apply:
     (a) Form of Payment: Payment of Awards may be made in a single-sum in cash.
     (b) Date of Payment: Payment of Awards shall be made as soon as practicable (as determined by the Committee) following the close of the Performance Period (the “Payment Date”), but except as expressly provided herein, payment of Awards shall be made on or before the 15 th day of the 3 rd month following the end of the fiscal year of the Company that coincides with the end of the Performance Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
     (i) To the extent permissible under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4)(ii), the Payment Date may be delayed within the discretion of the Committee on the following grounds:
  (A)   It is administratively impracticable to make the payment by the regular Payment Date due to unforeseeable reasons;
 
  (B)   The payment would jeopardize the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern;
 
  (C)   The payment is reasonably anticipated not to be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code due to circumstances that a reasonable person would not have anticipated; or
 
  (D)   Such other grounds as may be from time to time permissible under the foregoing regulation;
      Provided, however, any delayed payment shall be made within the period required under the foregoing regulation.
     (ii) Section 6.2(c)(iii) shall control the date or dates of the Payment of Awards to the extent applicable.
     (c) Employment Required: Except as provided below, Participants must be Employees on the Payment Date in order to receive payment of an Award.
     (i) Early Retirement, Retirement, death or Disability during a Performance Period: If, during a Performance Period, a Participant’s Termination of Employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries is due to the Early Retirement, Retirement, death or Disability of the Participant, the Participant (or his beneficiary, as the case may be) shall nonetheless receive payment of an Award, if any, after the close of the Performance Period based upon the Performance Goals actually attained by the Company for the Performance Period. The Award, if any, may be paid in full or may be prorated based on the number of full months which have elapsed in the Performance Period as of the date of such Termination of Employment, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee. Payments under this Section 6.2(c)(i) shall be made on the Payment Date.
     (ii) Early Retirement, Retirement, death or Disability after Last Day of the Performance Period: If a Participant is an Employee on the last day of a Performance Period, but is not an Employee on the Payment Date due to Early Retirement, Retirement, death or Disability, then the Participant (or his

7


 

beneficiary, as the case may be) may receive on the Payment Date the full Award earned under the terms of the Plan for the Performance Period, if any. The Award, if any, shall be made on the Payment Date. If a Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for any other reason other than Early Retirement, Retirement, death or Disability after the last day of a Performance Period, but before the Payment Date, the Participant (or his beneficiary, as the case may be) will forfeit all rights to any earned but unpaid Awards for that Performance Period under the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee may, at any time and in its sole and absolute discretion, authorize a full or partial payment of any earned but unpaid Awards under the Plan.
     (iii) Change in Control: In the event the terms of any agreement entered into by and between the Company and a Participant governs the payment of any Award granted hereunder following a Change in Control, then the payment of such Award shall be governed by the terms and conditions of such agreement and not of this Plan. If the payment of any Award granted hereunder following a Change in Control is not otherwise provided for by the terms of an agreement by and between the Company and a Participant, then the payment of such Award following a Change in Control shall be governed by this Section 6.2(c)(iii). Unless otherwise provided under the terms of an agreement between the Participant and the Company, a Participant shall receive an Award equal to the Target Award the Participant would have received for the Performance Period if the Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated during a Performance Period in which there has been a Change in Control, and the Target Award in such event shall be prorated based upon the number of full months which have elapsed in the Performance Period as of the date of such Termination of Employment. If a Participant’s employment is terminated following a Performance Period in which there was a Change in Control, but before the Payment Date for that Performance Period, the Participant shall receive the full amount of any Award earned but not yet paid for that Performance Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payment of an Award shall be made later than the date required under Section 6.2(b).
Section 6.3 The Committee in its sole and absolute discretion may decrease the amount payable pursuant to an Award, but in no event shall the Committee have discretion to increase the amount payable to any Covered Officer pursuant to an Award in a manner inconsistent with the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m). In interpreting Plan provisions applicable to Performance Goals and Awards, it is the intent of the Plan to conform with the standards of Code Section 162(m) applicable to qualified performance-based compensation, and the Committee in establishing such Performance Goals and interpreting the Plan shall be guided by such provisions.
Article VII – Shares Available for Awards
Section 7.1 Shares of Common Stock shall not be issued or paid in respect of any Awards under the Plan.
Article VIII – Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination of the Plan
Section 8.1 The Board may at any time terminate or suspend the Plan, in whole or in part, and from time to time, subject to the shareholder approval requirements of Section 162(m), amend or modify the Plan, provided that, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no such amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any Award previously earned but not yet paid to such Participant without the consent of such Participant. In the event of such termination, in whole or in part, of the Plan, the Committee may in its sole discretion direct the payment to Participants of any amount specified in Article VI and theretofore not paid out, prior to the Payment Date, and in a lump sum on installments as the Committee shall prescribe with respect to each such Participant; provided, however, such payments shall in all events be made within the period permissible for short-term deferrals under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such payment to a Covered Officer must be discounted to reflect the present value of such payment using a rate equal to the discount rate in effect under the First Horizon National Corporation Pension Plan,

8


 

as amended from time to time, on the date of such payment. The Board may at any time and from time to time delegate to the Committee any or all of its authority under this Article VIII to the extent permitted by law.
Article IX – General Provisions
Section 9.1 Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the Agreement, no Award or any other benefit under this Plan shall be assignable or otherwise transferable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted assignment of an Award or any other benefit under this Plan in violation of this Section 9.1 shall be null and void. A Participant may designate in writing a beneficiary (including the trustee or trustees of a trust) who shall upon the death of such Participant be entitled to receive all amounts payable under the provisions of Section 6.2(c) to such Participant. A Participant may rescind or change any such designation at any time.
Section 9.2 The Company shall have the right to withhold applicable taxes from any Award payment and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for withholding of such taxes.
Section 9.3 No Employee or other person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under this Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken thereunder shall be construed as giving an Employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or an Employer and the right of the Company or Employer to dismiss or discharge any such Participant is specifically reserved. The benefits provided for Participants under the Plan shall be in addition to, and shall in no way preclude, other forms of compensation to or in respect of such Participants. No Participant shall have any lien on any assets of the Company or any Employer by reason of any Award made under this Plan.
Section 9.4 The payment of all or any portion of the Awards payable to a Participant under this Plan may be deferred by the Participant, subject to such terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion.
Section 9.5 This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Tennessee, without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof.
Section 9.6 The terms of the Plan shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participants and their legal representatives, and shall bind any successor of the Company, as well as its assets or its businesses (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise), in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be obligated under this Plan if no succession had taken place. In the case of any transaction in which a successor would not by the foregoing provision or by operation of law be bound by this Plan, the Company shall require such successor expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
Section 9.7 This Plan shall expire on December 31, 2012, and no new Awards shall be granted under the Plan after that date.
Section 9.8 (a) In the event of a material restatement of the Company’s financial statements and to the extent permitted by governing law, the Company reserves the right (and in certain cases may have the legal duty) to cause or seek the forfeiture of all or any portion of any Award held by any Participant, and/or the reimbursement by any Participant to the Company of all or any portion of any Award paid (including any Award earned and deferred) to the Participant, for any Award granted prior to July 15, 2008 having any Performance Period beginning on or after January 1, 2008 where:

9


 

     (i) the amount or payment of the Award was predicated upon the achievement of financial results of the Company (including any financial reporting segment or unit) or any Subsidiary that were subsequently the subject of a material restatement; and
     (ii) the Board or the Committee concludes in good faith that the Participant engaged in fraud or intentional misconduct that was a material cause of the need for the restatement; and
     (iii) a lower payment or no payment would have been made to the Participant based directly or indirectly upon the restated financial results.
     (b) The Company reserves the right (and in certain cases may have the legal duty) to cause or seek the forfeiture of all or any portion of any Award held by any Participant, and/or the reimbursement by any Participant to the Company of all or any portion of any Award paid (including any Award earned and deferred) to the Participant, for any Award granted on or after July 15, 2008 having any Performance Period beginning on or after January 1, 2008 where the Board or the Committee concludes in good faith that the Participant engaged in fraud or other intentional, knowing, or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his or her duties as an officer or employee of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries. In determining whether and to what extent the Board or the Committee (as applicable) will cause the Company to exercise its rights under this Section after finding that this Section applies, the Board or Committee may weigh all material facts and circumstances pertaining to the relevant acts and events, and may take any factors into account that it deems relevant to the determination, including, among others, the following factors: the degree or risk of harm or other consequences to the Company or its Subsidiaries, including tangible, financial, regulatory, reputational or other intangible harm; the extent to which the misconduct was intended to allow the Participant to personally gain a profit or advantage or personally avoid a loss or disadvantage; the extent to which the Participant did or did not believe his or her misconduct would further the best interests of the Company or its Subsidiaries; the extent to which the Participant’s misconduct took advantage of or otherwise betrayed a trust conferred upon that Participant; and the extent to which the misconduct involved deceit by the Participant.
     (c) Award payments that are earned and deferred for any reason are subject to this Section as having been paid, along with all interest and other amounts earned upon the amount deferred. However, if the Participant elects to invest deferred amounts in a manner that results in a loss, the Participant nevertheless may be required to reimburse to the Company the full amount of the Award if the conditions of this Section are met.
     (d) For the purposes of this Section, all amounts paid shall be calculated on a gross basis regardless of the net amount remitted to the Participant. For example, if a Participant’s Award pays $1,000 gross and, after withholding for taxes and all other reasons, $750 net is remitted directly to the Participant in cash, then under this Section the Company may seek reimbursement of all or any portion of the $1,000 gross amount, provided that the conditions set forth above are met.
     (e) For purposes of this Section, examples of lowering or eliminating a payment based on restated financial results include, among other things: (i) the payment would have been lower or eliminated directly by application of a Performance Goal based in whole or part on a Performance Measure that incorporates or is adversely affected by the restated financial results; and (ii) the payment would have been lower or eliminated through the exercise of discretion by the Committee if the Committee had known the restated financial results at the time the discretion was exercised.
     (f) Any of the Board, the Committee, the Chairman of the Committee, the Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer, acting singly based on any good faith suspicion that the conditions of this Section above might be met, may halt and suspend payment of any Award (including payment of any amount deferred in connection with any Award and any earnings thereon) until the Board or Committee has investigated, considered,

10


 

and acted upon the matter hereunder. Any such suspension shall be without interest owed to the Participant if it is later determined that any payment should be made to the Participant after all.
     (g) All Awards under this Plan having any Performance Period beginning on or after January 1, 2008 are granted and paid subject to the conditions, and the risk of later reimbursement, imposed by this Section. No payment of any Award, whether or not following a suspension, shall operate to waive or diminish the Company’s right to seek reimbursement under this Section.
     (h) If the Board acts under this Section, any member of the Board that is a Participant shall recuse him- or herself from participating in the matter as a Board member.
Section 9.9 All references herein to Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4) shall be to such regulation as amended from time to time or to any successor provision. The foregoing provisions of this Plan as amended are intended to cause the Plan to conform with the requirements of a plan providing only for short-term deferrals as provided in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4), and the provisions of this Plan as amended shall be construed in accordance with that intention. If any provision of this Plan shall be inconsistent or in conflict with any applicable requirements for a short-term deferral plan, then such requirement shall be deemed to override and supersede the inconsistent or conflicting provision. Any required provision of a short-term deferral plan that is omitted from this Plan shall be incorporated herein by reference and shall apply retroactively, if necessary, and be deemed to be a part of this Plan to the same extent as though expressly set forth herein. The Company will bear no responsibility for any determination by any other person or persons that the terms, arrangements or administration of the Plan has given rise to any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code.

11

Exhibit 31(a)
FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
RULE 13a — 14(a) CERTIFICATIONS OF CEO
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(QUARTERLY REPORT)
CERTIFICATIONS
I, D. Bryan Jordan, President and Chief Executive Officer of First Horizon National Corporation, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of First Horizon National Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: August 6, 2009
/s/ D. Bryan Jordan
 
D. Bryan Jordan
President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31(b)
FIRST HORIZON NATIONAL CORPORATION
RULE 13a — 14(a) CERTIFICATIONS OF CFO
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(QUARTERLY REPORT)
CERTIFICATIONS
I, William C. Losch III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of First Horizon National Corporation, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of First Horizon National Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: August 6, 2009
/s/ William C. Losch III
 
William C. Losch III
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer

Exhibit 32(a)
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT
18 USC 1350 CERTIFICATIONS OF CEO
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
As Codified at 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
I, the undersigned D. Bryan Jordan, President and Chief Executive Officer of First Horizon National Corporation (“Corporation”), hereby certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as follows:
1.   The Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.
Dated: August 6, 2009
/s/ D. Bryan Jordan
 
D. Bryan Jordan
President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32(b)
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT
18 USC 1350 CERTIFICATIONS OF CFO
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
As Codified at 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
I, the undersigned William C. Losch III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of First Horizon National Corporation (“Corporation”), hereby certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as follows:
1.   The Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.
Dated: August 6, 2009
/s/ William C. Losch III
 
William C. Losch III
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer